170
Select most suitable product for easy operation. http://www.nissei-gtr.co.jp/ The CAD data can be downloaded for the homepage:

Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    1

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

Select most suitable product for easy operation.

http://www.nissei-gtr.co.jp/

The CAD data can be downloaded for the homepage:

Employed 100% recycled paper. Printed with environmentally sensitive Soy Ink.

PRINTED WITH

SOY INKTM

Trademark of American Soybean Association

Printed in September, 2007(2007.11.1/1-1)

For orders and/or inquiries about products in this catalogue,please contact the dealer mentioned below:

http://www.nissei-gtr.co.jp

The specifications of the products in this catalogue are subject to change by modification or other reasons without notice, therefore, we recommend you to contact us for confirmation, before start designing. In case the end-user of products is military organization or the purpose of products is for manufacturing weapons, or the country you export products is the restricted country stipulated in the "Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Law", execute prior investigations and take proper measures for export.

* *

Page 2: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

Be sure to observe the safety regulations for the installation location

and the equipments to be used with.

(Ordinance on Labor Safety and hygiene, Electrical Equipment

Technical Standard, Internal Line Regulations, Factory's Guide for

Protecting Explosion, Building Standard Law, etc.)

Carefully read the Instruction Manual before actual operation of

products and operate properly as instructed. When the Instruction

Manual is not available in your place, ask your dealer or our nearest

sales office. The Instruction Manual should be reached to the end-user

who actually operates the product.

Select the most adequate products for your using conditions and/or

purposes. (For selection of products, be sure to carefully read the

“Technical Information” and “Precautions for Use”)

If the product is applied as a hoist or elevator for human transport, be

sure to furnish it with a protective device such as safeguard.

Be sure to use explosion-proof motor in the circumstances where

explosive gases or flammable gases exist. The explosion-proof motor

should have specifications most adequate for the facing danger.

If a inverter is employed for driving an explosion-proof motor, the

approved combination is 1:1 between motor and inverter. Be sure to

operate motor with the designated inverter. The inverter itself is not

explosion-proof specifications, therefore, be sure to install it in the

location where no explosive gases exist.

If a 400V class inverter is employed for driving motor, be sure to attach

a control filter or a reactor to the inverter, or use insulation enhanced

motor.

In the equipment such as food machines, especially machines which

do not accept oil or grease, be sure to furnished with protective devices

such as oil pan, etc., to protect from the oil leakage due to failure or life.

The specifications of the products in this catalogue are subject to change by modification or other reasons without notice, therefore, we recommend you to contact us for confirmation, before start designing. 

Precautions for Safety

●Note:

●If you need catalogues of our GTR and/or other products, ask us with

the “Catalogue Request Form” on page X11 of this catalogue.

General

Particular user

Page 3: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

Responding to the requests from customers, we,

Nissei Corporation hereby offer you completely

improved F3 Series, in addition to the conventional

F2 Series which has a wide variety of one side

mounting and of reduction ratio. The mounting

method is the same as that of the conventional F2

Series. It is our wish to continuously be your supplier

of innovative products aiming for easier handling.

1

NEWGearmotor

Page 4: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

Motor Capacity

3-Phase 0.1kW~2.2kW 1-Phase 100W~400W Reduction Ratio

1/5~1/1500

Type

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor Water-Resistant Gearmotor(IP65) Water-Resistant Brake Gearmotor(IP65) Reducer(Input/Output Shaft) S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor) Combination of Gearmotor & Inverter

Concentric Hollow Shaft Concentric Solid Shaft

Wide Variation ●Extended Reduction Ratio up to  1/1500

F3 SERIESF3 SERIES Hollow Shaft Gearmotor

Solid Shaft Gearmotor

Water-Resistant Gearmotor(IP65)

Reducer (Input/Output Shaft)

S-Type Reducer (For Designated Motor)

High Reduction Ratio (1/300 and above)

Mounting Free with Concentric Hollow Shaft

Face Mount ●Tapped Holes on both sides

Page 5: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

Motor Capacity

3-Phase 0.1kW~2.2kW 1-Phase 100W~400W Reduction Ratio

1/5~1/1500

Type

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor Water-Resistant Gearmotor(IP65) Water-Resistant Brake Gearmotor(IP65) Reducer(Input/Output Shaft) S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor) Combination of Gearmotor & Inverter

Concentric Hollow Shaft Concentric Solid Shaft

Wide Variation ●Extended Reduction Ratio up to  1/1500

F3 SERIESF3 SERIES Hollow Shaft Gearmotor

Solid Shaft Gearmotor

Water-Resistant Gearmotor(IP65)

Reducer (Input/Output Shaft)

S-Type Reducer (For Designated Motor)

High Reduction Ratio (1/300 and above)

Mounting Free with Concentric Hollow Shaft

Face Mount ●Tapped Holes on both sides

Page 6: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

F3 SERIESF3 SERIES More variations!Concentric Hollow Shaft Gearmotor Water-Resistant Gearmotor(IP65)

■Wide variations and quick delivery (Ship out within three days)

*Also, reduction ratio was extended from 1/80 to 1/240 in 1.5kW and 1/40 to 1/120 in 2.2kW.

1/300

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

01/375 1/450 1/600 1/750 1/900 1/1200 1/1500

N・mComparison in allowable torque of output shaft

1/ 300

1/ 375

1/ 450

1/ 600

1/ 750

1/ 900

1/1200

1/1500

0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW

F Series F3 Series

0.1kW 0.1kW

54

High Reduction Ratio (1/300 and above)

■Allowable torque by the reduction ratio

Page 7: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

F3 SERIESF3 SERIES More variations!Concentric Hollow Shaft Gearmotor Water-Resistant Gearmotor(IP65)

■Wide variations and quick delivery (Ship out within three days)

*Also, reduction ratio was extended from 1/80 to 1/240 in 1.5kW and 1/40 to 1/120 in 2.2kW.

1/300

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

01/375 1/450 1/600 1/750 1/900 1/1200 1/1500

N・mComparison in allowable torque of output shaft

1/ 300

1/ 375

1/ 450

1/ 600

1/ 750

1/ 900

1/1200

1/1500

0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW

F Series F3 Series

0.1kW 0.1kW

54

High Reduction Ratio (1/300 and above)

■Allowable torque by the reduction ratio

Page 8: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

mold designing/manufacturing Motor production line

heat treatment (gas carburizing equipment)

die-cast products

OEM gear products

●Over 90% of the products are in-house production(Reducer products). ●Providing reducers and gear products to OEM●Integrated Production from mold designing/manufacturing, die-casting,

Gleason PHOENIX II 275HCCBN Bevel Gear Grinder

Awards for ’99TPM

Certified as“2005 Aichi Quality Company ”

Obtain ISO 14001Obtain ISO 9001

●Gear designing and manufacturing technology cultivated more than half Century, represented by HRH (High Ratio Hypoid Gear).●Development of new transmission equipments, corresponding to the market needs.

●CS Center ・Customer’s Technical Inquiries Desk ・CRM Desk (Information Transmission System)●Caravan Car (Traveling Exhibit by car)●Factory Tour・Lecture about Products

●Obtain ISO 9001●Obtain ISO 14001●Awards for ’99TPM●Certified as “2005 Aichi Quality Company ”

New Facility

Participated in an exhibition

Quality

In-house Production Product Development CapabilityProviding Information

Facility expansionat Anjo South Plant

76

Corporate Profile

Company History

●Pursuing integrated value and affinity●Conform to International Standards●Improvement of painting quality

Product Value

Delivery

We, Leader of the Industry, offer quick Ship out of standardproducts of more than 140,000 models within 3 days afterreceiving order.

“From one piece”is Nissei's motto,caring customersatisfaction.

Spiral Bevel Gear Helical Gear HRH(High Ratio Hypoid)Gear

Company Name: Nissei CorporationCapital: 3,475 Million YenEmployees: 743Headquarters: Anjo-shi, AichiManufacturing Plant:Main Plant, Anjo Minami Manufacturing PlantStock Exchange:Listed on the Second Section of the Tokyo Stock ExchangeListed on the Second Section of the Nagoya Stock ExchangeMain Products:Reducers, Variable-Speed Reducers, Direct Drive Equipments(Electric Slide-Base, Cylinder, etc.)…550,000units/yearVarious Small gears(Standard gears, Make-to-order gears)…18 Million units/year

Established company JAPAN SEWING MACHINE NEEDLE MANUFACTURING LTD in Nagoya.Started production of small fine pitch gears in a make-to-order base in domestic Japanese market.Anjo Manufacturing Plant newly opened in 1-1, Inoue, Izumi-cho, Anjo-shi, Aichi and started operation. (Headquarters and Main Manufacturing Plant at present)Changed company name to NISSEI INDUSTRY CO.LTDStarted production and sales of power transmissions such as reducers, gear boxes, clutches, brake units, etc.Started production of spur gear reducers “GTR Gearmotor”.Started production and sales of “GTR” H-Type orthogonal shaft reducers (Hypoid Gearmotor)Started production and sales of “GTR Mini Gearmotors”(15W~90W)Listed on the Second Section of the Nagoya Stock Exchange. Capital became 3,475 Million YenOpened Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant, as a plant exclusively produce power transmissions.Started sales of Stock Bevel Gear and HRH (High Ratio Hypoid Gearmotor). Added “Helical Gear” and “ Straight Bevel Gear” to our standard production line and started sales with the name of “My Set”.Started production and sales of GTR-V Series(Variable-speed gearmotor). Started production and sales of GTR IIS Series (Power Slide Base) and C-Series(Power Cylinder).Started production and sales of GTR-F2 Series (Concentric hollow and solid shaft).Agreed sales cooperation with SEW-EURODRIVE, JAPAN, Inc.Awarded ’99TPM.Obtained “ISO 9001” Certification.Changed company name to “Nissei Corporation”.Obtained “ISO 14001” Certification.Started sales of “Small multipurpose inverters”(0.1kW~3.7kW).Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.)Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low Backlash Reducers).Agreed sales cooperation withKOHARA GEAR INDUSTRY CO.LTDStarted production and sales of GTRII V-Series, battery power type.Listed on the Second Section of the Tokyo Stock Exchange.Agreed sales cooperation with DAIKIN INDUSTRIES. LTDStarted production and sales of “GTR Medium Type, Water-resistant Gearmotor with Brake”.Shipping system for urgent requests “Scramble Shipment Service” started.Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series IPM servomotor attached”.Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series Parallel Shaft(AG3)”.Started production and sales of “GTR Medium Type Explosion-proof Gearmotors”.Agreed sales cooperation with SEW-EURODRIVE(TIANJIN) CO.,LTD.Started production and sales of GTRII V-Series Battery Power Type with the specifications of 400W/48V).Started production and sales of Bevel Gearbox“KOMPASS” Certificated to Aichi Quality brand.Started production and sale of concentric hollow shaft and concentric solid shaft in GTR-F3 Series.Started production and sale of concentric hollow shaft and concentric solid shaft in GTR-A Series, AF3 type.Started production and sale of IS gearmotor.Established manufacturing Plant No.2 for reducers.

March

June

May

JulyMay

Oct.May

Nov.

July

Sept.

May

May

March

April

Nov.Oct.MarchOct.Dec.Sept.

Oct.

April

April

Sept.

MarchAug.Oct.

Dec.

Dec.

Jan.

Feb.

April

June

Dec.Jan.July

Jan.

April

1942

1955

1964

19651969

19741980

1984

1985

1985

1989

1992

1992

1995

1998

19981999200020002000 2001

2001

2002

2002

2002

200320032003

2003

2003

2004

2004

2004

2004

200420062006

2007

2007

(self-developed product)

Page 9: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

mold designing/manufacturing Motor production line

heat treatment (gas carburizing equipment)

die-cast products

OEM gear products

●Over 90% of the products are in-house production(Reducer products). ●Providing reducers and gear products to OEM●Integrated Production from mold designing/manufacturing, die-casting,

Gleason PHOENIX II 275HCCBN Bevel Gear Grinder

Awards for ’99TPM

Certified as“2005 Aichi Quality Company ”

Obtain ISO 14001Obtain ISO 9001

●Gear designing and manufacturing technology cultivated more than half Century, represented by HRH (High Ratio Hypoid Gear).●Development of new transmission equipments, corresponding to the market needs.

●CS Center ・Customer’s Technical Inquiries Desk ・CRM Desk (Information Transmission System)●Caravan Car (Traveling Exhibit by car)●Factory Tour・Lecture about Products

●Obtain ISO 9001●Obtain ISO 14001●Awards for ’99TPM●Certified as “2005 Aichi Quality Company ”

New Facility

Participated in an exhibition

Quality

In-house Production Product Development CapabilityProviding Information

Facility expansionat Anjo South Plant

76

Corporate Profile

Company History

●Pursuing integrated value and affinity●Conform to International Standards●Improvement of painting quality

Product Value

Delivery

We, Leader of the Industry, offer quick Ship out of standardproducts of more than 140,000 models within 3 days afterreceiving order.

“From one piece”is Nissei's motto,caring customersatisfaction.

Spiral Bevel Gear Helical Gear HRH(High Ratio Hypoid)Gear

Company Name: Nissei CorporationCapital: 3,475 Million YenEmployees: 743Headquarters: Anjo-shi, AichiManufacturing Plant:Main Plant, Anjo Minami Manufacturing PlantStock Exchange:Listed on the Second Section of the Tokyo Stock ExchangeListed on the Second Section of the Nagoya Stock ExchangeMain Products:Reducers, Variable-Speed Reducers, Direct Drive Equipments(Electric Slide-Base, Cylinder, etc.)…550,000units/yearVarious Small gears(Standard gears, Make-to-order gears)…18 Million units/year

Established company JAPAN SEWING MACHINE NEEDLE MANUFACTURING LTD in Nagoya.Started production of small fine pitch gears in a make-to-order base in domestic Japanese market.Anjo Manufacturing Plant newly opened in 1-1, Inoue, Izumi-cho, Anjo-shi, Aichi and started operation. (Headquarters and Main Manufacturing Plant at present)Changed company name to NISSEI INDUSTRY CO.LTDStarted production and sales of power transmissions such as reducers, gear boxes, clutches, brake units, etc.Started production of spur gear reducers “GTR Gearmotor”.Started production and sales of “GTR” H-Type orthogonal shaft reducers (Hypoid Gearmotor)Started production and sales of “GTR Mini Gearmotors”(15W~90W)Listed on the Second Section of the Nagoya Stock Exchange. Capital became 3,475 Million YenOpened Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant, as a plant exclusively produce power transmissions.Started sales of Stock Bevel Gear and HRH (High Ratio Hypoid Gearmotor). Added “Helical Gear” and “ Straight Bevel Gear” to our standard production line and started sales with the name of “My Set”.Started production and sales of GTR-V Series(Variable-speed gearmotor). Started production and sales of GTR IIS Series (Power Slide Base) and C-Series(Power Cylinder).Started production and sales of GTR-F2 Series (Concentric hollow and solid shaft).Agreed sales cooperation with SEW-EURODRIVE, JAPAN, Inc.Awarded ’99TPM.Obtained “ISO 9001” Certification.Changed company name to “Nissei Corporation”.Obtained “ISO 14001” Certification.Started sales of “Small multipurpose inverters”(0.1kW~3.7kW).Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.)Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low Backlash Reducers).Agreed sales cooperation withKOHARA GEAR INDUSTRY CO.LTDStarted production and sales of GTRII V-Series, battery power type.Listed on the Second Section of the Tokyo Stock Exchange.Agreed sales cooperation with DAIKIN INDUSTRIES. LTDStarted production and sales of “GTR Medium Type, Water-resistant Gearmotor with Brake”.Shipping system for urgent requests “Scramble Shipment Service” started.Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series IPM servomotor attached”.Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series Parallel Shaft(AG3)”.Started production and sales of “GTR Medium Type Explosion-proof Gearmotors”.Agreed sales cooperation with SEW-EURODRIVE(TIANJIN) CO.,LTD.Started production and sales of GTRII V-Series Battery Power Type with the specifications of 400W/48V).Started production and sales of Bevel Gearbox“KOMPASS” Certificated to Aichi Quality brand.Started production and sale of concentric hollow shaft and concentric solid shaft in GTR-F3 Series.Started production and sale of concentric hollow shaft and concentric solid shaft in GTR-A Series, AF3 type.Started production and sale of IS gearmotor.Established manufacturing Plant No.2 for reducers.

March

June

May

JulyMay

Oct.May

Nov.

July

Sept.

May

May

March

April

Nov.Oct.MarchOct.Dec.Sept.

Oct.

April

April

Sept.

MarchAug.Oct.

Dec.

Dec.

Jan.

Feb.

April

June

Dec.Jan.July

Jan.

April

1942

1955

1964

19651969

19741980

1984

1985

1985

1989

1992

1992

1995

1998

19981999200020002000 2001

2001

2002

2002

2002

200320032003

2003

2003

2004

2004

2004

2004

200420062006

2007

2007

(self-developed product)

Page 10: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

9

F3

8

■Gearmotor/Brake Gearmotor

Model and Type Designation/Standard Model Lineup

Concentric Hollow Shaft 3-Phase Performance Table/Dimensions

Concentric Hollow Shaft 1-Phase Performance Table/Dimensions

Concentric Solid Shaft 3-Phase Performance Table/Dimensions

■Water-Resistant Gearmotor(IP65)/Brake Gearmotor(IP65)

Model and Type Designation/Standard Model Lineup

Concentric Hollow Shaft 3-Phase Performance Table/Dimensions

■Reducer(Input/Output Shaft)

Model and Type Designation/Standard Model Lineup

Concentric Hollow Shaft Performance Table/Dimensions

■S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor)

Model and Type Designation/Standard Model Lineup

Concentric Hollow Shaft Performance Table/Dimensions

■Technical Information

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

11

12

17

33

41

55

56

59

75

76

79

93

94

97

111

C O N T E N T S

* Please also see our catalog of MIDI Series (0.1kW to 2.2kW).

Series

Gearmotor

Page 11: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

9

F3

8

■Gearmotor/Brake Gearmotor

Model and Type Designation/Standard Model Lineup

Concentric Hollow Shaft 3-Phase Performance Table/Dimensions

Concentric Hollow Shaft 1-Phase Performance Table/Dimensions

Concentric Solid Shaft 3-Phase Performance Table/Dimensions

■Water-Resistant Gearmotor(IP65)/Brake Gearmotor(IP65)

Model and Type Designation/Standard Model Lineup

Concentric Hollow Shaft 3-Phase Performance Table/Dimensions

■Reducer(Input/Output Shaft)

Model and Type Designation/Standard Model Lineup

Concentric Hollow Shaft Performance Table/Dimensions

■S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor)

Model and Type Designation/Standard Model Lineup

Concentric Hollow Shaft Performance Table/Dimensions

■Technical Information

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

11

12

17

33

41

55

56

59

75

76

79

93

94

97

111

C O N T E N T S

* Please also see our catalog of MIDI Series (0.1kW to 2.2kW).

Series

Gearmotor

Page 12: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

11

F3

10

GearmotorConcentric Hollow Shaft・Concentric Solid Shaft

GearmotorBrake GearmotorModel・Type DesignationStandard Model Lineup

Series

3-Phase

0.1kW~2.2kW

200V 50/60Hz, 220V/60Hz

Class B

Direct start

4

Continuous Rating

Hypoid gear and Helical gear

Grease Lubrication(Maintenance Free)

New JIS Key(JIS 1301-1976 class)

S43C

Aluminium die-cast

-10℃~40℃

85% max.(without any dew condensation)

1,000m max.

Indoors

Anion painting, Acrylic paint

Gray(Mansel code: 9B6/0.5)

No restriction in the mounting angle.(horizontally, vertically or heeling angle)

100W~400W

100V 50/60Hz

Class B(Class E for 100W)

Capacitor Start(100V:capacitor operation)

Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled

1-Phase

Well ventilated place free from corrosive gas, explosive gas vapor and/or dust.

Motor Part

Ambient Conditions

Painting

Mounting Direction

Speed Reduction Part

Number of phase

Capacity

Power Source

Starting Method

Number of Pole

Rating

Reduction Method

Lubrication

Output Shaft

Case Material

Ambient Humidity

Altitude

Painting Method

Painting Color

Insulation Classification

Protective cooling Method

Output Shaft Material

Ambient Temperature

Installation Location

Environment

Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled (Totally enclosed type for 0.1kW gearmotor without brake)

Page 13: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

11

F3

10

GearmotorConcentric Hollow Shaft・Concentric Solid Shaft

GearmotorBrake GearmotorModel・Type DesignationStandard Model Lineup

Series

3-Phase

0.1kW~2.2kW

200V 50/60Hz, 220V/60Hz

Class B

Direct start

4

Continuous Rating

Hypoid gear and Helical gear

Grease Lubrication(Maintenance Free)

New JIS Key(JIS 1301-1976 class)

S43C

Aluminium die-cast

-10℃~40℃

85% max.(without any dew condensation)

1,000m max.

Indoors

Anion painting, Acrylic paint

Gray(Mansel code: 9B6/0.5)

No restriction in the mounting angle.(horizontally, vertically or heeling angle)

100W~400W

100V 50/60Hz

Class B(Class E for 100W)

Capacitor Start(100V:capacitor operation)

Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled

1-Phase

Well ventilated place free from corrosive gas, explosive gas vapor and/or dust.

Motor Part

Ambient Conditions

Painting

Mounting Direction

Speed Reduction Part

Number of phase

Capacity

Power Source

Starting Method

Number of Pole

Rating

Reduction Method

Lubrication

Output Shaft

Case Material

Ambient Humidity

Altitude

Painting Method

Painting Color

Insulation Classification

Protective cooling Method

Output Shaft Material

Ambient Temperature

Installation Location

Environment

Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled (Totally enclosed type for 0.1kW gearmotor without brake)

Page 14: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

F3

S

F

M

B

J

Output Shaft Diameter (Hollow Shaft type is the bore and Solid Shaft type is the outside diameter.)

5 : 1/5 240 : 1/240 1500 : 1/1500

T010

T020

T040

075

150

220

S100

200

400

Blank

W

A

Z

Blank

X

: F3 Series(Concentric Hollow Shaft・Concentric Solid Shaft)

: Hollow Shaft Type

: Solid Shaft Type

: With Motor

: With Brake-Motor

: With Brake Manual Release Device(Option)

: 3-phase 0.1 kW

: 3-phase 0.2 kW

: 3-phase 0.4 kW

: 3-phase 0.75kW

: 3-phase 1.5 kW

: 3-phase 2.2 kW

: 1-phase 100W

: 1-phase 200W

: 1-phase 400W

: Standard Voltage

: High Voltage

: Terminal box(3-phase 0.1kW~0.4kW standard specs.)

: For 3-phase Brake Motor,Terminal Box with a built-in rectifier(option for 0.1kW~0.4kW)

: Standard Specs.

: Code to identify additional special specs.

3-phase:

1-phase:

Only Hollow Shaft Type

Only Hollow Shaft Type

Only Hollow Shaft Type

200V/50Hz, 200V/60Hz、220V/60Hz

100V/50Hz, 100V/60Hz

3-phase:

1-phase:

380V/50Hz, 400V/50Hz, 400V/60Hz, 440V/60Hz

200V/50Hz, 200V/60Hz(Custom design Specs.)

Instruction for terminal box position.

Refer to the specification code list on page 141 for details.

Gearmotor Gearmotor with Brake

F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft) F3F Type(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3 Series

Model and Type Designation

F3 Series gearmotors and Brake Gearmotor are classified by codes as shown below. Specify these codes in your inquiry and order.

① ② ④ ③

Type

S B W A30 50

T040

⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑪ ⑩

F3F M 40 240 075F3

T3H6

Frame Number

Shaft Arrangement

Auxiliary Mark

Spec. Designation

XT

Motor Capacity OptionReduction

Ratio

①Series Name

④Frame Number and Diameter of Output Shaft

⑤Shaft Arrangement for  Solid Shaft

⑥Reduction Ratio

⑦Motor Type and Capacity

⑧⑨Option

⑩Auxiliary Code

⑪Spec. Designation

Note 1: Note 2:

For the capacity of 0.1kW~0.4kW, with "A" box is the standard for all voltage, so please indicate "A" at the end of motor capacity. Blank means without terminal box (fly lead). For rectifier insert type terminal box, please indicate "Z" at the end of the capacity. For the capacity 0.75kW~2.2kW are terminal box equipped and have no additional code, For rectifier built-in type, please refer to page 132. Standard 1-phase gearmotors are not equipped with terminal box. Terminal box should be ordered additionally.

②Classification by  Mount Form

③Classification by  Motor Type

Note: Spec. Designation does not appear on the product type designation in the nameplate. It is specified on the additional numbers in the nameplate.

L: Output shaft on  the left viewing  from Input shaft side

R: Output shaft on  the right viewing from  Input shaft side

T: Output shaft on  both side viewing  from Input shaft side

Motor

gearhead

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

(Note 2)

(Note 2)

F3S Type

F3F Type

Model and Type Designation

Model and Type Designation

1312

Page 15: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

F3

S

F

M

B

J

Output Shaft Diameter (Hollow Shaft type is the bore and Solid Shaft type is the outside diameter.)

5 : 1/5 240 : 1/240 1500 : 1/1500

T010

T020

T040

075

150

220

S100

200

400

Blank

W

A

Z

Blank

X

: F3 Series(Concentric Hollow Shaft・Concentric Solid Shaft)

: Hollow Shaft Type

: Solid Shaft Type

: With Motor

: With Brake-Motor

: With Brake Manual Release Device(Option)

: 3-phase 0.1 kW

: 3-phase 0.2 kW

: 3-phase 0.4 kW

: 3-phase 0.75kW

: 3-phase 1.5 kW

: 3-phase 2.2 kW

: 1-phase 100W

: 1-phase 200W

: 1-phase 400W

: Standard Voltage

: High Voltage

: Terminal box(3-phase 0.1kW~0.4kW standard specs.)

: For 3-phase Brake Motor,Terminal Box with a built-in rectifier(option for 0.1kW~0.4kW)

: Standard Specs.

: Code to identify additional special specs.

3-phase:

1-phase:

Only Hollow Shaft Type

Only Hollow Shaft Type

Only Hollow Shaft Type

200V/50Hz, 200V/60Hz、220V/60Hz

100V/50Hz, 100V/60Hz

3-phase:

1-phase:

380V/50Hz, 400V/50Hz, 400V/60Hz, 440V/60Hz

200V/50Hz, 200V/60Hz(Custom design Specs.)

Instruction for terminal box position.

Refer to the specification code list on page 141 for details.

Gearmotor Gearmotor with Brake

F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft) F3F Type(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3 Series

Model and Type Designation

F3 Series gearmotors and Brake Gearmotor are classified by codes as shown below. Specify these codes in your inquiry and order.

① ② ④ ③

Type

S B W A30 50

T040

⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑪ ⑩

F3F M 40 240 075F3

T3H6

Frame Number

Shaft Arrangement

Auxiliary Mark

Spec. Designation

XT

Motor Capacity OptionReduction

Ratio

①Series Name

④Frame Number and Diameter of Output Shaft

⑤Shaft Arrangement for  Solid Shaft

⑥Reduction Ratio

⑦Motor Type and Capacity

⑧⑨Option

⑩Auxiliary Code

⑪Spec. Designation

Note 1: Note 2:

For the capacity of 0.1kW~0.4kW, with "A" box is the standard for all voltage, so please indicate "A" at the end of motor capacity. Blank means without terminal box (fly lead). For rectifier insert type terminal box, please indicate "Z" at the end of the capacity. For the capacity 0.75kW~2.2kW are terminal box equipped and have no additional code, For rectifier built-in type, please refer to page 132. Standard 1-phase gearmotors are not equipped with terminal box. Terminal box should be ordered additionally.

②Classification by  Mount Form

③Classification by  Motor Type

Note: Spec. Designation does not appear on the product type designation in the nameplate. It is specified on the additional numbers in the nameplate.

L: Output shaft on  the left viewing  from Input shaft side

R: Output shaft on  the right viewing from  Input shaft side

T: Output shaft on  both side viewing  from Input shaft side

Motor

gearhead

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

(Note 2)

(Note 2)

F3S Type

F3F Type

Model and Type Designation

Model and Type Designation

1312

Page 16: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

1514

(Note)1. 2.

35

45

45

45

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

20

25

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/200 1/2401/80 1/100 1/120 1/160

30 1/300 1/375

35 1/450 1/600 1/750

45 1/900 1/1200

55 1/1500

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/5 1/7.5 1/10

50 1/40 1/50 1/60

55 1/80 1/100 1/120

1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30

1/50 1/60

25

30

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/200 1/2401/80 1/100 1/120 1/160

35 1/300 1/375

45 1/450 1/600 1/750

55 1/900 1/1200

30

35

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/200 1/2401/80 1/100 1/120 1/160

45 1/300 1/375

55 1/450 1/600

1/200 1/2401/80 1/100 1/120 1/160

55 1/200 1/2401/80 1/100 1/120 1/160

55 1/300

F3 Series F3F Type

High accuracy reduction (1/300 and above) is not available with 1-phase 100W models. The models enclosed with    are limited torque type.

F3 Series F3S Type

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

As for 1.5kW, maximum reduction ratio is 1/60. As for 2.2kW, maximum reduction ratio is 1/30. The models enclosed with    are limited torque type.

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

18

22

RT

L

RT

L

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

22

28

RT

L

RT

L

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

28

32

RT

L

RT

L

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

32

40

RT

L

RT

L

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/6040 R

T

L

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/3040 RT

L3-phase 2.2KW

(Note)1

F3 Series F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)Standard Model Lineup

Standard Model

Lineup

Standard Model

Lineup

F3SM

F3SB

F3SJ (Optional Spec.)

3-phase 0.1kW

1-phase 100W

3-phase 0.2kW

1-phase 200W

3-phase 0.4kW

1-phase 400W

3-phase 0.75kW

3-phase 1.5kW

3-phase 2.2kW

F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)Model Lineup

Type 4P Motor Capacity

Frame Number Reduction Ratio

Brake Gearmotor with Brake Manual Release

Gearmotor

Brake Gearmotor

F3 Series F3F Type(Concentric Solid Shaft) Standard Model Lineup

F3F Type(Concentric Solid Shaft)Model Lineup

F3FM

F3FB

F3FJ (Optional Spec.)

Gearmotor

Type Reduction Ratio4P Motor Capacity

Frame Number

Output Shaft Arrangement

3-phase 0.1KW

3-phase 0.2KW

3-phase 0.4KW

3-phase 0.75KW

3-phase 1.5KW

Brake Gearmotor with Brake Manual Release

Brake Gearmotor

Page 17: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

1514

(Note)1. 2.

35

45

45

45

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

20

25

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/200 1/2401/80 1/100 1/120 1/160

30 1/300 1/375

35 1/450 1/600 1/750

45 1/900 1/1200

55 1/1500

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/5 1/7.5 1/10

50 1/40 1/50 1/60

55 1/80 1/100 1/120

1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30

1/50 1/60

25

30

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/200 1/2401/80 1/100 1/120 1/160

35 1/300 1/375

45 1/450 1/600 1/750

55 1/900 1/1200

30

35

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/200 1/2401/80 1/100 1/120 1/160

45 1/300 1/375

55 1/450 1/600

1/200 1/2401/80 1/100 1/120 1/160

55 1/200 1/2401/80 1/100 1/120 1/160

55 1/300

F3 Series F3F Type

High accuracy reduction (1/300 and above) is not available with 1-phase 100W models. The models enclosed with    are limited torque type.

F3 Series F3S Type

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

As for 1.5kW, maximum reduction ratio is 1/60. As for 2.2kW, maximum reduction ratio is 1/30. The models enclosed with    are limited torque type.

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

18

22

RT

L

RT

L

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

22

28

RT

L

RT

L

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

28

32

RT

L

RT

L

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

32

40

RT

L

RT

L

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/6040 R

T

L

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/3040 RT

L3-phase 2.2KW

(Note)1

F3 Series F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)Standard Model Lineup

Standard Model

Lineup

Standard Model

Lineup

F3SM

F3SB

F3SJ (Optional Spec.)

3-phase 0.1kW

1-phase 100W

3-phase 0.2kW

1-phase 200W

3-phase 0.4kW

1-phase 400W

3-phase 0.75kW

3-phase 1.5kW

3-phase 2.2kW

F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)Model Lineup

Type 4P Motor Capacity

Frame Number Reduction Ratio

Brake Gearmotor with Brake Manual Release

Gearmotor

Brake Gearmotor

F3 Series F3F Type(Concentric Solid Shaft) Standard Model Lineup

F3F Type(Concentric Solid Shaft)Model Lineup

F3FM

F3FB

F3FJ (Optional Spec.)

Gearmotor

Type Reduction Ratio4P Motor Capacity

Frame Number

Output Shaft Arrangement

3-phase 0.1KW

3-phase 0.2KW

3-phase 0.4KW

3-phase 0.75KW

3-phase 1.5KW

Brake Gearmotor with Brake Manual Release

Brake Gearmotor

Page 18: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

17

F3F3S

●The output rotation speed is the value corresponds to the motor synchronous speed and the nominal reduction ratio. ●New JIS Size Key: JIS B1301-1976(Normal Class) ●The key for the output shaft is not attached to this model. ● The shaded area in the Performance Table indicates that in the case that gearmotors are wired according to the diagram on 122, the shaft rotates clockwise when viewing from side , as in the direction of the arrow shown in the following Dimension Diagrams.

【Remarks】

16

A

Gearmotor

Series

Type

Concentric Hollow Shaft

GearmotorBrake GearmotorPerformance TableDimension diagram

3-Phase

A

Page 19: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

17

F3F3S

●The output rotation speed is the value corresponds to the motor synchronous speed and the nominal reduction ratio. ●New JIS Size Key: JIS B1301-1976(Normal Class) ●The key for the output shaft is not attached to this model. ● The shaded area in the Performance Table indicates that in the case that gearmotors are wired according to the diagram on 122, the shaft rotates clockwise when viewing from side , as in the direction of the arrow shown in the following Dimension Diagrams.

【Remarks】

16

A

Gearmotor

Series

Type

Concentric Hollow Shaft

GearmotorBrake GearmotorPerformance TableDimension diagram

3-Phase

A

Page 20: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

1918

0.1kW T010 50/60/60200/200/220 0.61/0.54/0.54 1420/1700/1720 B

Fig.1

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3SM(F3SB)

3-phase 0.1kW

20 25

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/ 100

1/ 120

1/ 160

1/ 200

1/ 240

1/ 300

1/ 375

1/ 450

1/ 600

1/ 750

1/ 900

1/1200

1/1500

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

5

4

3.3

2.5

2

1.7

1.3

1

1/

2/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

77/

11/

8/

133/

14/

7/

7/

7/

5

15

10

25

15

20

25

59

40

50

59

80

1880

120

160

200

240

23400

4095

3655

80410

10105

6360

8480

10600

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

6

4.8

4

3

2.4

2

1.5

1.2

0.26

0.39

0.53

0.66

0.79

1.1

1.3

1.6

2.1

2.6

3.2

4

5

6

8

10

10.3

13.4

16.8

20.2

25.3

31.7

40.9

54.5

72.1

0.22

0.33

0.44

0.55

0.66

0.88

1.1

1.3

1.8

2.2

2.6

3.3

4.2

5

6.7

8.3

10

11.2

14

16.8

21.1

26.4

34.1

45.4

60.1

2.5

3.8

5.2

6.5

7.7

11

13

16

21

25

31

39

49

59

78

98

101

131

165

198

248

311

401

534

707

2.2

3.2

4.3

5.4

6.5

8.6

11

13

18

22

25

32

41

49

66

81

98

110

137

165

207

259

334

445

589

100

110

120

130

135

150

160

170

185

190

190

260

260

260

260

260

260

320

320

370

370

370

530

530

1000

244

270

294

316

333

373

392

422

451

471

471

637

637

637

637

637

637

785

785

912

912

912

1275

1275

2452

25

28

30

32

34

38

40

43

46

48

48

65

65

65

65

65

65

80

80

93

93

93

130

130

250

980

1080

1180

1270

1320

1470

1570

1670

1810

1860

1860

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

3140

3140

3630

3630

3630

5190

5190

9800

kgfN

P.19 Fig.1 6.5kg (8kg)

P.19 Fig.2 8kg

(9.5kg)

P.19 Fig.3 10.5kg(12kg)

P.20 Fig.4 14kg(15.5kg)

P.20 Fig.5 21kg(22.5kg)

P.20 Fig.6 76kg(77.5kg)

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Round Weight 6.5kg(8kg)

F3SM-20-5~60-T010A(F3SB-20-5~60-T010A)

CAD Data: F3SM-20-T010A

(CAD Data: F3SB -20-T010A)

Fig.2

Round Weight 8kg(9.5kg)

F3SM-25-80~240-T010A(F3SB-25-80~240-T010A)

CAD Data: F3SM-25-T010A

(CAD Data: F3SB -25-T010A)

Fig.3

Round Weight 10.5kg(12kg)

F3SM-30-300~375-T010A(F3SB-30-300~375-T010A)

CAD Data: F3SM-30-T010A

(CAD Data: F3SB -30-T010A)

3939

77 78127

6

48.5

48.5

48.5

38.5

38.5

38.522.8

68.578.5

97 (φ135)

116.5

47.5(87.5)

256.5(296.5)

(125.5)

37 37 28□70

92

64 64

962424

Safety cap F3S-20(attachment)

(200 )

φ115

4813 13

2 2

φ29

φ20H8 φ20H8

φ29φ53h7 φ53h7

77

8

(φ135)

116.5

53.5

53.5

43.5

43.528.3107

15953.543.5 95.5

105.5

287.5(327.5)

47.5(87.5)

28□70

5050100

(126.5)

39.5 39.5

(200 )

φ115

114

Flange surface Flange surface

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

4-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.5

79 79

Flange surface

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

4-φ8.6

(57.5)

(57.5)

F3S Type

30

35

45

55

1243333 58

17 17

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

1925846 110

122

358.5(398.5)

(200 )

8

φ11523.7

(φ135)

116.5

47.5(87.5)

28□70

58

58

46

4633.3116

77

5353

106

Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)

82 82

Flange surface Flange surface

120

(57.5)

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

(129.5)

45.5 45.5

1182727 64

14 14

φ39 φ39

φ25H8 φ25H8

φ66h7 φ66h7

2 2

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor (Concentric Hollow Shaft)

F3S Type

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed non-ventilated (Totally Enclosed fan-cooled)

F3 Series 3-phase 0.1kWThe values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Flange surface

Safety cap F3S-25(attachment)

4-φ10.5

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Page 21: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

1918

0.1kW T010 50/60/60200/200/220 0.61/0.54/0.54 1420/1700/1720 B

Fig.1

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3SM(F3SB)

3-phase 0.1kW

20 25

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/ 100

1/ 120

1/ 160

1/ 200

1/ 240

1/ 300

1/ 375

1/ 450

1/ 600

1/ 750

1/ 900

1/1200

1/1500

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

5

4

3.3

2.5

2

1.7

1.3

1

1/

2/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

77/

11/

8/

133/

14/

7/

7/

7/

5

15

10

25

15

20

25

59

40

50

59

80

1880

120

160

200

240

23400

4095

3655

80410

10105

6360

8480

10600

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

6

4.8

4

3

2.4

2

1.5

1.2

0.26

0.39

0.53

0.66

0.79

1.1

1.3

1.6

2.1

2.6

3.2

4

5

6

8

10

10.3

13.4

16.8

20.2

25.3

31.7

40.9

54.5

72.1

0.22

0.33

0.44

0.55

0.66

0.88

1.1

1.3

1.8

2.2

2.6

3.3

4.2

5

6.7

8.3

10

11.2

14

16.8

21.1

26.4

34.1

45.4

60.1

2.5

3.8

5.2

6.5

7.7

11

13

16

21

25

31

39

49

59

78

98

101

131

165

198

248

311

401

534

707

2.2

3.2

4.3

5.4

6.5

8.6

11

13

18

22

25

32

41

49

66

81

98

110

137

165

207

259

334

445

589

100

110

120

130

135

150

160

170

185

190

190

260

260

260

260

260

260

320

320

370

370

370

530

530

1000

244

270

294

316

333

373

392

422

451

471

471

637

637

637

637

637

637

785

785

912

912

912

1275

1275

2452

25

28

30

32

34

38

40

43

46

48

48

65

65

65

65

65

65

80

80

93

93

93

130

130

250

980

1080

1180

1270

1320

1470

1570

1670

1810

1860

1860

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

3140

3140

3630

3630

3630

5190

5190

9800

kgfN

P.19 Fig.1 6.5kg (8kg)

P.19 Fig.2 8kg

(9.5kg)

P.19 Fig.3 10.5kg(12kg)

P.20 Fig.4 14kg(15.5kg)

P.20 Fig.5 21kg(22.5kg)

P.20 Fig.6 76kg(77.5kg)

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Round Weight 6.5kg(8kg)

F3SM-20-5~60-T010A(F3SB-20-5~60-T010A)

CAD Data: F3SM-20-T010A

(CAD Data: F3SB -20-T010A)

Fig.2

Round Weight 8kg(9.5kg)

F3SM-25-80~240-T010A(F3SB-25-80~240-T010A)

CAD Data: F3SM-25-T010A

(CAD Data: F3SB -25-T010A)

Fig.3

Round Weight 10.5kg(12kg)

F3SM-30-300~375-T010A(F3SB-30-300~375-T010A)

CAD Data: F3SM-30-T010A

(CAD Data: F3SB -30-T010A)

3939

77 78127

6

48.5

48.5

48.5

38.5

38.5

38.522.8

68.578.5

97 (φ135)

116.5

47.5(87.5)

256.5(296.5)

(125.5)

37 37 28□70

92

64 64

962424

Safety cap F3S-20(attachment)

(200 )

φ115

4813 13

2 2

φ29

φ20H8 φ20H8

φ29φ53h7 φ53h7

77

8

(φ135)

116.5

53.5

53.5

43.5

43.528.3107

15953.543.5 95.5

105.5

287.5(327.5)

47.5(87.5)

28□70

5050100

(126.5)

39.5 39.5

(200 )

φ115

114

Flange surface Flange surface

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

4-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.5

79 79

Flange surface

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

4-φ8.6

(57.5)

(57.5)

F3S Type

30

35

45

55

1243333 58

17 17

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

1925846 110

122

358.5(398.5)

(200 )

8

φ11523.7

(φ135)

116.5

47.5(87.5)

28□70

58

58

46

4633.3116

77

5353

106

Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)

82 82

Flange surface Flange surface

120

(57.5)

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

(129.5)

45.5 45.5

1182727 64

14 14

φ39 φ39

φ25H8 φ25H8

φ66h7 φ66h7

2 2

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension Gearmotor

Brake Gearmotor (Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed non-ventilated (Totally Enclosed fan-cooled)

F3 Series 3-phase 0.1kWThe values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Flange surface

Safety cap F3S-25(attachment)

4-φ10.5

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Page 22: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

2120

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Round Weight 14kg(15.5kg)

F3SM-35-450~750-T010A(F3SB-35-450~750-T010A)

CAD Data: F3SM-35-T010A

(CAD Data: F3SB -35-T010A) Fig.4

Round Weight 21kg(22.5kg)

F3SM-45-900~1200-T010A(F3SB-45-900~1200-T010A)

CAD Data: F3SM-45-T010A

(CAD Data: F3SB -45-T010A) Fig.5

Round Weight 76kg(77.5kg)

F3SM-55-1500-T010A(F3SB-55-1500-T010A)

CAD Data: F3SM-55-T010A

(CAD Data: F3SB -55-T010A) Fig.6

F3S Type

2386854 140

154

404.5(444.5)

(200 )

10

φ115 (φ135)

116.5

28□70

68

68

54

5438.3136

77

6262124

95 95

Flange surface Flange surface

138

Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P258 58

φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

2 2

1423838 66

20 20

26.5

φ20

103119.5

291.58769 167

14

185

466.5(506.5)

(200 )

φ115 (φ135)

116.5

□70 28

87

87

69

6948.8174

77

7575150

108 108

Flange surface Flange surface164

Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)

4-φ20.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73

4-φ17.5

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

34

φ20

149169.5

336

11694

16198

220

534.5

(574.5)

(200 )

(φ135)

116.5

□70

130

130

108

108

59.3260

88

100100

200

143 143

Flange surface Flange surface216

Safety cap F3S-5055

(attachment)

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7 φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

φ11534

47.5(87.5)

47.5

(87.5)

47.53-M4 (87.5)

28

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type

F3 Series 3-phase 0.1kW

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

Page 23: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

2120

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Round Weight 14kg(15.5kg)

F3SM-35-450~750-T010A(F3SB-35-450~750-T010A)

CAD Data: F3SM-35-T010A

(CAD Data: F3SB -35-T010A) Fig.4

Round Weight 21kg(22.5kg)

F3SM-45-900~1200-T010A(F3SB-45-900~1200-T010A)

CAD Data: F3SM-45-T010A

(CAD Data: F3SB -45-T010A) Fig.5

Round Weight 76kg(77.5kg)

F3SM-55-1500-T010A(F3SB-55-1500-T010A)

CAD Data: F3SM-55-T010A

(CAD Data: F3SB -55-T010A) Fig.6

F3S Type

2386854 140

154

404.5(444.5)

(200 )

10

φ115 (φ135)

116.5

28□70

68

68

54

5438.3136

77

6262124

95 95

Flange surface Flange surface

138

Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P258 58

φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

2 2

1423838 66

20 20

26.5

φ20

103119.5

291.58769 167

14

185

466.5(506.5)

(200 )

φ115 (φ135)

116.5

□70 28

87

87

69

6948.8174

77

7575150

108 108

Flange surface Flange surface164

Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)

4-φ20.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73

4-φ17.5

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

34

φ20

149169.5

336

11694

16198

220

534.5

(574.5)

(200 )

(φ135)

116.5

□70

130

130

108

108

59.3260

88

100100

200

143 143

Flange surface Flange surface216

Safety cap F3S-5055

(attachment)

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7 φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

φ11534

47.5(87.5)

47.5

(87.5)

47.53-M4 (87.5)

28

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type

F3 Series 3-phase 0.1kW

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

Page 24: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

2322

0.2kW T020 50/60/60200/200/220 1.1/1.0/1.0 1420/1710/1720 B

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3SM(F3SB)

3-phase 0.2kW

25 30

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/ 100

1/ 120

1/ 160

1/ 200

1/ 240

1/ 300

1/ 375

1/ 450

1/ 600

1/ 750

1/ 900

1/1200

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

5

4

3.3

2.5

2

1.7

1.3

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

34/

7/

13/

221/

13/

7/

7/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

10105

2580

5740

137760

10045

6360

8480

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

6

4.8

4

3

2.4

2

1.5

0.56

0.85

1.1

1.4

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

8.6

10.7

12.9

17.9

18.8

18.8

28.8

36

43.2

54.5

68.2

86.6

115

0.47

0.71

0.94

1.2

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.8

4.7

5.6

7.2

8.9

10.7

14.3

17.9

18.8

24

30

36

45.5

56.8

72.1

96.2

5.5

8.3

11

14

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

84

105

126

169

184

184

282

353

423

534

668

849

1127

4.6

7

9.2

12

14

19

24

27

37

46

55

71

87

105

140

175

184

235

294

353

446

557

707

943

125

140

155

165

175

190

205

215

235

250

260

315

320

320

320

320

320

370

370

530

530

530

1000

1000

307

342

380

405

429

466

502

527

576

613

637

775

785

785

785

785

785

912

912

1275

1275

1275

2452

2452

31

35

39

41

44

48

51

54

59

63

65

79

80

80

80

80

80

93

93

130

130

130

250

250

1230

1370

1520

1620

1720

1860

2010

2110

2300

2450

2550

3090

3140

3140

3140

3140

3140

3630

3630

5190

5190

5190

9800

9800

kgfN

P.22 Fig.7 8.5kg (10kg)

P.23 Fig.8 10kg

(11.5kg)

P.23 Fig.9 15kg(16.5kg)

P.23 Fig.10 22kg(23.5kg)

P.23 Fig.11 77kg(78.5kg)

Fig.7

Round Weight 8.5kg(10kg)

F3SM-25-5~60-T020A(F3SB-25-5~60-T020A)

CAD Data: F3SM-25-T020A

(CAD Data: F3SB -25-T020A)

Fig.8

Round Weight 10kg(11.5kg)

F3SM-30-80~240-T020A(F3SB-30-80~240-T020A)

CAD Data: F3SM-30-T020A

(CAD Data: F3SB -30-T020A)

Fig.9

Round Weight 15kg(16.5kg)

F3SM-35-300~375-T020A(F3SB-35-300~375-T020A)

CAD Data: F3SM-35-T020A

(CAD Data: F3SB -35-T020A)

Fig.10

Round Weight 22kg(23.5kg)

F3SM-45-450~750-T020A(F3SB-45-450~750-T020A)

CAD Data: F3SM-45-T020A

(CAD Data: F3SB -45-T020A)

Fig.11

Round Weight 77kg(78.5kg)

F3SM-55-900~1200-T020A(F3SB-55-900~1200-T020A)

CAD Data: F3SM-55-T020A

(CAD Data: F3SB -55-T020A)

8

φ135

116.5

14053.543.5 76.5

86.5

315(332)

28□70

(200 )

78.5(95.5)

φ115

77

5050100

Safety cap F3S-25(attachment)

132(128.5)

39.5 39.564.5(61)

1182727 64

14 14

φ39 φ39

φ25H8 φ25H8

φ66h7 φ66h7

114

2 2

53.5

53.5

43.5

43.528.3107

φ135

116.5

8

1805846 110

122

354.5(371.5)

28□7078.5(95.5)

Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)

132(128.5)

45.5 45.564.5(61)

1243333 58

17 17

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

7 75353

106120

(200 )

φ115

58

5846

46

33.3116

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

79 79

Flange surface Flange surface

4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

82 82

Flange surface Flange surface

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

F3S Type

35

45

55

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

2386854 140

154(200 )

10

φ135

116.5

68

68

54

54

27.7136

455.5(472.5)

28

77

6262124

95 95

Flange surface Flange surface138

Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P258 58

φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

2 2

1423838 66

20 20

φ115

38.3

291.58769 167

14

185

513(530)

(200 )

φ135

116.5

28φ20

103119.5

77

7575150

108 108

Flange surface Flange surface164

Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)

4-φ20.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73

4-φ17.5

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

87

87

69

6948.8174

31.75φ115

φ25

149169.5

336116

9416

198220

580.5(597.5)

φ135

116.5

130

130

108

10859.3260

φ11534

(200 ) 88

100100200

143 143

Flange surface Flange surface216

Safety cap F3S-5055(attachment)

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7 φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

78.5(95.5) □70

78.5(95.5) □70

78.5(95.5) 28□70

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type

F3 Series 3-phase 0.2kW

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 25: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

2322

0.2kW T020 50/60/60200/200/220 1.1/1.0/1.0 1420/1710/1720 B

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3SM(F3SB)

3-phase 0.2kW

25 30

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/ 100

1/ 120

1/ 160

1/ 200

1/ 240

1/ 300

1/ 375

1/ 450

1/ 600

1/ 750

1/ 900

1/1200

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

5

4

3.3

2.5

2

1.7

1.3

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

34/

7/

13/

221/

13/

7/

7/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

10105

2580

5740

137760

10045

6360

8480

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

6

4.8

4

3

2.4

2

1.5

0.56

0.85

1.1

1.4

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

8.6

10.7

12.9

17.9

18.8

18.8

28.8

36

43.2

54.5

68.2

86.6

115

0.47

0.71

0.94

1.2

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.8

4.7

5.6

7.2

8.9

10.7

14.3

17.9

18.8

24

30

36

45.5

56.8

72.1

96.2

5.5

8.3

11

14

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

84

105

126

169

184

184

282

353

423

534

668

849

1127

4.6

7

9.2

12

14

19

24

27

37

46

55

71

87

105

140

175

184

235

294

353

446

557

707

943

125

140

155

165

175

190

205

215

235

250

260

315

320

320

320

320

320

370

370

530

530

530

1000

1000

307

342

380

405

429

466

502

527

576

613

637

775

785

785

785

785

785

912

912

1275

1275

1275

2452

2452

31

35

39

41

44

48

51

54

59

63

65

79

80

80

80

80

80

93

93

130

130

130

250

250

1230

1370

1520

1620

1720

1860

2010

2110

2300

2450

2550

3090

3140

3140

3140

3140

3140

3630

3630

5190

5190

5190

9800

9800

kgfN

P.22 Fig.7 8.5kg (10kg)

P.23 Fig.8 10kg

(11.5kg)

P.23 Fig.9 15kg(16.5kg)

P.23 Fig.10 22kg(23.5kg)

P.23 Fig.11 77kg(78.5kg)

Fig.7

Round Weight 8.5kg(10kg)

F3SM-25-5~60-T020A(F3SB-25-5~60-T020A)

CAD Data: F3SM-25-T020A

(CAD Data: F3SB -25-T020A)

Fig.8

Round Weight 10kg(11.5kg)

F3SM-30-80~240-T020A(F3SB-30-80~240-T020A)

CAD Data: F3SM-30-T020A

(CAD Data: F3SB -30-T020A)

Fig.9

Round Weight 15kg(16.5kg)

F3SM-35-300~375-T020A(F3SB-35-300~375-T020A)

CAD Data: F3SM-35-T020A

(CAD Data: F3SB -35-T020A)

Fig.10

Round Weight 22kg(23.5kg)

F3SM-45-450~750-T020A(F3SB-45-450~750-T020A)

CAD Data: F3SM-45-T020A

(CAD Data: F3SB -45-T020A)

Fig.11

Round Weight 77kg(78.5kg)

F3SM-55-900~1200-T020A(F3SB-55-900~1200-T020A)

CAD Data: F3SM-55-T020A

(CAD Data: F3SB -55-T020A)

8

φ135

116.5

14053.543.5 76.5

86.5

315(332)

28□70

(200 )

78.5(95.5)

φ115

77

5050100

Safety cap F3S-25(attachment)

132(128.5)

39.5 39.564.5(61)

1182727 64

14 14

φ39 φ39

φ25H8 φ25H8

φ66h7 φ66h7

114

2 2

53.5

53.5

43.5

43.528.3107

φ135

116.5

8

1805846 110

122

354.5(371.5)

28□7078.5(95.5)

Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)

132(128.5)

45.5 45.564.5(61)

1243333 58

17 17

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

7 75353

106120

(200 )

φ115

58

5846

46

33.3116

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

79 79

Flange surface Flange surface

4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

82 82

Flange surface Flange surface

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

F3S Type

35

45

55

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

2386854 140

154(200 )

10

φ135

116.5

68

68

54

54

27.7136

455.5(472.5)

28

77

6262124

95 95

Flange surface Flange surface138

Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P258 58

φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

2 2

1423838 66

20 20

φ115

38.3

291.58769 167

14

185

513(530)

(200 )

φ135

116.5

28φ20

103119.5

77

7575150

108 108

Flange surface Flange surface164

Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)

4-φ20.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73

4-φ17.5

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

87

87

69

6948.8174

31.75φ115

φ25

149169.5

336116

9416

198220

580.5(597.5)

φ135

116.5

130

130

108

10859.3260

φ11534

(200 ) 88

100100200

143 143

Flange surface Flange surface216

Safety cap F3S-5055(attachment)

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7 φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

78.5(95.5) □70

78.5(95.5) □70

78.5(95.5) 28□70

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type

F3 Series 3-phase 0.2kW

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 26: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

2524

0.4kW T040 50/60/60200/200/220 2.1/1.8/1.8 1410/1690/1710 B

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3SM(F3SB)

3-phase 0.4kW

30

35

45

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

1/300

1/375

1/450

1/600

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

5

4

3.3

2.5

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1547/

13/

7/

7/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

452640

4715

3120

4160

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

6

4.8

4

3

1.1

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

9

11.3

13.6

17.2

21.5

25.8

27.6

27.6

27.6

57.7

72.1

86.6

115

0.94

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.8

4.7

5.6

7.5

9.4

11.3

14.3

17.9

21.5

27.6

27.6

27.6

48.1

60.1

72.1

96.2

11

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

88

111

133

169

211

253

270

270

270

565

707

849

1127

9.2

14

19

24

27

37

46

55

74

92

111

140

175

211

270

270

270

471

589

707

943

155

180

195

210

220

245

260

270

290

305

315

355

360

360

370

370

370

530

530

1000

1000

375

438

475

506

539

600

637

662

711

747

767

873

883

883

912

912

912

1275

1275

2452

2452

38

45

48

52

55

61

65

68

73

76

78

89

90

90

93

93

93

130

130

250

250

1520

1760

1910

2060

2160

2400

2550

2650

2840

2990

3090

3480

3530

3530

3630

3630

3630

5190

5190

9800

9800

kgfN

P.24 Fig.12 11.5kg (13kg)

P.25 Fig.13 15kg

(17kg)

P.25 Fig.14 24kg(26kg)

P.25 Fig.15 79kg(81kg)

Fig.12

Round Weight 11.5kg(13kg)

F3SM-30-5~60-T040A(F3SB-30-5~60-T040A)

CAD Data: F3SM-30-T040A

(CAD Data: F3SB -30-T040A)

Fig.13

Round Weight 15kg(17kg)

F3SM-35-80~240-T040A(F3SB-35-80~240-T040A)

CAD Data: F3SM-35-T040A

(CAD Data: F3SB -35-T040A)

Fig.14

Round Weight 24kg(26kg)

F3SM-45-300~375-T040A(F3SB-45-300~375-T040A)

CAD Data: F3SM-45-T040A

(CAD Data: F3SB -45-T040A)

Fig.15

Round Weight 79kg(81kg)

F3SM-55-450~600-T040A(F3SB-55-450~600-T040A)

CAD Data: F3SM-55-T040A

(CAD Data: F3SB -55-T040A)

φ141

122.5

8

1595848 91

101

360(379.5)

28□7084.5(104)

Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)

40.5 40.5

1243333 58

17 17

7 7

5353106120

58

5848

48

33.3116

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

(200 )

φ128

φ141

122.5

10

2226854 140

154

418.5(438)

28□7084.5(104)

Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)

7 7

6262124138

68

6854

54

38.3136φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

58 58

(200 )

φ128

2 2

1423838 66

20 20

69.5

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

82 82

Flange surface Flange surface

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2

95 95

Flange surface Flange surface

14069.5

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3S Type

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

(200 )

φ141

122.5

28

77

7575150

108 108

Flange surface Flange surface164

Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)

4-φ20.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73

4-φ17.5

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

87

87

69

6948.8174

φ20

103119.5

291.587

69 16714

185

537(556.5)

φ12838

28

336

11694

16

198

220

603(622.5)

130

130

108

108

59.3260

(200 ) 88

100100

200

143 143

Flange surface Flange surface216

Safety cap F3S-5055

(attachment)

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7 φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2 φ25

149169.5

φ141

122.5

42φ128

84.5(104) □70

84.5(104)

□70

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type

F3 Series 3-phase 0.4kW

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 27: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

2524

0.4kW T040 50/60/60200/200/220 2.1/1.8/1.8 1410/1690/1710 B

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3SM(F3SB)

3-phase 0.4kW

30

35

45

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

1/300

1/375

1/450

1/600

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

5

4

3.3

2.5

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1547/

13/

7/

7/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

452640

4715

3120

4160

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

6

4.8

4

3

1.1

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

9

11.3

13.6

17.2

21.5

25.8

27.6

27.6

27.6

57.7

72.1

86.6

115

0.94

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.8

4.7

5.6

7.5

9.4

11.3

14.3

17.9

21.5

27.6

27.6

27.6

48.1

60.1

72.1

96.2

11

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

88

111

133

169

211

253

270

270

270

565

707

849

1127

9.2

14

19

24

27

37

46

55

74

92

111

140

175

211

270

270

270

471

589

707

943

155

180

195

210

220

245

260

270

290

305

315

355

360

360

370

370

370

530

530

1000

1000

375

438

475

506

539

600

637

662

711

747

767

873

883

883

912

912

912

1275

1275

2452

2452

38

45

48

52

55

61

65

68

73

76

78

89

90

90

93

93

93

130

130

250

250

1520

1760

1910

2060

2160

2400

2550

2650

2840

2990

3090

3480

3530

3530

3630

3630

3630

5190

5190

9800

9800

kgfN

P.24 Fig.12 11.5kg (13kg)

P.25 Fig.13 15kg

(17kg)

P.25 Fig.14 24kg(26kg)

P.25 Fig.15 79kg(81kg)

Fig.12

Round Weight 11.5kg(13kg)

F3SM-30-5~60-T040A(F3SB-30-5~60-T040A)

CAD Data: F3SM-30-T040A

(CAD Data: F3SB -30-T040A)

Fig.13

Round Weight 15kg(17kg)

F3SM-35-80~240-T040A(F3SB-35-80~240-T040A)

CAD Data: F3SM-35-T040A

(CAD Data: F3SB -35-T040A)

Fig.14

Round Weight 24kg(26kg)

F3SM-45-300~375-T040A(F3SB-45-300~375-T040A)

CAD Data: F3SM-45-T040A

(CAD Data: F3SB -45-T040A)

Fig.15

Round Weight 79kg(81kg)

F3SM-55-450~600-T040A(F3SB-55-450~600-T040A)

CAD Data: F3SM-55-T040A

(CAD Data: F3SB -55-T040A)

φ141

122.5

8

1595848 91

101

360(379.5)

28□7084.5(104)

Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)

40.5 40.5

1243333 58

17 17

7 7

5353106120

58

5848

48

33.3116

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

(200 )

φ128

φ141

122.5

10

2226854 140

154

418.5(438)

28□7084.5(104)

Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)

7 7

6262124138

68

6854

54

38.3136φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

58 58

(200 )

φ128

2 2

1423838 66

20 20

69.5

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

82 82

Flange surface Flange surface

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2

95 95

Flange surface Flange surface

14069.5

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3S Type

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

(200 )

φ141

122.5

28

77

7575150

108 108

Flange surface Flange surface164

Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)

4-φ20.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73

4-φ17.5

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

87

87

69

6948.8174

φ20

103119.5

291.587

69 16714

185

537(556.5)

φ12838

28

336

11694

16

198

220

603(622.5)

130

130

108

108

59.3260

(200 ) 88

100100

200

143 143

Flange surface Flange surface216

Safety cap F3S-5055

(attachment)

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7 φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2 φ25

149169.5

φ141

122.5

42φ128

84.5(104) □70

84.5(104)

□70

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type

F3 Series 3-phase 0.4kW

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 28: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

2726

0.75kW 075 50/60/60200/200/220 3.7/3.3/3.2 1430/1720/1730 B

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3SM(F3SB)

3-phase 0.75kW

35

45

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

1/300

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

5

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

7/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

2120

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

6

2.1

3.2

4.2

5.3

6.4

8.5

10.6

12.7

16.9

21.2

25.4

32.2

40.3

48.3

56.5

56.5

56.5

108

1.8

2.6

3.5

4.4

5.3

7.1

8.8

10.6

14.1

17.7

21.2

26.8

33.5

40.3

53.7

56.5

56.5

90.2

21

31

41

52

63

83

104

124

166

208

249

316

395

473

554

554

554

1058

18

25

34

43

52

70

86

104

138

173

208

263

328

395

526

554

554

884

200

230

250

265

280

305

325

335

355

355

355

485

485

485

530

530

530

1000

500

567

613

669

686

747

796

821

870

870

870

1177

1177

1177

1275

1275

1275

2452

51

58

63

68

70

76

81

84

89

89

89

120

120

120

130

130

130

250

1960

2250

2450

2600

2740

2990

3190

3280

3480

3480

3480

4750

4750

4750

5190

5190

5190

9800

kgfN

P.27 Fig.16 17.5kg

(19.5kg)

P.27 Fig.17 25kg

(27kg)

P.27 Fig.18 82kg(85kg)

Fig.16

Round Weight 17.5kg(19.5kg)

F3SM-35-5~60-075(F3SB-35-5~60-075)

CAD Data: F3SM-35-075

(CAD Data: F3SB -35-075)

Fig.17

Round Weight 25kg(27kg)

F3SM-45-80~240-075(F3SB-45-80~240-075)

CAD Data: F3SM-45-075

(CAD Data: F3SB -45-075)

Fig.18

Round Weight 82kg(85kg)

F3SM-55-300-075(F3SB-55-300-075)

CAD Data: F3SM-55-075

(CAD Data: F3SB -55-075)

φ162

122

101(108)

Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)

7 7

6262124138

48 48

78159

10

89

1856856 105

117

406.5(413.5)

1423838 66

20 20(200 )

φ160

68

6856

56

38.3136

82

2 2

φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

φ162

φ20122

89101(108)

Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)

7 7

7575150164

14

1685050 68

26 26

2728769 167

185

491(498)

87

8769

69

48.8174

73 73

78

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

(200 )

φ160

2 2

82

103119.5

4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

95 95

Flange surface Flange surface

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.5

108 108

Flange surface Flange surface

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3S Type

336116

9416

198220

636(643)

φ162

122

130

130

108

108

59.3260

88

100100

200

143 143

Flange surface Flange surface216

Safety cap F3S-5055

(attachment)

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

89

(200 )

101(108)

φ16051

φ25

149169.5

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

F3 Series 3-phase 0.75kW(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 29: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

2726

0.75kW 075 50/60/60200/200/220 3.7/3.3/3.2 1430/1720/1730 B

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3SM(F3SB)

3-phase 0.75kW

35

45

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

1/300

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

5

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

7/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

2120

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

6

2.1

3.2

4.2

5.3

6.4

8.5

10.6

12.7

16.9

21.2

25.4

32.2

40.3

48.3

56.5

56.5

56.5

108

1.8

2.6

3.5

4.4

5.3

7.1

8.8

10.6

14.1

17.7

21.2

26.8

33.5

40.3

53.7

56.5

56.5

90.2

21

31

41

52

63

83

104

124

166

208

249

316

395

473

554

554

554

1058

18

25

34

43

52

70

86

104

138

173

208

263

328

395

526

554

554

884

200

230

250

265

280

305

325

335

355

355

355

485

485

485

530

530

530

1000

500

567

613

669

686

747

796

821

870

870

870

1177

1177

1177

1275

1275

1275

2452

51

58

63

68

70

76

81

84

89

89

89

120

120

120

130

130

130

250

1960

2250

2450

2600

2740

2990

3190

3280

3480

3480

3480

4750

4750

4750

5190

5190

5190

9800

kgfN

P.27 Fig.16 17.5kg

(19.5kg)

P.27 Fig.17 25kg

(27kg)

P.27 Fig.18 82kg(85kg)

Fig.16

Round Weight 17.5kg(19.5kg)

F3SM-35-5~60-075(F3SB-35-5~60-075)

CAD Data: F3SM-35-075

(CAD Data: F3SB -35-075)

Fig.17

Round Weight 25kg(27kg)

F3SM-45-80~240-075(F3SB-45-80~240-075)

CAD Data: F3SM-45-075

(CAD Data: F3SB -45-075)

Fig.18

Round Weight 82kg(85kg)

F3SM-55-300-075(F3SB-55-300-075)

CAD Data: F3SM-55-075

(CAD Data: F3SB -55-075)

φ162

122

101(108)

Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)

7 7

6262124138

48 48

78159

10

89

1856856 105

117

406.5(413.5)

1423838 66

20 20(200 )

φ160

68

6856

56

38.3136

82

2 2

φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

φ162

φ20122

89101(108)

Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)

7 7

7575150164

14

1685050 68

26 26

2728769 167

185

491(498)

87

8769

69

48.8174

73 73

78

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

(200 )

φ160

2 2

82

103119.5

4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

95 95

Flange surface Flange surface

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.5

108 108

Flange surface Flange surface

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3S Type

336116

9416

198220

636(643)

φ162

122

130

130

108

108

59.3260

88

100100

200

143 143

Flange surface Flange surface216

Safety cap F3S-5055

(attachment)

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

89

(200 )

101(108)

φ16051

φ25

149169.5

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

F3 Series 3-phase 0.75kW(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 30: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

2928

F3 Series 3-phase 1.5kW

1.5kW 150 50/60/60200/200/220 6.6/6.1/5.8 1430/1720/1730 B

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3SM(F3SB)

3-phase 1.5kW

45

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

100

120

160

200

240

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

4.2

6.4

8.5

10.6

12.7

16.9

21.2

25.4

33.9

42.4

50.8

64.4

80.5

96.6

129

129

129

3.5

5.3

7.1

8.8

10.6

14.1

17.7

21.2

28.2

35.2

42.4

53.7

67.1

80.5

107

129

129

41

63

83

104

124

166

208

249

332

416

498

631

789

947

1264

1264

1264

34

52

70

86

104

138

173

208

276

345

416

526

658

789

1049

1264

1264

300

340

370

400

415

455

480

485

485

485

485

655

655

765

850

920

1000

800

900

967

1040

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1618

1618

1863

2059

2256

2452

82

92

99

106

109

109

109

109

109

109

109

165

165

190

210

230

250

2940

3330

3630

3920

4070

4460

4700

4750

4750

4750

4750

6420

6420

7500

8330

9020

9800

kgfN

P.29 Fig.19 32kg

(35kg)

P.29 Fig.20 86kg

(89kg)

Fig.19

Round Weight 32kg(35kg)

F3SM-45-5~60-150(F3SB-45-5~60-150)

CAD Data: F3SM-45-150

(CAD Data: F3SB -45-150)

Fig.20

Round Weight 86kg(89kg)

F3SM-55-80~240-150(F3SB-55-80~240-150)

CAD Data: F3SM-55-150

(CAD Data: F3SB -55-150)

φ186

133

89111.5(132)

Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)

7 7150164

14

1685050 68

26 26

87

8773

73

48.8174φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2358773 134

148

508(528.5)

63 63

86

82

φ20

98.5115

φ179

(250 )

7575

2 2

179.5

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0

108 108

Flange surface Flange surface

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3S Type

336

11694

16

198

220

598.5(619)

130

130

108

108

59.3260

88

100100

200

143 143

Flange surface Flange surface216

Safety cap F3S-5055(attachment)

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

φ141

133

89111.5(132)

(250 )

φ179

φ25

149169.5

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 31: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

2928

F3 Series 3-phase 1.5kW

1.5kW 150 50/60/60200/200/220 6.6/6.1/5.8 1430/1720/1730 B

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3SM(F3SB)

3-phase 1.5kW

45

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

100

120

160

200

240

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

4.2

6.4

8.5

10.6

12.7

16.9

21.2

25.4

33.9

42.4

50.8

64.4

80.5

96.6

129

129

129

3.5

5.3

7.1

8.8

10.6

14.1

17.7

21.2

28.2

35.2

42.4

53.7

67.1

80.5

107

129

129

41

63

83

104

124

166

208

249

332

416

498

631

789

947

1264

1264

1264

34

52

70

86

104

138

173

208

276

345

416

526

658

789

1049

1264

1264

300

340

370

400

415

455

480

485

485

485

485

655

655

765

850

920

1000

800

900

967

1040

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1618

1618

1863

2059

2256

2452

82

92

99

106

109

109

109

109

109

109

109

165

165

190

210

230

250

2940

3330

3630

3920

4070

4460

4700

4750

4750

4750

4750

6420

6420

7500

8330

9020

9800

kgfN

P.29 Fig.19 32kg

(35kg)

P.29 Fig.20 86kg

(89kg)

Fig.19

Round Weight 32kg(35kg)

F3SM-45-5~60-150(F3SB-45-5~60-150)

CAD Data: F3SM-45-150

(CAD Data: F3SB -45-150)

Fig.20

Round Weight 86kg(89kg)

F3SM-55-80~240-150(F3SB-55-80~240-150)

CAD Data: F3SM-55-150

(CAD Data: F3SB -55-150)

φ186

133

89111.5(132)

Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)

7 7150164

14

1685050 68

26 26

87

8773

73

48.8174φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2358773 134

148

508(528.5)

63 63

86

82

φ20

98.5115

φ179

(250 )

7575

2 2

179.5

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0

108 108

Flange surface Flange surface

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3S Type

336

11694

16

198

220

598.5(619)

130

130

108

108

59.3260

88

100100

200

143 143

Flange surface Flange surface216

Safety cap F3S-5055(attachment)

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

φ141

133

89111.5(132)

(250 )

φ179

φ25

149169.5

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 32: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

3130

F3 Series 3-phase 2.2kW

2.2kW 220 200/200/22050/60/60 9.0/8.6/8.0 1410/1690/1710 B

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3SM(F3SB)

3-phase 2.2kW

45

kgfN

P.31 Fig.21 35kg

(38kg)

P.31 Fig.22 44kg

(47kg) P.31 Fig.23 91kg

(94kg) *

Fig.21

Round Weight 35kg(38kg)

F3SM-45-5~30-220(F3SB-45-5~30-220)

CAD Data: F3SM-45-220

(CAD Data: F3SB -45-220)

Fig.22

Round Weight 44kg(47kg)

F3SM-50-40~60-220(F3SB-50-40~60-220)

CAD Data: F3SM-50-220

(CAD Data: F3SB -50-220)

Fig.23

Round Weight 91kg(94kg)

F3SM-55-80~120-220(F3SB-55-80~120-220)

CAD Data: F3SM-55-220

(CAD Data: F3SB -55-220)

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

φ186

133

89111.5(132)

87

8773

73

48.8174

φ20

98.5115

Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)

7 7150164168

5050 6826 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

63 63

86

82

7575

2 2

179.5

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0

108 108

Flange surface Flange surface

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

(250 )

14

2358773 134

148

533(553.5)

φ179

F3S Type

50

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

100

120

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

6.2

9.3

12.4

15.5

18.6

24.9

31.1

37.3

49.7

62.1

74.6

94.5

118

129

5.2

7.8

10.4

12.9

15.5

20.7

25.9

31.1

41.4

51.8

62.1

78.7

98.4

118

61

91

122

152

182

244

305

366

487

609

731

926

1156

1264

51

76

102

126

152

203

254

305

406

508

609

771

964

1156

320

360

400

420

450

485

485

485

535

535

535

655

655

765

800

900

967

1040

1067

1067

1067

1067

1275

1275

1275

1618

1618

1863

82

92

99

106

109

109

109

109

130

130

130

165

165

190

3140

3530

3920

4120

4410

4750

4750

4750

5240

5240

5240

6420

6420

7500

φ186

133

89111.5(132)

106

10690

90

53.8212

1725555 62

29 29

179.5

4-φ16.5

14

304118102 170

186

612(632.5)

(250 )

φ20

121137.3

77

7777154

120 120

Flange surface Flange surface168

Safety cap F3S-5055(attachment)

φ74 φ74

φ50H8 φ50H8

φ110h7 φ110h7

2 2

4-φ14

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.059 59

86

82

336

11694

16

198

220

623.5(644)

130

130

108

108

59.3260

φ25

149169.5

88

100100

200

143 143

Flange surface Flange surface216

Safety cap F3S-5055(attachment)

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7 φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

φ186

133

89111.5(132)

(250 )

φ179

3-M4

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 33: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

3130

F3 Series 3-phase 2.2kW

2.2kW 220 200/200/22050/60/60 9.0/8.6/8.0 1410/1690/1710 B

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3SM(F3SB)

3-phase 2.2kW

45

kgfN

P.31 Fig.21 35kg

(38kg)

P.31 Fig.22 44kg

(47kg) P.31 Fig.23 91kg

(94kg) *

Fig.21

Round Weight 35kg(38kg)

F3SM-45-5~30-220(F3SB-45-5~30-220)

CAD Data: F3SM-45-220

(CAD Data: F3SB -45-220)

Fig.22

Round Weight 44kg(47kg)

F3SM-50-40~60-220(F3SB-50-40~60-220)

CAD Data: F3SM-50-220

(CAD Data: F3SB -50-220)

Fig.23

Round Weight 91kg(94kg)

F3SM-55-80~120-220(F3SB-55-80~120-220)

CAD Data: F3SM-55-220

(CAD Data: F3SB -55-220)

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

φ186

133

89111.5(132)

87

8773

73

48.8174

φ20

98.5115

Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)

7 7150164168

5050 6826 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

63 63

86

82

7575

2 2

179.5

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0

108 108

Flange surface Flange surface

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

(250 )

14

2358773 134

148

533(553.5)

φ179

F3S Type

50

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

100

120

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

6.2

9.3

12.4

15.5

18.6

24.9

31.1

37.3

49.7

62.1

74.6

94.5

118

129

5.2

7.8

10.4

12.9

15.5

20.7

25.9

31.1

41.4

51.8

62.1

78.7

98.4

118

61

91

122

152

182

244

305

366

487

609

731

926

1156

1264

51

76

102

126

152

203

254

305

406

508

609

771

964

1156

320

360

400

420

450

485

485

485

535

535

535

655

655

765

800

900

967

1040

1067

1067

1067

1067

1275

1275

1275

1618

1618

1863

82

92

99

106

109

109

109

109

130

130

130

165

165

190

3140

3530

3920

4120

4410

4750

4750

4750

5240

5240

5240

6420

6420

7500

φ186

133

89111.5(132)

106

10690

90

53.8212

1725555 62

29 29

179.5

4-φ16.5

14

304118102 170

186

612(632.5)

(250 )

φ20

121137.3

77

7777154

120 120

Flange surface Flange surface168

Safety cap F3S-5055(attachment)

φ74 φ74

φ50H8 φ50H8

φ110h7 φ110h7

2 2

4-φ14

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.059 59

86

82

336

11694

16

198

220

623.5(644)

130

130

108

108

59.3260

φ25

149169.5

88

100100

200

143 143

Flange surface Flange surface216

Safety cap F3S-5055(attachment)

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7 φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

φ186

133

89111.5(132)

(250 )

φ179

3-M4

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 34: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

33

F3F3S

32

GearmotorConcentric Hollow Shaft

GearmotorBrake GearmotorPerformance TableDimension diagram

Series

Type

●The output rotation speed is the value corresponds to the motor

synchronous speed and the nominal reduction ratio.

●New JIS Size Key: JIS B1301-1976(Normal Class)

●The key for the output shaft is not attached to this model.

● The shaded area in the Performance Table indicates that in the

case that gearmotors are wired according to the diagram on 122, the shaft

rotates clockwise when viewing from side , as in the direction of the

arrow shown in the following Dimension Diagrams.

●The starting torque of the single-phase 100W motor will be 60~80%, since

it employs capacitor-operate motor.

【Remarks】

1-Phase

A

A

Page 35: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

33

F3F3S

32

GearmotorConcentric Hollow Shaft

GearmotorBrake GearmotorPerformance TableDimension diagram

Series

Type

●The output rotation speed is the value corresponds to the motor

synchronous speed and the nominal reduction ratio.

●New JIS Size Key: JIS B1301-1976(Normal Class)

●The key for the output shaft is not attached to this model.

● The shaded area in the Performance Table indicates that in the

case that gearmotors are wired according to the diagram on 122, the shaft

rotates clockwise when viewing from side , as in the direction of the

arrow shown in the following Dimension Diagrams.

●The starting torque of the single-phase 100W motor will be 60~80%, since

it employs capacitor-operate motor.

【Remarks】

1-Phase

A

A

Page 36: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

3534

F3 Series 1-phase 100W

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3SM(F3SB)

1-phase 100W

20 25

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

1/

2/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

25

15

20

25

59

40

50

59

80

1880

120

160

200

240

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

0.26

0.39

0.53

0.66

0.79

1.1

1.3

1.6

2.1

2.6

3.2

4

5

6

8

10

10.3

0.22

0.33

0.44

0.55

0.66

0.88

1.1

1.3

1.8

2.2

2.6

3.3

4.2

5

6.7

8.3

10

2.5

3.8

5.2

6.5

7.7

11

13

16

21

25

31

39

49

59

78

98

101

2.2

3.2

4.3

5.4

6.5

8.6

11

13

18

22

25

32

41

49

66

81

98

100

110

120

130

135

150

160

170

185

190

190

260

260

260

260

260

260

244

270

294

316

333

373

392

422

451

471

471

637

637

637

637

637

637

25

28

30

32

34

38

40

43

46

48

48

65

65

65

65

65

65

980

1080

1180

1270

1320

1470

1570

1670

1810

1860

1860

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

kgfN

P.35 Fig.24 7kg

(8kg)

P.35 Fig.25 9kg

(10kg)

100W S100 50/60100/100 1.7/1.9 1400/1700 E

Fig.24

Round Weight 7kg(8kg)

F3SM-20-5~60-S100(F3SB-20-5~60-S100)

CAD Data: F3SM-20-S100

(CAD Data: F3SB -20-S100)

Fig.25

Round Weight 9kg(10kg)

F3SM-25-80~240-S100(F3SB-25-80~240-S100)

CAD Data: F3SM-25-S100

(CAD Data: F3SB -25-S100)

3939

77 78127

6

48.5

48.5

48.5

38.5

38.5

38.522.8

68.578.5

97 φ135

296.5

125.5

37 37

9296

2424

Safety cap F3S-20(attachment)

57.5

4813 13

2 2

φ29

φ20H8 φ20H8

φ29φ53h7 φ53h7

100 (200 )

φ115

77

8

φ135

53.5

53.5

43.5

43.528.3107

15953.543.5 95.5

105.5

327.5

5050100

Safety cap F3S-25(attachment)

126.5

39.5 39.5

57.5

1182727 64

14 14

φ39 φ39

φ25H8 φ25H8

φ66h7 φ66h7

114

2 2

100 (200 )

φ115

64 64

Flange surface Flange surface

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

79 79

Flange surface Flange surface

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3S Type

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 33 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type

Frequency (Hz) Start System

Capacitor Operation

Protective Cooling system

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed(rpm)

Insulation ClassificationCapacityMotor Specs.

Standard Voltage (Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

Motor Capacity Designation

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 37: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

3534

F3 Series 1-phase 100W

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3SM(F3SB)

1-phase 100W

20 25

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

1/

2/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

25

15

20

25

59

40

50

59

80

1880

120

160

200

240

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

0.26

0.39

0.53

0.66

0.79

1.1

1.3

1.6

2.1

2.6

3.2

4

5

6

8

10

10.3

0.22

0.33

0.44

0.55

0.66

0.88

1.1

1.3

1.8

2.2

2.6

3.3

4.2

5

6.7

8.3

10

2.5

3.8

5.2

6.5

7.7

11

13

16

21

25

31

39

49

59

78

98

101

2.2

3.2

4.3

5.4

6.5

8.6

11

13

18

22

25

32

41

49

66

81

98

100

110

120

130

135

150

160

170

185

190

190

260

260

260

260

260

260

244

270

294

316

333

373

392

422

451

471

471

637

637

637

637

637

637

25

28

30

32

34

38

40

43

46

48

48

65

65

65

65

65

65

980

1080

1180

1270

1320

1470

1570

1670

1810

1860

1860

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

kgfN

P.35 Fig.24 7kg

(8kg)

P.35 Fig.25 9kg

(10kg)

100W S100 50/60100/100 1.7/1.9 1400/1700 E

Fig.24

Round Weight 7kg(8kg)

F3SM-20-5~60-S100(F3SB-20-5~60-S100)

CAD Data: F3SM-20-S100

(CAD Data: F3SB -20-S100)

Fig.25

Round Weight 9kg(10kg)

F3SM-25-80~240-S100(F3SB-25-80~240-S100)

CAD Data: F3SM-25-S100

(CAD Data: F3SB -25-S100)

3939

77 78127

6

48.5

48.5

48.5

38.5

38.5

38.522.8

68.578.5

97 φ135

296.5

125.5

37 37

9296

2424

Safety cap F3S-20(attachment)

57.5

4813 13

2 2

φ29

φ20H8 φ20H8

φ29φ53h7 φ53h7

100 (200 )

φ115

77

8

φ135

53.5

53.5

43.5

43.528.3107

15953.543.5 95.5

105.5

327.5

5050100

Safety cap F3S-25(attachment)

126.5

39.5 39.5

57.5

1182727 64

14 14

φ39 φ39

φ25H8 φ25H8

φ66h7 φ66h7

114

2 2

100 (200 )

φ115

64 64

Flange surface Flange surface

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

79 79

Flange surface Flange surface

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3S Type

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 33 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type

Frequency (Hz) Start System

Capacitor Operation

Protective Cooling system

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed(rpm)

Insulation ClassificationCapacityMotor Specs.

Standard Voltage (Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

Motor Capacity Designation

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 38: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

3736

F3 Series 1-phase 200W

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3SM(F3SB)

1-phase 200W

25 30

kgfN

P.36 Fig.26 11.5kg (13kg)

P.37 Fig.27 13kg

(14.5kg)

P.37 Fig.28 17kg(18.5kg)

P.37 Fig.29 24kg(25.5kg)

P.37 Fig.30 79kg(80.5kg)

200W 200 50/60100/100 5.1/4.5 1420/1700 B

Fig.26

Round Weight 11.5kg(13kg)

F3SM-25-5~60-200 CAD Data: F3SM-25-200

(CAD Data: F3SB -25-200)

Fig.27

Round Weight 13kg(14.5kg)

F3SM-30-80~240-200(F3SB-30-80~240-200)

CAD Data: F3SM-30-200

(CAD Data: F3SB -30-200)

Fig.28

Round Weight 17kg(18.5kg)

F3SM-35-300~375-200(F3SB-35-300~375-200)

CAD Data: F3SM-35-200

(CAD Data: F3SB -35-200)

Fig.29

Round Weight 24kg(25.5kg)

F3SM-45-450~750-200(F3SB-45-450~750-200)

CAD Data: F3SM-45-200

(CAD Data: F3SB -45-200)

Fig.30

Round Weight 79kg(80.5kg)

F3SM-55-900~1200-200(F3SB-55-900~1200-200)

CAD Data: F3SM-55-200

(CAD Data: F3SB -55-200)

(F3SB-25-5~60-200)

8

φ135

14053.543.5 76.5

86.5

365(382)

77

5050100

Safety cap F3S-25(attachment)

140.5(137)

39.5 39.564.5(61)

1182727 64

14 14

φ39 φ39

φ25H8 φ25H8

φ66h7 φ66h7

114

2 2

53.5

53.5

43.5

43.528.3107

100 (200 )

φ115

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

79 79

Flange surface Flange surface

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

φ135

8

1805846 110

122

404.5(421.5)

Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)

140.5

45.5 45.564.5(61)

1243333 58

17 17

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

7 7

5353106120

58

5846

46

33.3116

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

100 (200 )

φ115

4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

82 82

Flange surface Flange surface

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

F3S Type

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/ 100

1/ 120

1/ 160

1/ 200

1/ 240

1/ 300

1/ 375

1/ 450

1/ 600

1/ 750

1/ 900

1/1200

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

5

4

3.3

2.5

2

1.7

1.3

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

34/

7/

13/

221/

13/

7/

7/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

10105

2580

5740

137760

10045

6360

8480

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

6

4.8

4

3

2.4

2

1.5

0.56

0.85

1.1

1.4

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

8.6

10.7

12.9

17.9

18.8

18.8

28.8

36

43.2

54.5

68.2

86.6

115

0.47

0.71

0.94

1.2

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.8

4.7

5.6

7.2

8.9

10.7

14.3

17.9

18.8

24

30

36

45.5

56.8

72.1

96.2

5.5

8.3

11

14

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

84

105

126

169

184

184

282

353

423

534

668

849

1127

4.6

7

9.2

12

14

19

24

27

37

46

55

71

87

105

140

175

184

235

294

353

446

557

707

943

125

140

155

165

175

190

205

215

235

250

260

315

320

320

320

320

320

370

370

530

530

530

1000

1000

307

342

380

405

429

466

502

527

576

613

637

775

785

785

785

785

785

912

912

1275

1275

1275

2452

2452

31

35

39

41

44

48

51

54

59

63

65

79

80

80

80

80

80

93

93

130

130

130

250

250

1230

1370

1520

1620

1720

1860

2010

2110

2300

2450

2550

3090

3140

3140

3140

3140

3140

3630

3630

5190

5190

5190

9800

9800

35

45

55

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

10

2386854 140

154

505.5(522.5)

68

6854

54

38.3136φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

2 2

1423838 66

20 20

φ135

100 (200 )

77

6262124

95 95

Flange surface Flange surface

138

Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P258 58

76

87

87

69

6948.8174

φ20

103119.5

291.58769 167

14

185

563(580) 77

7575150

108 108

Flange surface Flange surface164

Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)

4-φ20.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.57376

73

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

31.75

100

φ135

(200 )

φ115

4-φ17.5

φ20

149169.5

336116

9416

198220

630.5(647.5)

130

130

108

10859.3260

88

100100200

143 143

Flange surface Flange surface216

Safety cap F3S-5055(attachment)

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7 φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

φ115

100 (200 )

φ13534

φ115

3-M4

27.7

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 33 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type

Frequency (Hz) Start System

Capacitor Start

Protective Cooling system

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed(rpm)

Insulation ClassificationCapacityMotor Specs.

Standard Voltage (Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

Motor Capacity Designation

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 39: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

3736

F3 Series 1-phase 200W

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3SM(F3SB)

1-phase 200W

25 30

kgfN

P.36 Fig.26 11.5kg (13kg)

P.37 Fig.27 13kg

(14.5kg)

P.37 Fig.28 17kg(18.5kg)

P.37 Fig.29 24kg(25.5kg)

P.37 Fig.30 79kg(80.5kg)

200W 200 50/60100/100 5.1/4.5 1420/1700 B

Fig.26

Round Weight 11.5kg(13kg)

F3SM-25-5~60-200 CAD Data: F3SM-25-200

(CAD Data: F3SB -25-200)

Fig.27

Round Weight 13kg(14.5kg)

F3SM-30-80~240-200(F3SB-30-80~240-200)

CAD Data: F3SM-30-200

(CAD Data: F3SB -30-200)

Fig.28

Round Weight 17kg(18.5kg)

F3SM-35-300~375-200(F3SB-35-300~375-200)

CAD Data: F3SM-35-200

(CAD Data: F3SB -35-200)

Fig.29

Round Weight 24kg(25.5kg)

F3SM-45-450~750-200(F3SB-45-450~750-200)

CAD Data: F3SM-45-200

(CAD Data: F3SB -45-200)

Fig.30

Round Weight 79kg(80.5kg)

F3SM-55-900~1200-200(F3SB-55-900~1200-200)

CAD Data: F3SM-55-200

(CAD Data: F3SB -55-200)

(F3SB-25-5~60-200)

8

φ135

14053.543.5 76.5

86.5

365(382)

77

5050100

Safety cap F3S-25(attachment)

140.5(137)

39.5 39.564.5(61)

1182727 64

14 14

φ39 φ39

φ25H8 φ25H8

φ66h7 φ66h7

114

2 2

53.5

53.5

43.5

43.528.3107

100 (200 )

φ115

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

79 79

Flange surface Flange surface

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

φ135

8

1805846 110

122

404.5(421.5)

Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)

140.5

45.5 45.564.5(61)

1243333 58

17 17

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

7 7

5353106120

58

5846

46

33.3116

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

100 (200 )

φ115

4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

82 82

Flange surface Flange surface

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

F3S Type

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/ 100

1/ 120

1/ 160

1/ 200

1/ 240

1/ 300

1/ 375

1/ 450

1/ 600

1/ 750

1/ 900

1/1200

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

5

4

3.3

2.5

2

1.7

1.3

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

34/

7/

13/

221/

13/

7/

7/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

10105

2580

5740

137760

10045

6360

8480

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

6

4.8

4

3

2.4

2

1.5

0.56

0.85

1.1

1.4

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

8.6

10.7

12.9

17.9

18.8

18.8

28.8

36

43.2

54.5

68.2

86.6

115

0.47

0.71

0.94

1.2

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.8

4.7

5.6

7.2

8.9

10.7

14.3

17.9

18.8

24

30

36

45.5

56.8

72.1

96.2

5.5

8.3

11

14

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

84

105

126

169

184

184

282

353

423

534

668

849

1127

4.6

7

9.2

12

14

19

24

27

37

46

55

71

87

105

140

175

184

235

294

353

446

557

707

943

125

140

155

165

175

190

205

215

235

250

260

315

320

320

320

320

320

370

370

530

530

530

1000

1000

307

342

380

405

429

466

502

527

576

613

637

775

785

785

785

785

785

912

912

1275

1275

1275

2452

2452

31

35

39

41

44

48

51

54

59

63

65

79

80

80

80

80

80

93

93

130

130

130

250

250

1230

1370

1520

1620

1720

1860

2010

2110

2300

2450

2550

3090

3140

3140

3140

3140

3140

3630

3630

5190

5190

5190

9800

9800

35

45

55

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

10

2386854 140

154

505.5(522.5)

68

6854

54

38.3136φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

2 2

1423838 66

20 20

φ135

100 (200 )

77

6262124

95 95

Flange surface Flange surface

138

Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P258 58

76

87

87

69

6948.8174

φ20

103119.5

291.58769 167

14

185

563(580) 77

7575150

108 108

Flange surface Flange surface164

Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)

4-φ20.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.57376

73

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

31.75

100

φ135

(200 )

φ115

4-φ17.5

φ20

149169.5

336116

9416

198220

630.5(647.5)

130

130

108

10859.3260

88

100100200

143 143

Flange surface Flange surface216

Safety cap F3S-5055(attachment)

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7 φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

φ115

100 (200 )

φ13534

φ115

3-M4

27.7

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 33 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type

Frequency (Hz) Start System

Capacitor Start

Protective Cooling system

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed(rpm)

Insulation ClassificationCapacityMotor Specs.

Standard Voltage (Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

Motor Capacity Designation

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 40: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

3938

F3 Series 1-phase 400W

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3SM(F3SB)

1-phase 400W

30

35

kgfN

P.38 Fig.31 17.5kg (20kg)

P.39 Fig.32 21kg

(23.5kg)

P.39 Fig.33 30kg(32.5kg)

P.39 Fig.34 85kg(87.5kg)

400W 400 50/60100/100 8.7/7.9 1440/1730 B

Fig.31

Round Weight 17.5kg(20kg)

F3SM-30-5~60-400(F3SB-30-5~60-400)

CAD Data: F3SM-30-400

(CAD Data: F3SB -30-400)

Fig.32

Round Weight 21kg(23.5kg)

F3SM-35-80~240-400(F3SB-35-80~240-400)

CAD Data: F3SM-35-400

(CAD Data: F3SB -35-400)

Fig.33

Round Weight 30kg(32.5kg)

F3SM-45-300~375-400(F3SB-45-300~375-400)

CAD Data: F3SM-45-400

(CAD Data: F3SB -45-400)

Fig.34

Round Weight 85kg(87.5kg)

F3SM-55-450~600-400(F3SB-55-450~600-400)

CAD Data: F3SM-55-400

(CAD Data: F3SB -55-400)

Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)

1243333 58

17 17

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

8

1595848 91

101

437(444)

58

5848

48

33.3116

186

40.5 40.5

78100

7 7

5353106120

φ128 φ162

(200 )

10

2226854 140

154

495.5(502.5)

68

6854

54

38.3136φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

2 2

1423838 66

20 20

58 58

78186 100 (200 )

7 7

6262124138

φ162

4-M10×P1.5

82 82

Flange surface Flange surface

4-M10×P1.5

4-M16×P2

95 95

Flange surface Flange surface

4-M16×P2

Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3S Type

45

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

1/300

1/375

1/450

1/600

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

5

4

3.3

2.5

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1547/

13/

7/

7/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

452640

4715

3120

4160

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

6

4.8

4

3

1.1

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

9

11.3

13.6

17.2

21.5

25.8

27.6

27.6

27.6

57.7

72.1

86.6

115

0.94

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.8

4.7

5.6

7.5

9.4

11.3

14.3

17.9

21.5

27.6

27.6

27.6

48.1

60.1

72.1

96.2

11

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

88

111

133

169

211

253

270

270

270

565

707

849

1127

9.2

14

19

24

27

37

46

55

74

92

111

140

175

211

270

270

270

471

589

707

943

155

180

195

210

220

245

260

270

290

305

315

355

360

360

370

370

370

530

530

1000

1000

375

438

475

506

539

600

637

662

711

747

767

873

883

883

912

912

912

1275

1275

2452

2452

38

45

48

52

55

61

65

68

73

76

78

89

90

90

93

93

93

130

130

250

250

1520

1760

1910

2060

2160

2400

2550

2650

2840

2990

3090

3480

3530

3530

3630

3630

3630

5190

5190

9800

9800

φ20

103119.5

291.58769 167

14

185

614(621)

87

87

69

6948.8174

(200 ) 77

7575150

108 108

Flange surface Flange surface164

Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)

4-φ20.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2 100

φ16038

4-φ17.5

φ20

149169.5

336

11694

16

198

220

680(687)

130

130

108

108

59.3260

88

100100

200

143 143

Flange surface Flange surface216

Safety cap F3S-5055

(attachment)

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

42

100

(200 )

φ160

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 33 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type

Frequency (Hz) Start System

Capacitor Start

Protective Cooling system

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed(rpm)

Insulation ClassificationCapacityMotor Specs.

Standard Voltage (Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

Motor Capacity Designation

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 41: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

3938

F3 Series 1-phase 400W

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3SM(F3SB)

1-phase 400W

30

35

kgfN

P.38 Fig.31 17.5kg (20kg)

P.39 Fig.32 21kg

(23.5kg)

P.39 Fig.33 30kg(32.5kg)

P.39 Fig.34 85kg(87.5kg)

400W 400 50/60100/100 8.7/7.9 1440/1730 B

Fig.31

Round Weight 17.5kg(20kg)

F3SM-30-5~60-400(F3SB-30-5~60-400)

CAD Data: F3SM-30-400

(CAD Data: F3SB -30-400)

Fig.32

Round Weight 21kg(23.5kg)

F3SM-35-80~240-400(F3SB-35-80~240-400)

CAD Data: F3SM-35-400

(CAD Data: F3SB -35-400)

Fig.33

Round Weight 30kg(32.5kg)

F3SM-45-300~375-400(F3SB-45-300~375-400)

CAD Data: F3SM-45-400

(CAD Data: F3SB -45-400)

Fig.34

Round Weight 85kg(87.5kg)

F3SM-55-450~600-400(F3SB-55-450~600-400)

CAD Data: F3SM-55-400

(CAD Data: F3SB -55-400)

Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)

1243333 58

17 17

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

8

1595848 91

101

437(444)

58

5848

48

33.3116

186

40.5 40.5

78100

7 7

5353106120

φ128 φ162

(200 )

10

2226854 140

154

495.5(502.5)

68

6854

54

38.3136φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

2 2

1423838 66

20 20

58 58

78186 100 (200 )

7 7

6262124138

φ162

4-M10×P1.5

82 82

Flange surface Flange surface

4-M10×P1.5

4-M16×P2

95 95

Flange surface Flange surface

4-M16×P2

Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3S Type

45

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

1/300

1/375

1/450

1/600

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

5

4

3.3

2.5

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1547/

13/

7/

7/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

452640

4715

3120

4160

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

6

4.8

4

3

1.1

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

9

11.3

13.6

17.2

21.5

25.8

27.6

27.6

27.6

57.7

72.1

86.6

115

0.94

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.8

4.7

5.6

7.5

9.4

11.3

14.3

17.9

21.5

27.6

27.6

27.6

48.1

60.1

72.1

96.2

11

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

88

111

133

169

211

253

270

270

270

565

707

849

1127

9.2

14

19

24

27

37

46

55

74

92

111

140

175

211

270

270

270

471

589

707

943

155

180

195

210

220

245

260

270

290

305

315

355

360

360

370

370

370

530

530

1000

1000

375

438

475

506

539

600

637

662

711

747

767

873

883

883

912

912

912

1275

1275

2452

2452

38

45

48

52

55

61

65

68

73

76

78

89

90

90

93

93

93

130

130

250

250

1520

1760

1910

2060

2160

2400

2550

2650

2840

2990

3090

3480

3530

3530

3630

3630

3630

5190

5190

9800

9800

φ20

103119.5

291.58769 167

14

185

614(621)

87

87

69

6948.8174

(200 ) 77

7575150

108 108

Flange surface Flange surface164

Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)

4-φ20.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2 100

φ16038

4-φ17.5

φ20

149169.5

336

11694

16

198

220

680(687)

130

130

108

108

59.3260

88

100100

200

143 143

Flange surface Flange surface216

Safety cap F3S-5055

(attachment)

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

42

100

(200 )

φ160

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 33 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type

Frequency (Hz) Start System

Capacitor Start

Protective Cooling system

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed(rpm)

Insulation ClassificationCapacityMotor Specs.

Standard Voltage (Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

Motor Capacity Designation

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 42: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

41

F3F3F

40

Gearmotor

Performance TableDimension diagram

GearmotorBrake Gearmotor

Concentric Solid Shaft

Series

Type

●The output rotation speed is the value corresponds to the motor synchronous speed and the nominal reduction ratio. ●The shaded areas in the performance table shows that in case gearmotors are wired according to the diagram shown on page 122, L-shaft rotates clockwise while R and T-shafts rotate counterclockwise when viewing from output shaft side. (Refer to the diagram shown below.)

【Remarks】

3-Phase

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft

Page 43: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

41

F3F3F

40

Gearmotor

Performance TableDimension diagram

GearmotorBrake Gearmotor

Concentric Solid Shaft

Series

Type

●The output rotation speed is the value corresponds to the motor synchronous speed and the nominal reduction ratio. ●The shaded areas in the performance table shows that in case gearmotors are wired according to the diagram shown on page 122, L-shaft rotates clockwise while R and T-shafts rotate counterclockwise when viewing from output shaft side. (Refer to the diagram shown below.)

【Remarks】

3-Phase

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft

Page 44: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

4342

F3 Series 3-phase 0.1kW

0.1kW T010 50/60/60200/200/220 0.61/0.54/0.54 1420/1700/1720 B

1/

2/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

25

15

20

25

59

40

50

59

80

1880

120

160

200

240*

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3FM(F3FB)

3-phase 0.1kW

18

22

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

90

100

110

120

125

140

150

160

175

190

190

260

260

260

260

260

260

880

980

1080

1180

1230

1370

1470

1570

1720

1860

1860

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

P.43 Fig.35 6.5kg (8kg)

P.43 Fig.36 8.5kg (10kg)

0.26

0.39

0.53

0.66

0.79

1.1

1.3

1.6

2.1

2.6

3.2

4

5

6

8

10

10.3

0.22

0.33

0.44

0.55

0.66

0.88

1.1

1.3

1.8

2.2

2.6

3.3

4.2

5

6.7

8.3

10

2.5

3.8

5.2

6.5

7.7

11

13

16

21

25

31

39

49

59

78

98

101

2.2

3.2

4.3

5.4

6.5

8.6

11

13

18

22

25

32

41

49

66

81

98

Fig.35

Round Weight 6.5kg(8kg)

F3FM-18 -5~60-T010A(F3FB-18 -5~60-T010A)

CAD Data: F3FM-18(LRT)-T010A

(CAD Data: F3FB -18(LRT)-T010A)

Fig.36

Round Weight 8.5kg(10kg)

LRTLRT

F3FM-22 -80~240-T010A(F3FB-22 -80~240-T010A)

CAD Data: F3FM-22(LRT)-T010A

(CAD Data: F3FB -22(LRT)-T010A)

LRTLRT

127

20.5

48.5

48.5

48.5

38.5

38.5

38.5

6

68.578.5

97 φ135

116.5

47.5(87.5)

256.5(296.5)

28□70

(200 )

φ115

3939 7

27273030

778 3838

37 37

154

φ53h7

φ18h6φ18h6

3939 7

2730

77838

37 37

123

φ53h7

φ18h6

3939 7

2730

778 38

37 37

(57.5) (57.5) (57.5)

φ53h7

φ18h6

(144.5) 134

77 5050100

39.5 39.5

196

6φ135

116.5

53.5

53.5

43.5

43.5

24.5

107

15953.543.5 95.5

105.5

287.5(327.5)

47.5(87.5)

28□70

(200 )

φ115φ66h7

φ22h6φ22h6

3540

3540

484877 5050

100

39.5 39.5

155

φ66h7

φ22h6

3540

4877 5050

100

39.5 39.5

155.5

φ66h7

φ22h6

3540

48

(165.5)

Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.5

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

(57.5) (57.5) (57.5)

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3F Type

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed non-ventilated (Totally Enclosed fan-cooled)

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 45: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

4342

F3 Series 3-phase 0.1kW

0.1kW T010 50/60/60200/200/220 0.61/0.54/0.54 1420/1700/1720 B

1/

2/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

25

15

20

25

59

40

50

59

80

1880

120

160

200

240*

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3FM(F3FB)

3-phase 0.1kW

18

22

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

90

100

110

120

125

140

150

160

175

190

190

260

260

260

260

260

260

880

980

1080

1180

1230

1370

1470

1570

1720

1860

1860

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

P.43 Fig.35 6.5kg (8kg)

P.43 Fig.36 8.5kg (10kg)

0.26

0.39

0.53

0.66

0.79

1.1

1.3

1.6

2.1

2.6

3.2

4

5

6

8

10

10.3

0.22

0.33

0.44

0.55

0.66

0.88

1.1

1.3

1.8

2.2

2.6

3.3

4.2

5

6.7

8.3

10

2.5

3.8

5.2

6.5

7.7

11

13

16

21

25

31

39

49

59

78

98

101

2.2

3.2

4.3

5.4

6.5

8.6

11

13

18

22

25

32

41

49

66

81

98

Fig.35

Round Weight 6.5kg(8kg)

F3FM-18 -5~60-T010A(F3FB-18 -5~60-T010A)

CAD Data: F3FM-18(LRT)-T010A

(CAD Data: F3FB -18(LRT)-T010A)

Fig.36

Round Weight 8.5kg(10kg)

LRTLRT

F3FM-22 -80~240-T010A(F3FB-22 -80~240-T010A)

CAD Data: F3FM-22(LRT)-T010A

(CAD Data: F3FB -22(LRT)-T010A)

LRTLRT

127

20.5

48.5

48.5

48.5

38.5

38.5

38.5

6

68.578.5

97 φ135

116.5

47.5(87.5)

256.5(296.5)

28□70

(200 )

φ115

3939 7

27273030

778 3838

37 37

154

φ53h7

φ18h6φ18h6

3939 7

2730

77838

37 37

123

φ53h7

φ18h6

3939 7

2730

778 38

37 37

(57.5) (57.5) (57.5)

φ53h7

φ18h6

(144.5) 134

77 5050100

39.5 39.5

196

6φ135

116.5

53.5

53.5

43.5

43.5

24.5

107

15953.543.5 95.5

105.5

287.5(327.5)

47.5(87.5)

28□70

(200 )

φ115φ66h7

φ22h6φ22h6

3540

3540

484877 5050

100

39.5 39.5

155

φ66h7

φ22h6

3540

4877 5050

100

39.5 39.5

155.5

φ66h7

φ22h6

3540

48

(165.5)

Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.5

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

(57.5) (57.5) (57.5)

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3F Type

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed non-ventilated (Totally Enclosed fan-cooled)

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 46: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

4544

F3 Series 3-phase 0.2kW

0.2kW T020 50/60/60200/200/220 1.1/1.0/1.0 1420/1710/1720 B

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3FM(F3FB)

3-phase 0.2kW

22

28

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

130

145

155

165

175

195

210

220

245

260

260

315

320

320

320

320

320

1270

1420

1520

1620

1720

1910

2060

2160

2400

2550

2550

3090

3140

3140

3140

3140

3140

P.45 Fig.37 9.5kg (11kg)

P.45 Fig.38 11kg

(12.5kg)

0.56

0.85

1.1

1.4

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

8.6

10.7

12.9

17.2

18.8

18.8

0.47

0.71

0.94

1.2

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.8

4.7

5.6

7.2

8.9

10.7

14.3

17.9

18.8

5.5

8.3

11

14

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

84

105

126

169

184

184

4.6

7.0

9.2

12

14

19

24

27

37

46

55

71

87

105

140

175

184

Fig.37

Round Weight 9.5kg(11kg)

F3FM-22 -5~60-T020A(F3FB-22 -5~60-T020A)

CAD Data: F3FM-22(LRT)-T020A

(CAD Data: F3FB -22(LRT)-T020A)

Fig.38

Round Weight 11kg(12.5kg)

LRTLRT

F3FM-28 -80~240-T020A(F3FB-28 -80~240-T020A)

CAD Data: F3FM-28(LRT)-T020A

(CAD Data: F3FB -28(LRT)-T020A)

LRTLRT

24.5

φ135

116.5

14053.543.5 76.5

86.5

315(332)

28□70

(200 )

78.5(95.5)

φ115

53.5

53.5

43.5

43.5

1076

77 5050100

39.5 39.564.5(61)

196

φ66h7

φ22h6φ22h6

3540

3540

484877 5050

100

39.5 39.564.5(61)

φ66h7

φ22h6

3540

4877 5050

100

39.5 39.564.5(61)

155165.5

φ66h7

φ22h6

3540

48155

159(162.5)

φ135

116.5

31

1805846 110

122

354.5(371.5)

28□7078.5(95.5)

(200 )

58

5846

46 8116 φ115

77 5353106

45.5 45.564.5(61)

φ75h7

φ28h6

4045

5377 5353

106

45.5 45.564.5(61)

166173.5

φ75h7

φ28h6

4045

5377 5353

106

45.5 45.564.5(61)

212

φ75h7

φ28h6φ28h6

4045

4045

5353

Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.5

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface

4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.754-M12×P1.754-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6 4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6 4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3F Type

170.5(167) 166

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 47: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

4544

F3 Series 3-phase 0.2kW

0.2kW T020 50/60/60200/200/220 1.1/1.0/1.0 1420/1710/1720 B

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3FM(F3FB)

3-phase 0.2kW

22

28

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

130

145

155

165

175

195

210

220

245

260

260

315

320

320

320

320

320

1270

1420

1520

1620

1720

1910

2060

2160

2400

2550

2550

3090

3140

3140

3140

3140

3140

P.45 Fig.37 9.5kg (11kg)

P.45 Fig.38 11kg

(12.5kg)

0.56

0.85

1.1

1.4

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

8.6

10.7

12.9

17.2

18.8

18.8

0.47

0.71

0.94

1.2

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.8

4.7

5.6

7.2

8.9

10.7

14.3

17.9

18.8

5.5

8.3

11

14

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

84

105

126

169

184

184

4.6

7.0

9.2

12

14

19

24

27

37

46

55

71

87

105

140

175

184

Fig.37

Round Weight 9.5kg(11kg)

F3FM-22 -5~60-T020A(F3FB-22 -5~60-T020A)

CAD Data: F3FM-22(LRT)-T020A

(CAD Data: F3FB -22(LRT)-T020A)

Fig.38

Round Weight 11kg(12.5kg)

LRTLRT

F3FM-28 -80~240-T020A(F3FB-28 -80~240-T020A)

CAD Data: F3FM-28(LRT)-T020A

(CAD Data: F3FB -28(LRT)-T020A)

LRTLRT

24.5

φ135

116.5

14053.543.5 76.5

86.5

315(332)

28□70

(200 )

78.5(95.5)

φ115

53.5

53.5

43.5

43.5

1076

77 5050100

39.5 39.564.5(61)

196

φ66h7

φ22h6φ22h6

3540

3540

484877 5050

100

39.5 39.564.5(61)

φ66h7

φ22h6

3540

4877 5050

100

39.5 39.564.5(61)

155165.5

φ66h7

φ22h6

3540

48155

159(162.5)

φ135

116.5

31

1805846 110

122

354.5(371.5)

28□7078.5(95.5)

(200 )

58

5846

46 8116 φ115

77 5353106

45.5 45.564.5(61)

φ75h7

φ28h6

4045

5377 5353

106

45.5 45.564.5(61)

166173.5

φ75h7

φ28h6

4045

5377 5353

106

45.5 45.564.5(61)

212

φ75h7

φ28h6φ28h6

4045

4045

5353

Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.5

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface

4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.754-M12×P1.754-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6 4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6 4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3F Type

170.5(167) 166

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 48: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

4746

F3 Series 3-phase 0.4kW

0.4kW T040 50/60/60200/200/220 2.1/1.8/1.8 1410/1690/1710 B

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3FM(F3FB)

3-phase 0.4kW

28

32

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

150

170

185

200

210

235

250

265

285

305

315

340

345

345

365

370

370

1470

1670

1810

1960

2060

2300

2450

2600

2790

2990

3090

3330

3380

3380

3580

3630

3630

P.47 Fig.39 13kg

(14.5kg)

P.47 Fig.40 17kg

(19kg)

1.1

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

9

11.3

13.6

17.2

21.5

25.8

27.6

27.6

27.6

0.94

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.8

4.7

5.6

7.5

9.4

11.3

14.3

17.9

21.5

27.6

27.6

27.6

11

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

88

111

133

169

211

253

270

270

270

9.2

14

19

24

27

37

46

55

74

92

111

140

175

211

270

270

270

Fig.39

Round Weight 13kg(14.5kg)

F3FM-28 -5~60-T040A(F3FB-28 -5~60-T040A)

CAD Data: F3FM-28(LRT)-T040A

(CAD Data: F3FB -28(LRT)-T040A)

Fig.40

Round Weight 17kg(19kg)

LRTLRT

F3FM-32 -80~240-T040A(F3FB-32 -80~240-T040A)

CAD Data: F3FM-32(LRT)-T040A

(CAD Data: F3FB -32(LRT)-T040A)

LRTLRT

φ141

122.5

1595848 91

101

360(379.5)

28□7084.5(104)

58

5848

48 8

116

(200 )

φ128

77 5353106

40.5 40.569.5

212

φ75h7

φ28h6φ28h6

4045

4045

535377 5353

106

40.5 40.569.5

175.5

φ75h7

φ28h6

4045

5377 5353

106

40.5 40.569.5

166176.5

φ75h7

φ28h6

4045

53

φ141

122.5

10

2226854 140

154

418.5(438)

28□7084.5(104)

68

6854

54

35

136

(200 )

φ128

77 6262124

58 5869.5

250

φ85h7

φ32h6φ32h6

5055

5055

636377 6262

124

58 5869.5

194

φ85h7

φ32h6

5055

6377 6262

124

58 5869.5

194195.5

φ85h7

φ32h6

5055

63

Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.5

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.5

Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2 4-M16×P24-M16×P2

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

4-φ16.5 4-φ14 4-φ16.5 4-φ14 4-φ16.5 4-φ14

31

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3F Type

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 49: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

4746

F3 Series 3-phase 0.4kW

0.4kW T040 50/60/60200/200/220 2.1/1.8/1.8 1410/1690/1710 B

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3FM(F3FB)

3-phase 0.4kW

28

32

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

150

170

185

200

210

235

250

265

285

305

315

340

345

345

365

370

370

1470

1670

1810

1960

2060

2300

2450

2600

2790

2990

3090

3330

3380

3380

3580

3630

3630

P.47 Fig.39 13kg

(14.5kg)

P.47 Fig.40 17kg

(19kg)

1.1

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

9

11.3

13.6

17.2

21.5

25.8

27.6

27.6

27.6

0.94

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.8

4.7

5.6

7.5

9.4

11.3

14.3

17.9

21.5

27.6

27.6

27.6

11

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

88

111

133

169

211

253

270

270

270

9.2

14

19

24

27

37

46

55

74

92

111

140

175

211

270

270

270

Fig.39

Round Weight 13kg(14.5kg)

F3FM-28 -5~60-T040A(F3FB-28 -5~60-T040A)

CAD Data: F3FM-28(LRT)-T040A

(CAD Data: F3FB -28(LRT)-T040A)

Fig.40

Round Weight 17kg(19kg)

LRTLRT

F3FM-32 -80~240-T040A(F3FB-32 -80~240-T040A)

CAD Data: F3FM-32(LRT)-T040A

(CAD Data: F3FB -32(LRT)-T040A)

LRTLRT

φ141

122.5

1595848 91

101

360(379.5)

28□7084.5(104)

58

5848

48 8

116

(200 )

φ128

77 5353106

40.5 40.569.5

212

φ75h7

φ28h6φ28h6

4045

4045

535377 5353

106

40.5 40.569.5

175.5

φ75h7

φ28h6

4045

5377 5353

106

40.5 40.569.5

166176.5

φ75h7

φ28h6

4045

53

φ141

122.5

10

2226854 140

154

418.5(438)

28□7084.5(104)

68

6854

54

35

136

(200 )

φ128

77 6262124

58 5869.5

250

φ85h7

φ32h6φ32h6

5055

5055

636377 6262

124

58 5869.5

194

φ85h7

φ32h6

5055

6377 6262

124

58 5869.5

194195.5

φ85h7

φ32h6

5055

63

Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.5

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.5

Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2 4-M16×P24-M16×P2

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

4-φ16.5 4-φ14 4-φ16.5 4-φ14 4-φ16.5 4-φ14

31

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3F Type

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 50: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

4948

F3 Series 3-phase 0.75kW

0.75kW 075 50/60/60200/200/220 3.7/3.3/3.2 1430/1720/1730 B

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3FM(F3FB)

3-phase 0.75kW

32

40

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

180

205

225

240

255

275

295

310

335

340

340

455

455

455

495

530

530

1760

2010

2210

2350

2500

2700

2890

3040

3280

3330

3330

4460

4460

4460

4850

5190

5190

P.49 Fig.41 19kg

(21kg)

P.49 Fig.42 27kg

(29kg)

2.1

3.2

4.2

5.3

6.4

8.5

10.6

12.7

16.9

21.2

25.4

32.2

40.3

48.3

56.5

56.5

56.5

1.8

2.6

3.5

4.4

5.3

7.1

8.8

10.6

14.1

17.7

21.2

26.8

33.5

40.3

53.7

56.5

56.5

21

31

41

52

63

83

104

124

166

208

249

316

395

473

554

554

554

18

25

34

43

52

70

86

104

138

173

208

263

328

395

526

554

554

Fig.41

Round Weight 19kg(21kg)

F3FM-32 -5~60-075(F3FB-32 -5~60-075)

CAD Data: F3FM-32(LRT)-075

(CAD Data: F3FB -32(LRT)-075)

Fig.42

Round Weight 27kg(29kg)

LRTLRT

F3FM-40 -80~240-075(F3FB-40 -80~240-075)

CAD Data: F3FM-40(LRT)-075

(CAD Data: F3FB -40(LRT)-075)

LRTLRT

φ162

φ20122

89101(108)

12

2728769 167

185

491(498)

87

8769

69

43

174

73 73

78

(200 )

φ160

82

103119.5

77 7575150296

φ100h7

φ40h6φ40h6

6065

6065

7373

73 73

78

82

77 7575150

230

φ100h7

φ40h6

6065

73

73 73

78

82

77 7575150

230

φ100h7

φ40h6

6065

73

φ162

122

101(108) 48 48

78

10

89

1856856 105

117

406.5(413.5)

(200 )

φ160

68

6856

56

35

136

82

77 6262124250

φ85h7

φ32h6φ32h6

5055

5055

6363

48 48

78

82

77 6262124

φ85h7

φ32h6

5055

63

48 48

78

82

77 6262124

194206

φ85h7

φ32h6

5055

63194203

Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface

4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.754-M12×P1.754-M12×P1.75

4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.54-M20×P2.54-M20×P2.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.5

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6 4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6 4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-φ20.5

4-φ17.5

4-φ20.5

4-φ17.5

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3F Type

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 51: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

4948

F3 Series 3-phase 0.75kW

0.75kW 075 50/60/60200/200/220 3.7/3.3/3.2 1430/1720/1730 B

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3FM(F3FB)

3-phase 0.75kW

32

40

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

180

205

225

240

255

275

295

310

335

340

340

455

455

455

495

530

530

1760

2010

2210

2350

2500

2700

2890

3040

3280

3330

3330

4460

4460

4460

4850

5190

5190

P.49 Fig.41 19kg

(21kg)

P.49 Fig.42 27kg

(29kg)

2.1

3.2

4.2

5.3

6.4

8.5

10.6

12.7

16.9

21.2

25.4

32.2

40.3

48.3

56.5

56.5

56.5

1.8

2.6

3.5

4.4

5.3

7.1

8.8

10.6

14.1

17.7

21.2

26.8

33.5

40.3

53.7

56.5

56.5

21

31

41

52

63

83

104

124

166

208

249

316

395

473

554

554

554

18

25

34

43

52

70

86

104

138

173

208

263

328

395

526

554

554

Fig.41

Round Weight 19kg(21kg)

F3FM-32 -5~60-075(F3FB-32 -5~60-075)

CAD Data: F3FM-32(LRT)-075

(CAD Data: F3FB -32(LRT)-075)

Fig.42

Round Weight 27kg(29kg)

LRTLRT

F3FM-40 -80~240-075(F3FB-40 -80~240-075)

CAD Data: F3FM-40(LRT)-075

(CAD Data: F3FB -40(LRT)-075)

LRTLRT

φ162

φ20122

89101(108)

12

2728769 167

185

491(498)

87

8769

69

43

174

73 73

78

(200 )

φ160

82

103119.5

77 7575150296

φ100h7

φ40h6φ40h6

6065

6065

7373

73 73

78

82

77 7575150

230

φ100h7

φ40h6

6065

73

73 73

78

82

77 7575150

230

φ100h7

φ40h6

6065

73

φ162

122

101(108) 48 48

78

10

89

1856856 105

117

406.5(413.5)

(200 )

φ160

68

6856

56

35

136

82

77 6262124250

φ85h7

φ32h6φ32h6

5055

5055

6363

48 48

78

82

77 6262124

φ85h7

φ32h6

5055

63

48 48

78

82

77 6262124

194206

φ85h7

φ32h6

5055

63194203

Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface

4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.754-M12×P1.754-M12×P1.75

4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.54-M20×P2.54-M20×P2.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.5

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6 4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6 4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-φ20.5

4-φ17.5

4-φ20.5

4-φ17.5

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3F Type

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 52: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

5150

F3 Series 3-phase 1.5kW

1.5kW 150 50/60/60200/200/220 6.6/6.1/5.8 1430/1720/1730 B

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

3-phase 1.5kW

40

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/10

1/12.5

1/15

1/20

1/25

1/30

1/40

1/50

1/60

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

4.2

6.4

8.5

10.6

12.7

16.9

21.2

25.4

33.9

42.4

50.8

3.5

5.3

7.1

8.8

10.6

14.1

17.7

21.2

28.2

35.3

42.4

41

63

83

104

124

166

208

249

332

416

498

34

52

70

86

104

138

173

208

276

346

416

255

290

320

345

360

395

425

440

455

455

455

2500

2840

3140

3380

3530

3870

4170

4310

4460

4460

4460

P.50 Fig.43 35kg

(38kg)

F3FM(F3FB)

Round Weight 35kg(38kg)

Fig.43 F3FM-40 -5~60-150(F3FB-40 -5~60-150)

CAD Data: F3FM-40(LRT)-150

(CAD Data: F3FB -40(LRT)-150)

LRTLRT

φ186

133

89111.5(132)

1287

8773

73

43

174

2358773 134

148

508(528.5)

63 63

86

82φ20

98.5115

φ179

(250 ) 77 7575150296

φ100h7

φ40h6φ40h6

6065

6065

7373

63 63

86

82

77 7575150

234.5

φ100h7

φ40h6

6065

73

63 63

86

82

77 7575150

230241

φ100h7

φ40h6

6065

73230

Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2 4-M16×P24-M16×P2

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2

4-φ16.5 4-φ14 4-φ16.5 4-φ14 4-φ16.5 4-φ14

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3F Type

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2.The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 53: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

5150

F3 Series 3-phase 1.5kW

1.5kW 150 50/60/60200/200/220 6.6/6.1/5.8 1430/1720/1730 B

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

3-phase 1.5kW

40

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/10

1/12.5

1/15

1/20

1/25

1/30

1/40

1/50

1/60

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

4.2

6.4

8.5

10.6

12.7

16.9

21.2

25.4

33.9

42.4

50.8

3.5

5.3

7.1

8.8

10.6

14.1

17.7

21.2

28.2

35.3

42.4

41

63

83

104

124

166

208

249

332

416

498

34

52

70

86

104

138

173

208

276

346

416

255

290

320

345

360

395

425

440

455

455

455

2500

2840

3140

3380

3530

3870

4170

4310

4460

4460

4460

P.50 Fig.43 35kg

(38kg)

F3FM(F3FB)

Round Weight 35kg(38kg)

Fig.43 F3FM-40 -5~60-150(F3FB-40 -5~60-150)

CAD Data: F3FM-40(LRT)-150

(CAD Data: F3FB -40(LRT)-150)

LRTLRT

φ186

133

89111.5(132)

1287

8773

73

43

174

2358773 134

148

508(528.5)

63 63

86

82φ20

98.5115

φ179

(250 ) 77 7575150296

φ100h7

φ40h6φ40h6

6065

6065

7373

63 63

86

82

77 7575150

234.5

φ100h7

φ40h6

6065

73

63 63

86

82

77 7575150

230241

φ100h7

φ40h6

6065

73230

Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2 4-M16×P24-M16×P2

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2

4-φ16.5 4-φ14 4-φ16.5 4-φ14 4-φ16.5 4-φ14

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3F Type

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2.The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 54: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

5352

F3 Series 3-phase 2.2kW

2.2kW 220 200/200/22050/60/60 9.0/8.6/8.0 1410/1690/1710 B

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3FM(F3FB)

3-phase 2.2kW

40

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/10

1/12.5

1/15

1/20

1/25

1/30

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

6.2

9.3

12.4

15.5

18.6

24.9

31.1

37.3

5.2

7.8

10.4

12.9

15.5

20.7

25.9

31.1

61

91

122

152

182

244

305

366

51

76

102

126

152

203

254

305

300

330

360

390

420

450

450

450

800

900

967

1040

1067

1067

1067

1067

82

92

99

106

109

109

109

109

2940

3230

3530

3820

4120

4410

4410

4410

kgfN

P.52 Fig.44 38kg

(41kg)

Fig.44

Round Weight 38kg(41kg)

F3FM-40 -5~30-220(F3FB-40 -5~30-220)

CAD Data: F3FM-40(LRT)-220

(CAD Data: F3FB -40(LRT)-220)

F3F Type

LRTLRT

φ186

133

89111.5(132)

1287

8773

73

43

174

63 63

86

82

φ20

98.5115

77 7575150296

φ100h7

φ40h6φ40h6

6065

6065

7373

Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface

4-M16×P24-M16×P2 4-M16×P2

4-φ16.5

2358773 134

148

533(553.5)

(250 )

φ179

4-φ14

63 63

86

82

77 7575150

φ100h7

φ40h6

6065

73

Flange surface

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

63 63

86

82

77 7575150

φ100h7

φ40h6

6065

73

4-M16×P2

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

234.5230

241230

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2.The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 55: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

5352

F3 Series 3-phase 2.2kW

2.2kW 220 200/200/22050/60/60 9.0/8.6/8.0 1410/1690/1710 B

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3FM(F3FB)

3-phase 2.2kW

40

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/10

1/12.5

1/15

1/20

1/25

1/30

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

6.2

9.3

12.4

15.5

18.6

24.9

31.1

37.3

5.2

7.8

10.4

12.9

15.5

20.7

25.9

31.1

61

91

122

152

182

244

305

366

51

76

102

126

152

203

254

305

300

330

360

390

420

450

450

450

800

900

967

1040

1067

1067

1067

1067

82

92

99

106

109

109

109

109

2940

3230

3530

3820

4120

4410

4410

4410

kgfN

P.52 Fig.44 38kg

(41kg)

Fig.44

Round Weight 38kg(41kg)

F3FM-40 -5~30-220(F3FB-40 -5~30-220)

CAD Data: F3FM-40(LRT)-220

(CAD Data: F3FB -40(LRT)-220)

F3F Type

LRTLRT

φ186

133

89111.5(132)

1287

8773

73

43

174

63 63

86

82

φ20

98.5115

77 7575150296

φ100h7

φ40h6φ40h6

6065

6065

7373

Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface

4-M16×P24-M16×P2 4-M16×P2

4-φ16.5

2358773 134

148

533(553.5)

(250 )

φ179

4-φ14

63 63

86

82

77 7575150

φ100h7

φ40h6

6065

73

Flange surface

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

63 63

86

82

77 7575150

φ100h7

φ40h6

6065

73

4-M16×P2

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

234.5230

241230

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2.The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft.

Model Code P.12

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 56: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

Concentric Hollow Shaft

55

F3F3S

IP-65

54

Gearmotor

Model・Type Designation

Water-ResistantGearmotorBrake Gearmotor

3-Phase

0.1kW~2.2kW

200V 50/60Hz, 220V/60Hz

Class B

Direct start

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled(Totally Enclosed non-ventilated for 0.1kW)

4

Continuous Rating

Hypoid gear and Helical gear

Grease Lubrication(Maintenance Free)

New JIS Key(JIS 1301-1976 class)

SUS420J2(Water-Resistant W/Carbon Steel Shaft is S43C)

Aluminium die-cast

-10℃~40℃

100% max.(without any dew condensation)

1,000m max.

Indoors

Anion painting, Acrylic paint

Gray(Mansel code: 9B6/0.5)

No restriction in the mounting angle.(horizontally, vertically or heeling angle)

Motor Part

Ambient Conditions

Painting

Mounting Direction

Speed Reduction Part

Number of phase

Capacity

Power Source

Insulation Classification

Starting Method

Protective cooling Method

Number of Pole

Rating

Reduction Method

Lubrication

Output Shaft

Output Shaft Material

Case Material

Ambient Temperature

Ambient Humidity

Altitude

Installation Location

Painting Method

Painting Color

EnvironmentWell ventilated place free from corrosive gas, Should not be used in water and the place where high-hydrostatic pressure receives.

Series

Type

Page 57: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

Concentric Hollow Shaft

55

F3F3S

IP-65

54

Gearmotor

Model・Type Designation

Water-ResistantGearmotorBrake Gearmotor

3-Phase

0.1kW~2.2kW

200V 50/60Hz, 220V/60Hz

Class B

Direct start

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled(Totally Enclosed non-ventilated for 0.1kW)

4

Continuous Rating

Hypoid gear and Helical gear

Grease Lubrication(Maintenance Free)

New JIS Key(JIS 1301-1976 class)

SUS420J2(Water-Resistant W/Carbon Steel Shaft is S43C)

Aluminium die-cast

-10℃~40℃

100% max.(without any dew condensation)

1,000m max.

Indoors

Anion painting, Acrylic paint

Gray(Mansel code: 9B6/0.5)

No restriction in the mounting angle.(horizontally, vertically or heeling angle)

Motor Part

Ambient Conditions

Painting

Mounting Direction

Speed Reduction Part

Number of phase

Capacity

Power Source

Insulation Classification

Starting Method

Protective cooling Method

Number of Pole

Rating

Reduction Method

Lubrication

Output Shaft

Output Shaft Material

Case Material

Ambient Temperature

Ambient Humidity

Altitude

Installation Location

Painting Method

Painting Color

EnvironmentWell ventilated place free from corrosive gas, Should not be used in water and the place where high-hydrostatic pressure receives.

Series

Type

Page 58: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

5756

F3SV-30-50-T040E

F3SV-30-50-T040EX-AA

F3SV-30-50-T040EX-AB

F3SV-30-50-T040EX-DC

F3SW

F3SV

F3SG

F3SH

(Note 1) Please note that only F3S Type(hollow shaft) is available and F3F Type(solid shaft) is not available in the F3-Series water-resistant/outdoor type.

(Note)

F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)Model Lineup

20

25

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/80 1/100 1/120

30 1/300 1/375

35 1/450 1/600 1/750

45 1/900 1/1200

55 1/1500

1/160 1/200 1/240

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30

1/50 1/60

25

30

35

45

F3SW

F3SG

Separated rectifier type is the standard specification of the terminal box in brake gearmotors. When you need the rectifier built-in type, contact us with the following manner. We will do the wiring accordingly. For details, refer to page 137.

■Model・Type Code (Option)

T040 E⑧

X⑨

AA⑩

F3 Series Water-resistant/Outdoor gearmotors are classified by codes as shown below. Specify these codes in your inquiry and order.

①Series Name

②Classification by Mount Form

③Classification by  Motor Type

④Frame Number and Diameter of Output Shaft

⑤Reduction Ratio

⑥Motor Type and Capacity

⑦Option

⑧Terminal box

⑨Auxiliary Code

F3

S

W

V

G

H

Output Shaft Diameter(bore)

5 : 1/5 240 : 1/240 1500 : 1/1500

T010

T020

T040

075

150

220

Blank

W

E

Blank

X

: F3 Series(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

: Hollow Shaft Type

: With Water-resistant Motor W/SUS Shaft(JIS SUS420J2)

: With Water-resistant Brake Motor W/SUS Shaft(JIS SUS420J2)

: With Water-resistant Motor W/Carbon Steel Shaft(JIS:S43C)

: With Water-resistant Brake Motor W/Carbon Steel Shaft(JIS:S43C)

: 3-phase 0.1 kW

: 3-phase 0.2 kW

: 3-phase 0.4 kW

: 3-phase 0.75kW

: 3-phase 1.5 kW

: 3-phase 2.2 kW

: Standard Voltage

: High Voltage

: Terminal Box for with Water-resistant, type only.(Standard Specs.)

: Standard Specs.

: Code to identify additional special specs.

3-phase: 200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz、220V/60Hz

3-phase: 380V/50Hz、400V/50Hz、400V/60Hz、440V/60Hz

(Note 1)

(Note) 1.

30

1/300 1/37535

1/450 1/600 1/75045

1/900 1/120055

35

1/300 1/37545

1/450 1/60055

45

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/24055

1/30055

45

1/40 1/50 1/6050

1/80 1/100 1/12055

F3 Series F3S Type

F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft) F3F Type(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3 Series

Model and Type Designation

Model and Type Designation

① ② ④ ③

Type

S W 30 50

T040

⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩

F3S V 45 240 075F3 AA

Frame Number

Auxiliary Mark

Spec. Designation

⑤ X

EE

W

Motor Capacity OptionReduction

Ratio

⑩Spec. DesignationNote: Spec. Designation does not appear on the

product type designation in the nameplate. It is specified on the additional numbers in the nameplate.

Standard Model

Lineup

Standard Model Lineup

●Specification Code for Rectifier built-in Wiring For details, refer to the Specification Code Table on page 137. ●Instruction for terminal box position. Refer to the specification code list on page 141 for details.

Terminal box

Standard (rectifier separated)

AC Switching A

AC Switching B

DC Switching

⑩The wiring method indication code does not appear on the product-type name. It appears in the supplemental number column on the nameplate.

TypeType Code when ordering(Example) (Indicate this type cord in your order.)

Refer to the above table.

Refer to the above table.

Refer to the table on the left.

⑧Terminal box

⑨Auxiliary Code

⑩Wiring Method

Capacity・Option

When ordering brake gearmotors, indicate the wiring method too as stated above.

Indication Code(Note)

Type Reduction Ratio4P Motor Capacity

Frame Number

Water-Resistant W/Carbon Steel Shaft Brake Gearmotor

Water-Resistant W/SUS Shaft Gearmotor

Water-Resistant W/SUS Shaft Brake Gearmotor

Water-Resistant W/SUS Shaft Gearmotor

Water-Resistant W/Carbon Steel Shaft

Gearmotor

Water-Resistant W/Carbon Steel Shaft

Gearmotor

3-phase 0.1kW

3-phase 0.2kW

3-phase 0.4kW

3-phase 0.75kW

3-phase 1.5kW

3-phase 2.2kW

The models enclosed with    are limited torque type. Be sure to check allowable torque in the performance table.

Page 59: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

5756

F3SV-30-50-T040E

F3SV-30-50-T040EX-AA

F3SV-30-50-T040EX-AB

F3SV-30-50-T040EX-DC

F3SW

F3SV

F3SG

F3SH

(Note 1) Please note that only F3S Type(hollow shaft) is available and F3F Type(solid shaft) is not available in the F3-Series water-resistant/outdoor type.

(Note)

F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)Model Lineup

20

25

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/80 1/100 1/120

30 1/300 1/375

35 1/450 1/600 1/750

45 1/900 1/1200

55 1/1500

1/160 1/200 1/240

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30

1/50 1/60

25

30

35

45

F3SW

F3SG

Separated rectifier type is the standard specification of the terminal box in brake gearmotors. When you need the rectifier built-in type, contact us with the following manner. We will do the wiring accordingly. For details, refer to page 137.

■Model・Type Code (Option)

T040 E⑧

X⑨

AA⑩

F3 Series Water-resistant/Outdoor gearmotors are classified by codes as shown below. Specify these codes in your inquiry and order.

①Series Name

②Classification by Mount Form

③Classification by  Motor Type

④Frame Number and Diameter of Output Shaft

⑤Reduction Ratio

⑥Motor Type and Capacity

⑦Option

⑧Terminal box

⑨Auxiliary Code

F3

S

W

V

G

H

Output Shaft Diameter(bore)

5 : 1/5 240 : 1/240 1500 : 1/1500

T010

T020

T040

075

150

220

Blank

W

E

Blank

X

: F3 Series(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

: Hollow Shaft Type

: With Water-resistant Motor W/SUS Shaft(JIS SUS420J2)

: With Water-resistant Brake Motor W/SUS Shaft(JIS SUS420J2)

: With Water-resistant Motor W/Carbon Steel Shaft(JIS:S43C)

: With Water-resistant Brake Motor W/Carbon Steel Shaft(JIS:S43C)

: 3-phase 0.1 kW

: 3-phase 0.2 kW

: 3-phase 0.4 kW

: 3-phase 0.75kW

: 3-phase 1.5 kW

: 3-phase 2.2 kW

: Standard Voltage

: High Voltage

: Terminal Box for with Water-resistant, type only.(Standard Specs.)

: Standard Specs.

: Code to identify additional special specs.

3-phase: 200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz、220V/60Hz

3-phase: 380V/50Hz、400V/50Hz、400V/60Hz、440V/60Hz

(Note 1)

(Note) 1.

30

1/300 1/37535

1/450 1/600 1/75045

1/900 1/120055

35

1/300 1/37545

1/450 1/60055

45

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/24055

1/30055

45

1/40 1/50 1/6050

1/80 1/100 1/12055

F3 Series F3S Type

F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft) F3F Type(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3 Series

Model and Type Designation

Model and Type Designation

① ② ④ ③

Type

S W 30 50

T040

⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩

F3S V 45 240 075F3 AA

Frame Number

Auxiliary Mark

Spec. Designation

⑤ X

EE

W

Motor Capacity OptionReduction

Ratio

⑩Spec. DesignationNote: Spec. Designation does not appear on the

product type designation in the nameplate. It is specified on the additional numbers in the nameplate.

Standard Model

Lineup

Standard Model Lineup

●Specification Code for Rectifier built-in Wiring For details, refer to the Specification Code Table on page 137. ●Instruction for terminal box position. Refer to the specification code list on page 141 for details.

Terminal box

Standard (rectifier separated)

AC Switching A

AC Switching B

DC Switching

⑩The wiring method indication code does not appear on the product-type name. It appears in the supplemental number column on the nameplate.

TypeType Code when ordering(Example) (Indicate this type cord in your order.)

Refer to the above table.

Refer to the above table.

Refer to the table on the left.

⑧Terminal box

⑨Auxiliary Code

⑩Wiring Method

Capacity・Option

When ordering brake gearmotors, indicate the wiring method too as stated above.

Indication Code(Note)

Type Reduction Ratio4P Motor Capacity

Frame Number

Water-Resistant W/Carbon Steel Shaft Brake Gearmotor

Water-Resistant W/SUS Shaft Gearmotor

Water-Resistant W/SUS Shaft Brake Gearmotor

Water-Resistant W/SUS Shaft Gearmotor

Water-Resistant W/Carbon Steel Shaft

Gearmotor

Water-Resistant W/Carbon Steel Shaft

Gearmotor

3-phase 0.1kW

3-phase 0.2kW

3-phase 0.4kW

3-phase 0.75kW

3-phase 1.5kW

3-phase 2.2kW

The models enclosed with    are limited torque type. Be sure to check allowable torque in the performance table.

Page 60: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

59

F3F3S

58

A

GearmotorConcentric Hollow Shaft IP-65

Performance TableDimension diagram

Water-ResistantGearmotorBrake Gearmotor

●The output rotation speed is the value corresponds to the motor synchronous speed and the nominal reduction ratio. ● The shaded area in the Performance Table indicates that in the case that gearmotors are wired according to the diagram on 134, the shaft rotates clockwise when viewing from side , as in the direction of the arrow shown in the following Dimension Diagrams.

【Remarks】

3-Phase

Series

Type

A

Page 61: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

59

F3F3S

58

A

GearmotorConcentric Hollow Shaft IP-65

Performance TableDimension diagram

Water-ResistantGearmotorBrake Gearmotor

●The output rotation speed is the value corresponds to the motor synchronous speed and the nominal reduction ratio. ● The shaded area in the Performance Table indicates that in the case that gearmotors are wired according to the diagram on 134, the shaft rotates clockwise when viewing from side , as in the direction of the arrow shown in the following Dimension Diagrams.

【Remarks】

3-Phase

Series

Type

A

Page 62: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

6160

F3 Series 3-phase 0.1kW

0.1kW T010 50/60/60200/200/220 0.61/0.54/0.54 1420/1700/1720 B Totally Enclosed

Fig.45

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・mF3SW (F3SV)

F3SG (F3SH)

3-phase 0.1kW

20 25

kgfN

P.61 Fig.45 6.5kg (8kg)

P.61 Fig.46 8kg

(9.5kg)

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Round Weight 6.5kg(8kg)

F3S -20-5~60-T010E(F3S -20-5~60-T010E)

CAD Data: F3S -20-T010E

(CAD Data: F3S -20-T010E)

Fig.46

Round Weight 8kg(9.5kg)

F3S -25-80~240-T010E(F3S -25-80~240-T010E)

CAD Data: F3S -25-T010E

(CAD Data: F3S -25-T010E)

WG

VH

WG

VH

W G

V H

W G

V H

Fig.47

Round Weight 10.5kg(12kg)

F3S -30-300~375-T010E(F3S -30-300~375-T010E)

CAD Data: F3S -30-T010E

(CAD Data: F3S -30-T010E)

WG

VH

W G

V H

108.5

108.5

48.5

48.5

38.5

38.522.897

127

6

48.538.5 68.5

78.5

256.5(308)

962424 48

13 13

2 2

φ29

φ20H8 φ20H8

φ29φ53h7 φ53h7

3939

77 7892

64 64

Safety cap F3S-20(attachment)

Safety cap F3S-20(attachment)

Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface

37 37

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

φ115

28□80

53.5

53.5

43.5

43.528.3107

8

15953.543.5 95.5

105.5

287.5(339)

φ115

1182727 64

14 14

φ39 φ39

φ25H8 φ25H8

φ66h7 φ66h7

2 2

77

5050100114

79 79

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

39.5 39.5

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

28□80

F3S Type

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/ 100

1/ 120

1/ 160

1/ 200

1/ 240

1/ 300

1/ 375

1/ 450

1/ 600

1/ 750

1/ 900

1/1200

1/1500

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

5

4

3.3

2.5

2

1.7

1.3

1

1/

2/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

77/

11/

8/

133/

14/

7/

7/

7/

5

15

10

25

15

20

25

59

40

50

59

80

1880

120

160

200

240

23400

4095

3655

80410

10105

6360

8480

10600

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

6

4.8

4

3

2.4

2

1.5

1.2

0.26

0.39

0.53

0.66

0.79

1.1

1.3

1.6

2.1

2.6

3.2

4

5

6

8

10

10.3

13.4

16.8

20.2

25.3

31.7

40.9

54.5

72.1

0.22

0.33

0.44

0.55

0.66

0.88

1.1

1.3

1.8

2.2

2.6

3.3

4.2

5

6.7

8.3

10

11.2

14

16.8

21.1

26.4

34.1

45.4

60.1

2.5

3.8

5.2

6.5

7.7

11

13

16

21

25

31

39

49

59

78

98

101

131

165

198

248

311

401

534

707

2.2

3.2

4.3

5.4

6.5

8.6

11

13

18

22

25

32

41

49

66

81

98

110

137

165

207

259

334

445

589

100

110

120

130

135

150

160

170

185

190

190

260

260

260

260

260

260

320

320

370

370

370

530

530

1000

244

270

294

316

333

373

392

422

451

471

471

637

637

637

637

637

637

785

785

912

912

912

1275

1275

2452

25

28

30

32

34

38

40

43

46

48

48

65

65

65

65

65

65

80

80

93

93

93

130

130

250

980

1080

1180

1270

1320

1470

1570

1670

1810

1860

1860

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

3140

3140

3630

3630

3630

5190

5190

9800

30

35

45

55

P.61 Fig.47 10.5kg(12kg)

P.62 Fig.48 14kg(15.5kg)

P.62 Fig.49 21kg(22.5kg)

P.62 Fig.50 76kg(77.5kg)

108.5

1243333 58

17 17

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

77

5353106

Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)

82 82

120

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.7545.5 45.5

1925846 110

122

358.5(410)

8

φ11558

58

46

4633.3116

23.7

28□80

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.56

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 63: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

6160

F3 Series 3-phase 0.1kW

0.1kW T010 50/60/60200/200/220 0.61/0.54/0.54 1420/1700/1720 B Totally Enclosed

Fig.45

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・mF3SW (F3SV)

F3SG (F3SH)

3-phase 0.1kW

20 25

kgfN

P.61 Fig.45 6.5kg (8kg)

P.61 Fig.46 8kg

(9.5kg)

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Round Weight 6.5kg(8kg)

F3S -20-5~60-T010E(F3S -20-5~60-T010E)

CAD Data: F3S -20-T010E

(CAD Data: F3S -20-T010E)

Fig.46

Round Weight 8kg(9.5kg)

F3S -25-80~240-T010E(F3S -25-80~240-T010E)

CAD Data: F3S -25-T010E

(CAD Data: F3S -25-T010E)

WG

VH

WG

VH

W G

V H

W G

V H

Fig.47

Round Weight 10.5kg(12kg)

F3S -30-300~375-T010E(F3S -30-300~375-T010E)

CAD Data: F3S -30-T010E

(CAD Data: F3S -30-T010E)

WG

VH

W G

V H

108.5

108.5

48.5

48.5

38.5

38.522.897

127

6

48.538.5 68.5

78.5

256.5(308)

962424 48

13 13

2 2

φ29

φ20H8 φ20H8

φ29φ53h7 φ53h7

3939

77 7892

64 64

Safety cap F3S-20(attachment)

Safety cap F3S-20(attachment)

Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface

37 37

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

φ115

28□80

53.5

53.5

43.5

43.528.3107

8

15953.543.5 95.5

105.5

287.5(339)

φ115

1182727 64

14 14

φ39 φ39

φ25H8 φ25H8

φ66h7 φ66h7

2 2

77

5050100114

79 79

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

39.5 39.5

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

28□80

F3S Type

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/ 100

1/ 120

1/ 160

1/ 200

1/ 240

1/ 300

1/ 375

1/ 450

1/ 600

1/ 750

1/ 900

1/1200

1/1500

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

5

4

3.3

2.5

2

1.7

1.3

1

1/

2/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

77/

11/

8/

133/

14/

7/

7/

7/

5

15

10

25

15

20

25

59

40

50

59

80

1880

120

160

200

240

23400

4095

3655

80410

10105

6360

8480

10600

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

6

4.8

4

3

2.4

2

1.5

1.2

0.26

0.39

0.53

0.66

0.79

1.1

1.3

1.6

2.1

2.6

3.2

4

5

6

8

10

10.3

13.4

16.8

20.2

25.3

31.7

40.9

54.5

72.1

0.22

0.33

0.44

0.55

0.66

0.88

1.1

1.3

1.8

2.2

2.6

3.3

4.2

5

6.7

8.3

10

11.2

14

16.8

21.1

26.4

34.1

45.4

60.1

2.5

3.8

5.2

6.5

7.7

11

13

16

21

25

31

39

49

59

78

98

101

131

165

198

248

311

401

534

707

2.2

3.2

4.3

5.4

6.5

8.6

11

13

18

22

25

32

41

49

66

81

98

110

137

165

207

259

334

445

589

100

110

120

130

135

150

160

170

185

190

190

260

260

260

260

260

260

320

320

370

370

370

530

530

1000

244

270

294

316

333

373

392

422

451

471

471

637

637

637

637

637

637

785

785

912

912

912

1275

1275

2452

25

28

30

32

34

38

40

43

46

48

48

65

65

65

65

65

65

80

80

93

93

93

130

130

250

980

1080

1180

1270

1320

1470

1570

1670

1810

1860

1860

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

3140

3140

3630

3630

3630

5190

5190

9800

30

35

45

55

P.61 Fig.47 10.5kg(12kg)

P.62 Fig.48 14kg(15.5kg)

P.62 Fig.49 21kg(22.5kg)

P.62 Fig.50 76kg(77.5kg)

108.5

1243333 58

17 17

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

77

5353106

Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)

82 82

120

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.7545.5 45.5

1925846 110

122

358.5(410)

8

φ11558

58

46

4633.3116

23.7

28□80

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.56

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 64: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

6362

F3 Series 3-phase 0.1kW

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Fig.48

Round Weight 14kg(15.5kg)

F3S -35-450~750-T010E(F3S -35-450~750-T010E)

CAD Data: F3S -35-T010E

(CAD Data: F3S -35-T010E)

WG

VH

W G

V H

Fig.49

Round Weight 21kg(22.5kg)

F3S -45-900~1200-T010E(F3S -45-900~1200-T010E)

CAD Data: F3S -45-T010E

(CAD Data: F3S -45-T010E)

WG

VH

W G

V H

Fig.50

Round Weight 76kg(77.5kg)

F3S -55-1500-T010E(F3S -55-1500-T010E)

CAD Data: F3S -55-T010E

(CAD Data: F3S -55-T010E)

WG

VH

W G

V H

F3S Type

2386854 140

154

404.5(456)

10

φ11568

68

54

5438.3136

77

6262124

95 95

138

Safety capF3S-35(attachment)

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P258 58

φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

2 2

1423838 66

20 20

26.5

108.5

28□80

φ20

103119.5

291.58769 167

14

185

466.5(518)

φ11587

87

69

6948.8174

77

7575150

108 108

164

Safety cap F3S-45

4-φ20.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73

4-φ17.5

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

34

108.5

28□80

108.5

28□80

φ20

149169.5

336

11694

16

198

220

534.5

(574.5)

130

130

108

108

59.3260

88

100100

200

143 143

216

Safety capF3S-5055

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7 φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

φ11534

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

Model Code P.56

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

Flange surface Flange surface

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Page 65: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

6362

F3 Series 3-phase 0.1kW

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Fig.48

Round Weight 14kg(15.5kg)

F3S -35-450~750-T010E(F3S -35-450~750-T010E)

CAD Data: F3S -35-T010E

(CAD Data: F3S -35-T010E)

WG

VH

W G

V H

Fig.49

Round Weight 21kg(22.5kg)

F3S -45-900~1200-T010E(F3S -45-900~1200-T010E)

CAD Data: F3S -45-T010E

(CAD Data: F3S -45-T010E)

WG

VH

W G

V H

Fig.50

Round Weight 76kg(77.5kg)

F3S -55-1500-T010E(F3S -55-1500-T010E)

CAD Data: F3S -55-T010E

(CAD Data: F3S -55-T010E)

WG

VH

W G

V H

F3S Type

2386854 140

154

404.5(456)

10

φ11568

68

54

5438.3136

77

6262124

95 95

138

Safety capF3S-35(attachment)

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P258 58

φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

2 2

1423838 66

20 20

26.5

108.5

28□80

φ20

103119.5

291.58769 167

14

185

466.5(518)

φ11587

87

69

6948.8174

77

7575150

108 108

164

Safety cap F3S-45

4-φ20.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73

4-φ17.5

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

34

108.5

28□80

108.5

28□80

φ20

149169.5

336

11694

16

198

220

534.5

(574.5)

130

130

108

108

59.3260

88

100100

200

143 143

216

Safety capF3S-5055

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7 φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

φ11534

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

Model Code P.56

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

Flange surface Flange surface

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Page 66: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

6564

F3 Series 3-phase 0.2kW

0.2kW T020 50/60/60200/200/220 1.1/1.0/1.0 1420/1710/1720 B

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

3-phase 0.2kW

25 30

kgfN

P.64 Fig.51 8.5kg (10kg)

P.65 Fig.52 10kg

(11.5kg)

P.65 Fig.53 15kg(16.5kg)

P.65 Fig.54 22kg(23.5kg)

P.65 Fig.55 77kg(78.5kg)

Fig.51

Round Weight 8.5kg(10kg)

F3S -25-5~60-T020E(F3S -25-5~60-T020E)

CAD Data: F3S -25-T020E

(CAD Data: F3S -25-T020E)

Fig.52

Round Weight 10kg(11.5kg)

F3S -30-80~240-T020E(F3S -30-80~240-T020E)

CAD Data: F3S -30-T020E

(CAD Data: F3S -30-T020E)

F3SW (F3SV)

F3SG (F3SH)

WG

VH

W G

V H

WG

VH

W G

V H

Fig.53

Round Weight 15kg(16.5kg)

F3S -35-300~375-T020E(F3S -35-300~375-T020E)

CAD Data: F3S -35-T020E

(CAD Data: F3S -35-T020E)

WG

VH

W G

V H

Fig.54

Round Weight 22kg(23.5kg)

F3S -45-450~750-T020E(F3S -45-450~750-T020E)

CAD Data: F3S -45-T020E

(CAD Data: F3S -45-T020E)

WG

VH

W G

V H

Fig.55

Round Weight 77kg(78.5kg)

F3S -55-900~1200-T020E(F3S -55-900~1200-T020E)

CAD Data: F3S -55-T020E

(CAD Data: F3S -55-T020E)

WG

VH

W G

V H

φ135

108.5

8

28□80

1182727 64

14 14

φ39 φ39

φ25H8 φ25H8

φ66h7 φ66h7

2 2

53.5

53.5

43.5

43.528.3107

775050

100Safety cap F3S-25

114

79 79

128.5

39.5 39.561

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

4-φ10.5

14053.543.5 76.5

86.5

314.5(364.5)

φ115

φ135

108.5

8

1805846 110

122124

3333 5817 17

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

58

5846

46

33.3116

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

Safety cap F3S-30

7 7

5353106120

82 82

128.5

45.5 45.561

4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

28□80

354(404)

F3S Type

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/ 100

1/ 120

1/ 160

1/ 200

1/ 240

1/ 300

1/ 375

1/ 450

1/ 600

1/ 750

1/ 900

1/1200

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

5

4

3.3

2.5

2

1.7

1.3

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

34/

7/

13/

221/

13/

7/

7/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

10105

2580

5740

137760

10045

6360

8480

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

6

4.8

4

3

2.4

2

1.5

0.56

0.85

1.1

1.4

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

8.6

10.7

12.9

17.9

18.8

18.8

28.8

36

43.2

54.5

68.2

86.6

115

0.47

0.71

0.94

1.2

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.8

4.7

5.6

7.2

8.9

10.7

14.3

17.9

18.8

24

30

36

45.5

56.8

72.1

96.2

5.5

8.3

11

14

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

84

105

126

169

184

184

282

353

423

534

668

849

1127

4.6

7

9.2

12

14

19

24

27

37

46

55

71

87

105

140

175

184

235

294

353

446

557

707

943

125

140

155

165

175

190

205

215

235

250

260

315

320

320

320

320

320

370

370

530

530

530

1000

1000

307

342

380

405

429

466

502

527

576

613

637

775

785

785

785

785

785

912

912

1275

1275

1275

2452

2452

31

35

39

41

44

48

51

54

59

63

65

79

80

80

80

80

80

93

93

130

130

130

250

250

1230

1370

1520

1620

1720

1860

2010

2110

2300

2450

2550

3090

3140

3140

3140

3140

3140

3630

3630

5190

5190

5190

9800

9800

35

45

55

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

φ135

108.5

28□80

2386854 140

154

10

68

68

54

54

27.7136

(505)

77

6262124

95 95

138

Safety cap F3S-35

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P258 58

φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

2 2

1423838 66

20 20

φ115

38.3

455.5

291.58769 167

14

185

512.5(562.5)

φ20

103119.5

77

7575150

108 108

164

Safety cap F3S-45

4-φ20.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73

4-φ17.5

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

87

87

69

6948.8174

31.75φ115 φ135

108.5

28□80

φ135

108.528□80

φ25

149169.5

336

9416

198

580(630)

130

130

108

10859.3260

φ11534

88

100100200

143 143

216

Safety cap F3S-5055

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7 φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

116

3-M4

220

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.56

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

(attachment)

(attachment)

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 67: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

6564

F3 Series 3-phase 0.2kW

0.2kW T020 50/60/60200/200/220 1.1/1.0/1.0 1420/1710/1720 B

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

3-phase 0.2kW

25 30

kgfN

P.64 Fig.51 8.5kg (10kg)

P.65 Fig.52 10kg

(11.5kg)

P.65 Fig.53 15kg(16.5kg)

P.65 Fig.54 22kg(23.5kg)

P.65 Fig.55 77kg(78.5kg)

Fig.51

Round Weight 8.5kg(10kg)

F3S -25-5~60-T020E(F3S -25-5~60-T020E)

CAD Data: F3S -25-T020E

(CAD Data: F3S -25-T020E)

Fig.52

Round Weight 10kg(11.5kg)

F3S -30-80~240-T020E(F3S -30-80~240-T020E)

CAD Data: F3S -30-T020E

(CAD Data: F3S -30-T020E)

F3SW (F3SV)

F3SG (F3SH)

WG

VH

W G

V H

WG

VH

W G

V H

Fig.53

Round Weight 15kg(16.5kg)

F3S -35-300~375-T020E(F3S -35-300~375-T020E)

CAD Data: F3S -35-T020E

(CAD Data: F3S -35-T020E)

WG

VH

W G

V H

Fig.54

Round Weight 22kg(23.5kg)

F3S -45-450~750-T020E(F3S -45-450~750-T020E)

CAD Data: F3S -45-T020E

(CAD Data: F3S -45-T020E)

WG

VH

W G

V H

Fig.55

Round Weight 77kg(78.5kg)

F3S -55-900~1200-T020E(F3S -55-900~1200-T020E)

CAD Data: F3S -55-T020E

(CAD Data: F3S -55-T020E)

WG

VH

W G

V H

φ135

108.5

8

28□80

1182727 64

14 14

φ39 φ39

φ25H8 φ25H8

φ66h7 φ66h7

2 2

53.5

53.5

43.5

43.528.3107

775050

100Safety cap F3S-25

114

79 79

128.5

39.5 39.561

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

4-φ10.5

14053.543.5 76.5

86.5

314.5(364.5)

φ115

φ135

108.5

8

1805846 110

122124

3333 5817 17

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

58

5846

46

33.3116

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

Safety cap F3S-30

7 7

5353106120

82 82

128.5

45.5 45.561

4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

28□80

354(404)

F3S Type

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/ 100

1/ 120

1/ 160

1/ 200

1/ 240

1/ 300

1/ 375

1/ 450

1/ 600

1/ 750

1/ 900

1/1200

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

5

4

3.3

2.5

2

1.7

1.3

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

34/

7/

13/

221/

13/

7/

7/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

10105

2580

5740

137760

10045

6360

8480

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

6

4.8

4

3

2.4

2

1.5

0.56

0.85

1.1

1.4

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

8.6

10.7

12.9

17.9

18.8

18.8

28.8

36

43.2

54.5

68.2

86.6

115

0.47

0.71

0.94

1.2

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.8

4.7

5.6

7.2

8.9

10.7

14.3

17.9

18.8

24

30

36

45.5

56.8

72.1

96.2

5.5

8.3

11

14

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

84

105

126

169

184

184

282

353

423

534

668

849

1127

4.6

7

9.2

12

14

19

24

27

37

46

55

71

87

105

140

175

184

235

294

353

446

557

707

943

125

140

155

165

175

190

205

215

235

250

260

315

320

320

320

320

320

370

370

530

530

530

1000

1000

307

342

380

405

429

466

502

527

576

613

637

775

785

785

785

785

785

912

912

1275

1275

1275

2452

2452

31

35

39

41

44

48

51

54

59

63

65

79

80

80

80

80

80

93

93

130

130

130

250

250

1230

1370

1520

1620

1720

1860

2010

2110

2300

2450

2550

3090

3140

3140

3140

3140

3140

3630

3630

5190

5190

5190

9800

9800

35

45

55

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

φ135

108.5

28□80

2386854 140

154

10

68

68

54

54

27.7136

(505)

77

6262124

95 95

138

Safety cap F3S-35

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P258 58

φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

2 2

1423838 66

20 20

φ115

38.3

455.5

291.58769 167

14

185

512.5(562.5)

φ20

103119.5

77

7575150

108 108

164

Safety cap F3S-45

4-φ20.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73

4-φ17.5

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

87

87

69

6948.8174

31.75φ115 φ135

108.5

28□80

φ135

108.528□80

φ25

149169.5

336

9416

198

580(630)

130

130

108

10859.3260

φ11534

88

100100200

143 143

216

Safety cap F3S-5055

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7 φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

116

3-M4

220

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.56

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

(attachment)

(attachment)

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 68: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

6766

F3 Series 3-phase 0.4kW

0.4kW T040 50/60/60200/200/220 2.1/1.8/1.8 1410/1690/1710 B

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

3-phase 0.4kW

30

35

kgfN

P.66 Fig.56 11.5kg (13kg)

P.67 Fig.57 15kg

(17kg) *

Fig.56

Round Weight 11.5kg(13kg)

F3S -30-5~60-T040E(F3S -30-5~60-T040E)

CAD Data: F3S -30-T040E

(CAD Data: F3S -30-T040E)

Fig.57

Round Weight 15kg(17kg)

F3S -35-80~240-T040E(F3S -35-80~240-T040E)

CAD Data: F3S -35-T040E

(CAD Data: F3S -35-T040E)

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3SW (F3SV)

F3SG (F3SH)

WG

VH

W G

V H

WG

VH

W G

V H

Fig.58

Round Weight 24kg(26kg)

F3S -45-300~375-T040E(F3S -45-300~375-T040E)

CAD Data: F3S -45-T040E

(CAD Data: F3S -45-T040E)

WG

VH

W G

V H

Fig.59

Round Weight 79kg(81kg)

F3S -55-450~600-T040E(F3S -55-450~600-T040E)

CAD Data: F3S -55-T040E

(CAD Data: F3S -55-T040E)

WG

VH

W G

V H

φ141

114.5

8

1595848 91

101

358.5(416.5)

58

5848

48

33.3116

1243333 58

17 17

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7φ128

Safety capF3S-30

7 7106120

82 82

40.5 40.5

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

5353

14069.5

28□80

φ141

114.5

10

2226854 140

154

417(475)

28□80

68

6854

54

38.3136φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

2 2

1423838 66

20 20 Safety cap F3S-35

7 7

6262124138

95 95

58 58

69.5

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2

4-φ16.5

φ128

F3S Type

45

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

1/300

1/375

1/450

1/600

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

5

4

3.3

2.5

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1547/

13/

7/

7/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

452640

4715

3120

4160

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

6

4.8

4

3

1.1

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

9

11.3

13.6

17.2

21.5

25.8

27.6

27.6

27.6

57.7

72.1

86.6

115

0.94

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.8

4.7

5.6

7.5

9.4

11.3

14.3

17.9

21.5

27.6

27.6

27.6

48.1

60.1

72.1

96.2

11

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

88

111

133

169

211

253

270

270

270

565

707

849

1127

9.2

14

19

24

27

37

46

55

74

92

111

140

175

211

270

270

270

471

589

707

943

155

180

195

210

220

245

260

270

290

305

315

355

360

360

370

370

370

530

530

1000

1000

375

438

475

506

539

600

637

662

711

747

767

873

883

883

912

912

912

1275

1275

2452

2452

38

45

48

52

55

61

65

68

73

76

78

89

90

90

93

93

93

130

130

250

250

1520

1760

1910

2060

2160

2400

2550

2650

2840

2990

3090

3480

3530

3530

3630

3630

3630

5190

5190

9800

9800

P.67 Fig.58 24kg(26kg)

P.67 Fig.59 79kg(81kg)

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

φ141

114.5

28□80

77

7575150

108 108

164

Safety cap F3S-45

4-φ20.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73

4-φ17.5

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

87

87

69

6948.8174

φ20

103119.5

291.587

69 16714

185

535.5(593.5)

φ12838

336

11694

16

198

220

130

130

108

108

59.3260

88

100100

200

143 143

216

Protective cap F3S-5055

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2 φ25

149169.5

42φ141

114.5

28□80

601.5

(659.5)

φ128

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.56

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

(attachment)

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 69: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

6766

F3 Series 3-phase 0.4kW

0.4kW T040 50/60/60200/200/220 2.1/1.8/1.8 1410/1690/1710 B

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

3-phase 0.4kW

30

35

kgfN

P.66 Fig.56 11.5kg (13kg)

P.67 Fig.57 15kg

(17kg) *

Fig.56

Round Weight 11.5kg(13kg)

F3S -30-5~60-T040E(F3S -30-5~60-T040E)

CAD Data: F3S -30-T040E

(CAD Data: F3S -30-T040E)

Fig.57

Round Weight 15kg(17kg)

F3S -35-80~240-T040E(F3S -35-80~240-T040E)

CAD Data: F3S -35-T040E

(CAD Data: F3S -35-T040E)

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3SW (F3SV)

F3SG (F3SH)

WG

VH

W G

V H

WG

VH

W G

V H

Fig.58

Round Weight 24kg(26kg)

F3S -45-300~375-T040E(F3S -45-300~375-T040E)

CAD Data: F3S -45-T040E

(CAD Data: F3S -45-T040E)

WG

VH

W G

V H

Fig.59

Round Weight 79kg(81kg)

F3S -55-450~600-T040E(F3S -55-450~600-T040E)

CAD Data: F3S -55-T040E

(CAD Data: F3S -55-T040E)

WG

VH

W G

V H

φ141

114.5

8

1595848 91

101

358.5(416.5)

58

5848

48

33.3116

1243333 58

17 17

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7φ128

Safety capF3S-30

7 7106120

82 82

40.5 40.5

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

5353

14069.5

28□80

φ141

114.5

10

2226854 140

154

417(475)

28□80

68

6854

54

38.3136φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

2 2

1423838 66

20 20 Safety cap F3S-35

7 7

6262124138

95 95

58 58

69.5

4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2

4-φ16.5

φ128

F3S Type

45

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

1/300

1/375

1/450

1/600

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

5

4

3.3

2.5

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1547/

13/

7/

7/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

452640

4715

3120

4160

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

6

4.8

4

3

1.1

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

9

11.3

13.6

17.2

21.5

25.8

27.6

27.6

27.6

57.7

72.1

86.6

115

0.94

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.8

4.7

5.6

7.5

9.4

11.3

14.3

17.9

21.5

27.6

27.6

27.6

48.1

60.1

72.1

96.2

11

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

88

111

133

169

211

253

270

270

270

565

707

849

1127

9.2

14

19

24

27

37

46

55

74

92

111

140

175

211

270

270

270

471

589

707

943

155

180

195

210

220

245

260

270

290

305

315

355

360

360

370

370

370

530

530

1000

1000

375

438

475

506

539

600

637

662

711

747

767

873

883

883

912

912

912

1275

1275

2452

2452

38

45

48

52

55

61

65

68

73

76

78

89

90

90

93

93

93

130

130

250

250

1520

1760

1910

2060

2160

2400

2550

2650

2840

2990

3090

3480

3530

3530

3630

3630

3630

5190

5190

9800

9800

P.67 Fig.58 24kg(26kg)

P.67 Fig.59 79kg(81kg)

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

φ141

114.5

28□80

77

7575150

108 108

164

Safety cap F3S-45

4-φ20.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73

4-φ17.5

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

87

87

69

6948.8174

φ20

103119.5

291.587

69 16714

185

535.5(593.5)

φ12838

336

11694

16

198

220

130

130

108

108

59.3260

88

100100

200

143 143

216

Protective cap F3S-5055

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2 φ25

149169.5

42φ141

114.5

28□80

601.5

(659.5)

φ128

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.56

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

(attachment)

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 70: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

6968

F3 Series 3-phase 0.75kW

0.75kW 075 50/60/60200/200/220 3.7/3.3/3.2 1430/1720/1730 B

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

3-phase 0.75kW

35

45

kgfN

P.69 Fig.60 17.5kg

(19.5kg)

P.69 Fig.61 25kg

(27kg) *

Fig.60

Round Weight 17.5kg(19.5kg)

F3S -35-5~60-075E(F3S -35-5~60-075E)

CAD Data: F3S -35-075E

(CAD Data: F3S -35-075E)

Fig.61

Round Weight 25kg(27kg)

F3S -45-80~240-075E(F3S -45-80~240-075E)

CAD Data: F3S -45-075E

(CAD Data: F3S -45-075E)

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3SW (F3SV)

F3SG (F3SH)

WG

VH

WG

VH

W G

V H

W G

V H

Fig.62

Round Weight 82kg(85kg)

F3S -55-300-075E(F3S -55-300-075E)

CAD Data: F3S -55-075E

(CAD Data: F3S -55-075E)

WG

VH

W G

V H

φ162

126.5

□80 28

10

1856856 105

117

405(474.5)

φ160

68

6856

56

38.3136

1423838 66

20 20

2 2

φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

Safety cap F3S-35

7 7

6262124138

48 48

78159

4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

95 95

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

φ162

φ20

14

2728769 167

185

489.5

87

8769

69

48.8174 φ160103

119.5

Safety cap F3S-45

7 7

7575150164

73 73

78

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.5

108 108

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

159

28□80

(559)

F3S Type

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

1/300

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

5

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

7/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

2120

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

6

2.1

3.2

4.2

5.3

6.4

8.5

10.6

12.7

16.9

21.2

25.4

32.2

40.3

48.3

56.5

56.5

56.5

108

1.8

2.6

3.5

4.4

5.3

7.1

8.8

10.6

14.1

17.7

21.2

26.8

33.5

40.3

53.7

56.5

56.5

90.2

21

31

41

52

63

83

104

124

166

208

249

316

395

473

554

554

554

1058

18

25

34

43

52

70

86

104

138

173

208

263

328

395

526

554

554

884

200

230

250

265

280

305

325

335

355

355

355

485

485

485

530

530

530

1000

500

567

613

669

686

747

796

821

870

870

870

1177

1177

1177

1275

1275

1275

2452

51

58

63

68

70

76

81

84

89

89

89

120

120

120

130

130

130

250

1960

2250

2450

2600

2740

2990

3190

3280

3480

3480

3480

4750

4750

4750

5190

5190

5190

9800 P.69 Fig.62 82kg(85kg)

φ162

126.5

336116

9416

198220

634.5(704)

130

130

108

108

59.3260

88

100100

200

143 143

216

Safety cap F3S-5055

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

φ16051

φ25

149169.5

28□80

3-M4

126.5

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.56

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 71: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

6968

F3 Series 3-phase 0.75kW

0.75kW 075 50/60/60200/200/220 3.7/3.3/3.2 1430/1720/1730 B

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

3-phase 0.75kW

35

45

kgfN

P.69 Fig.60 17.5kg

(19.5kg)

P.69 Fig.61 25kg

(27kg) *

Fig.60

Round Weight 17.5kg(19.5kg)

F3S -35-5~60-075E(F3S -35-5~60-075E)

CAD Data: F3S -35-075E

(CAD Data: F3S -35-075E)

Fig.61

Round Weight 25kg(27kg)

F3S -45-80~240-075E(F3S -45-80~240-075E)

CAD Data: F3S -45-075E

(CAD Data: F3S -45-075E)

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

F3SW (F3SV)

F3SG (F3SH)

WG

VH

WG

VH

W G

V H

W G

V H

Fig.62

Round Weight 82kg(85kg)

F3S -55-300-075E(F3S -55-300-075E)

CAD Data: F3S -55-075E

(CAD Data: F3S -55-075E)

WG

VH

W G

V H

φ162

126.5

□80 28

10

1856856 105

117

405(474.5)

φ160

68

6856

56

38.3136

1423838 66

20 20

2 2

φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

Safety cap F3S-35

7 7

6262124138

48 48

78159

4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

95 95

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

φ162

φ20

14

2728769 167

185

489.5

87

8769

69

48.8174 φ160103

119.5

Safety cap F3S-45

7 7

7575150164

73 73

78

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.5

108 108

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

159

28□80

(559)

F3S Type

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

1/300

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

5

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

7/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

2120

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

6

2.1

3.2

4.2

5.3

6.4

8.5

10.6

12.7

16.9

21.2

25.4

32.2

40.3

48.3

56.5

56.5

56.5

108

1.8

2.6

3.5

4.4

5.3

7.1

8.8

10.6

14.1

17.7

21.2

26.8

33.5

40.3

53.7

56.5

56.5

90.2

21

31

41

52

63

83

104

124

166

208

249

316

395

473

554

554

554

1058

18

25

34

43

52

70

86

104

138

173

208

263

328

395

526

554

554

884

200

230

250

265

280

305

325

335

355

355

355

485

485

485

530

530

530

1000

500

567

613

669

686

747

796

821

870

870

870

1177

1177

1177

1275

1275

1275

2452

51

58

63

68

70

76

81

84

89

89

89

120

120

120

130

130

130

250

1960

2250

2450

2600

2740

2990

3190

3280

3480

3480

3480

4750

4750

4750

5190

5190

5190

9800 P.69 Fig.62 82kg(85kg)

φ162

126.5

336116

9416

198220

634.5(704)

130

130

108

108

59.3260

88

100100

200

143 143

216

Safety cap F3S-5055

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

φ16051

φ25

149169.5

28□80

3-M4

126.5

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.56

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor

The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.

Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)

Page 72: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

7170

1.5kW 150 50/60/60200/200/220 6.6/6.1/5.8 1430/1720/1730 B

F3SW F3SG

3-phase 1.5kW

45P.71 Fig.63 32kg

Fig.63

Round Weight 32kg

F3S -45-5~60-150E CAD Data: F3S -45-150E

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

WG

W G

Fig.64

Round Weight 86kg

F3S -55-80~240-150E CAD Data: F3S -55-150EWG

W G

φ186

137.5

□80 28

110.5

87

8773

73

48.8174

14

2358773 134

148

507

φ20

98.5115

φ179

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

Safety cap F3S-45

7 7150164

63 63

86

7575

179.5

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0

108 108

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

F3S Type

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

100

120

160

200

240

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

4.2

6.4

8.5

10.6

12.7

16.9

21.2

25.4

33.9

42.4

50.8

64.4

80.5

96.6

129

129

129

3.5

5.3

7.1

8.8

10.6

14.1

17.7

21.2

28.2

35.2

42.4

53.7

67.1

80.5

107

129

129

41

63

83

104

124

166

208

249

332

416

498

631

789

947

1264

1264

1264

34

52

70

86

104

138

173

208

276

345

416

526

658

789

1049

1264

1264

300

340

370

400

415

455

480

485

485

485

485

655

655

765

850

920

1000

800

900

967

1040

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1618

1618

1863

2059

2256

2452

82

92

99

106

109

109

109

109

109

109

109

165

165

190

210

230

250

2940

3330

3630

3920

4070

4460

4700

4750

4750

4750

4750

6420

6420

7500

8330

9020

9800

P.71 Fig.64 86kg

φ186

137.5

□80 28

110.5

336

11694

16

198

220

130

130

108

108

59.3260

88

100100

200

143 143

216

Safety cap F3S-5055

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2 φ25

149169.5

597.5

φ179

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.56

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

kgfN

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight

Gearmotor

F3 Series 3-phase 1.5kW

Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor

Page 73: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

7170

1.5kW 150 50/60/60200/200/220 6.6/6.1/5.8 1430/1720/1730 B

F3SW F3SG

3-phase 1.5kW

45P.71 Fig.63 32kg

Fig.63

Round Weight 32kg

F3S -45-5~60-150E CAD Data: F3S -45-150E

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

WG

W G

Fig.64

Round Weight 86kg

F3S -55-80~240-150E CAD Data: F3S -55-150EWG

W G

φ186

137.5

□80 28

110.5

87

8773

73

48.8174

14

2358773 134

148

507

φ20

98.5115

φ179

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

Safety cap F3S-45

7 7150164

63 63

86

7575

179.5

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0

108 108

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

F3S Type

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

9.4

7.5

6.3

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

100

120

160

200

240

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

11.3

9

7.5

4.2

6.4

8.5

10.6

12.7

16.9

21.2

25.4

33.9

42.4

50.8

64.4

80.5

96.6

129

129

129

3.5

5.3

7.1

8.8

10.6

14.1

17.7

21.2

28.2

35.2

42.4

53.7

67.1

80.5

107

129

129

41

63

83

104

124

166

208

249

332

416

498

631

789

947

1264

1264

1264

34

52

70

86

104

138

173

208

276

345

416

526

658

789

1049

1264

1264

300

340

370

400

415

455

480

485

485

485

485

655

655

765

850

920

1000

800

900

967

1040

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1618

1618

1863

2059

2256

2452

82

92

99

106

109

109

109

109

109

109

109

165

165

190

210

230

250

2940

3330

3630

3920

4070

4460

4700

4750

4750

4750

4750

6420

6420

7500

8330

9020

9800

P.71 Fig.64 86kg

φ186

137.5

□80 28

110.5

336

11694

16

198

220

130

130

108

108

59.3260

88

100100

200

143 143

216

Safety cap F3S-5055

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2 φ25

149169.5

597.5

φ179

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.56

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

kgfN

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight

Gearmotor

F3 Series 3-phase 1.5kW

Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor

Page 74: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

7372

Fig.65

Round Weight 35kg

F3S -45-5~30-220E CAD Data: F3S -45-220E

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

WG

Fig.66

Round Weight 44kg

F3S -50-40~60-220EWG

Fig.67

Round Weight 91kg

F3S -55-80~120-220EWG

W G

CAD Data: F3S -50-220EW G

CAD Data: F3S -55-220EW G

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3SW F3SG

3-phase 2.2kW

45

50

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

100

120

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

6.2

9.3

12.4

15.5

18.6

24.9

31.1

37.3

49.7

62.1

74.6

94.5

118

129

5.2

7.8

10.4

12.9

15.5

20.7

25.9

31.1

41.4

51.8

62.1

78.7

98.4

118

61

91

122

152

182

244

305

366

487

609

731

926

1156

1264

51

76

102

126

152

203

254

305

406

508

609

771

964

1156

320

360

400

420

450

485

485

485

535

535

535

655

655

765

800

900

967

1040

1067

1067

1067

1067

1275

1275

1275

1618

1618

1863

82

92

99

106

109

109

109

109

130

130

130

165

165

190

3140

3530

3920

4120

4410

4750

4750

4750

5240

5240

5240

6420

6420

7500

kgfN

P.73 Fig.65 35kg

P.73 Fig.66 44kg

P.73 Fig.67 91kg

87

8773

73

48.8174

14

2358773 134

148

532

φ20

98.5115

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

Safety cap F3S-45

7 7150164

63 63

86

7575

179.5

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0

108 108

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

φ186

137.5

□80 28

110.5

φ179

F3S Type

2.2kW 220 200/200/22050/60/60 9.0/8.6/8.0 1410/1690/1710 B

φ186

□80 28

110.5

106

10690

90

53.8212

1725555 62

29 29

179.5

4-φ16.5

14

304118102 170

186

611

φ20

121137.3

77

7777154

120 120

168

Safety cap F3S-5055

φ74 φ74

φ50H8 φ50H8

φ110h7 φ110h7

2 2

4-φ14

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.059 59

86

82

φ179

137.5

336

11694

16

198

220

622.5

130

130

108

108

59.3260

φ25

149169.5

φ186

□80 28

110.5

137.5

88

100100

200

143 143

216

Safety cap F3S-5055

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

3-M4

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.56

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

F3 Series 3-phase 2.2kW

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor

Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

Gearmotor

Page 75: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

7372

Fig.65

Round Weight 35kg

F3S -45-5~30-220E CAD Data: F3S -45-220E

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

WG

Fig.66

Round Weight 44kg

F3S -50-40~60-220EWG

Fig.67

Round Weight 91kg

F3S -55-80~120-220EWG

W G

CAD Data: F3S -50-220EW G

CAD Data: F3S -55-220EW G

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN

kgf・mN・m

F3SW F3SG

3-phase 2.2kW

45

50

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

300

200

150

120

100

75

60

50

37.5

30

25

18.8

15

12.5

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

100

120

360

240

180

144

120

90

72

60

45

36

30

22.5

18

15

6.2

9.3

12.4

15.5

18.6

24.9

31.1

37.3

49.7

62.1

74.6

94.5

118

129

5.2

7.8

10.4

12.9

15.5

20.7

25.9

31.1

41.4

51.8

62.1

78.7

98.4

118

61

91

122

152

182

244

305

366

487

609

731

926

1156

1264

51

76

102

126

152

203

254

305

406

508

609

771

964

1156

320

360

400

420

450

485

485

485

535

535

535

655

655

765

800

900

967

1040

1067

1067

1067

1067

1275

1275

1275

1618

1618

1863

82

92

99

106

109

109

109

109

130

130

130

165

165

190

3140

3530

3920

4120

4410

4750

4750

4750

5240

5240

5240

6420

6420

7500

kgfN

P.73 Fig.65 35kg

P.73 Fig.66 44kg

P.73 Fig.67 91kg

87

8773

73

48.8174

14

2358773 134

148

532

φ20

98.5115

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

Safety cap F3S-45

7 7150164

63 63

86

7575

179.5

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0

108 108

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

φ186

137.5

□80 28

110.5

φ179

F3S Type

2.2kW 220 200/200/22050/60/60 9.0/8.6/8.0 1410/1690/1710 B

φ186

□80 28

110.5

106

10690

90

53.8212

1725555 62

29 29

179.5

4-φ16.5

14

304118102 170

186

611

φ20

121137.3

77

7777154

120 120

168

Safety cap F3S-5055

φ74 φ74

φ50H8 φ50H8

φ110h7 φ110h7

2 2

4-φ14

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.059 59

86

82

φ179

137.5

336

11694

16

198

220

622.5

130

130

108

108

59.3260

φ25

149169.5

φ186

□80 28

110.5

137.5

88

100100

200

143 143

216

Safety cap F3S-5055

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

3-M4

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.56

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Motor Specs. Standard Voltage

(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)

CapacityMotor Capacity Designation

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Rated Current (A)

Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)

Insulation Classification

Protective Cooling system

Totally Enclosed fan-cooled

F3 Series 3-phase 2.2kW

Motor Capacity

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Gearmotor

Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

Gearmotor

Page 76: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

75

F3

74

Gearmotor

Series

Concentric Hollow Shaft

Reducer(Input/Output Shaft)Model・Type DesignationStandard Model Lineup

Equiv 0.1kW~Equiv2.2kW

Hypoid gear and Helical gear

Grease Lubrication(Maintenance Free)

New JIS Key(JIS 1301-1976 class)

S43C

Aluminium die-cast

-10℃~40℃

85% max.(without any dew condensation)

1,000m max.

Indoors

Anion painting, Acrylic paint

Gray(Mansel code: 9B6/0.5)

No restriction in the mounting angle.(horizontally, vertically or heeling angle)

Speed Reduction Part

Ambient Conditions

Painting

Mounting Direction

Reduction Method

Lubrication

Output Shaft

Case Material

Ambient Humidity

Altitude

Painting Method

Painting Color

Environment Well ventilated place free from corrosive gas, explosive gas vapor and/or dust.

Equivalent 4P motor capacity

Output Shaft Material

Ambient Temperature

Installation Location

Page 77: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

75

F3

74

Gearmotor

Series

Concentric Hollow Shaft

Reducer(Input/Output Shaft)Model・Type DesignationStandard Model Lineup

Equiv 0.1kW~Equiv2.2kW

Hypoid gear and Helical gear

Grease Lubrication(Maintenance Free)

New JIS Key(JIS 1301-1976 class)

S43C

Aluminium die-cast

-10℃~40℃

85% max.(without any dew condensation)

1,000m max.

Indoors

Anion painting, Acrylic paint

Gray(Mansel code: 9B6/0.5)

No restriction in the mounting angle.(horizontally, vertically or heeling angle)

Speed Reduction Part

Ambient Conditions

Painting

Mounting Direction

Reduction Method

Lubrication

Output Shaft

Case Material

Ambient Humidity

Altitude

Painting Method

Painting Color

Environment Well ventilated place free from corrosive gas, explosive gas vapor and/or dust.

Equivalent 4P motor capacity

Output Shaft Material

Ambient Temperature

Installation Location

Page 78: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

7776

20

25

25

30

35

45

45

0.1kW

0.2kW

0.4kW

0.75kW

1.5kW

2.2kW

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/5 1/7.5 1/10

50 1/40 1/50 1/60

55 1/80 1/100 1/120

1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30

1/50 1/60

F3S

30

35

45

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/24055

Model and Type Designation F3 Series F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)

Model and Type Designation

F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)Model Lineup

F3 Series F3S Type

Standard Model

Lineup

Standard Model Lineup

F3 Series Input/Output Shaft type reducers are classified by codes as shown below. Specify these codes in your inquiry and order.

① ② ④ ③

Type

S 30 50

040

⑦ ⑧

F3S 45 240 075F3

Frame Number

Auxiliary Mark

Spec. Designation

⑤ X

Motor Capacity

Reduction Ratio

①Series Name

②Classification by Mount Form

③Classification by Motor Type

④Frame No. and Diameter of Output shaft

⑤Reduction Ratio

⑥Motor Designation  and Capacity

F3

S

Blank

Diameter of Output shaft(bore)

5 : 1/5 240 : 1/240

010

020

040

075

150

220

Blank

X

Blank

: F3 Series(Concentric Hollow Shaft・Concentric Solid Shaft)

: Hollow Shaft Type

: Without Motor(Input/Output Shaft Type)

: Equiv 0.1 kW

: Equiv 0.2 kW

: Equiv 0.4 kW

: Equiv 0.75kW

: Equiv 1.5 kW

: Equiv 2.2 kW

: Standard Specs.

: Code to identify additional special specs.

: Standard Specs.

⑦Auxiliary Mark

(Note 1) F3 Series Input/Output Shaft type reducer is F3S type (hollow shaft) only, F3F type (solid shaft) is not available.

(Note 1)

⑧Spec. DesignationNote:Spec. Designation does not appear on the

product type designation in the nameplate. It is specified on the additional numbers in the nameplate.

Type Equivalent of 4P Motor Capacity Reduction RatioFrame

Number

Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type)

(Note 1) The models enclosed with    are limited torque type. Be sure to check allowable torque in the performance table.

Page 79: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

7776

20

25

25

30

35

45

45

0.1kW

0.2kW

0.4kW

0.75kW

1.5kW

2.2kW

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/5 1/7.5 1/10

50 1/40 1/50 1/60

55 1/80 1/100 1/120

1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30

1/50 1/60

F3S

30

35

45

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/24055

Model and Type Designation F3 Series F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)

Model and Type Designation

F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)Model Lineup

F3 Series F3S Type

Standard Model

Lineup

Standard Model Lineup

F3 Series Input/Output Shaft type reducers are classified by codes as shown below. Specify these codes in your inquiry and order.

① ② ④ ③

Type

S 30 50

040

⑦ ⑧

F3S 45 240 075F3

Frame Number

Auxiliary Mark

Spec. Designation

⑤ X

Motor Capacity

Reduction Ratio

①Series Name

②Classification by Mount Form

③Classification by Motor Type

④Frame No. and Diameter of Output shaft

⑤Reduction Ratio

⑥Motor Designation  and Capacity

F3

S

Blank

Diameter of Output shaft(bore)

5 : 1/5 240 : 1/240

010

020

040

075

150

220

Blank

X

Blank

: F3 Series(Concentric Hollow Shaft・Concentric Solid Shaft)

: Hollow Shaft Type

: Without Motor(Input/Output Shaft Type)

: Equiv 0.1 kW

: Equiv 0.2 kW

: Equiv 0.4 kW

: Equiv 0.75kW

: Equiv 1.5 kW

: Equiv 2.2 kW

: Standard Specs.

: Code to identify additional special specs.

: Standard Specs.

⑦Auxiliary Mark

(Note 1) F3 Series Input/Output Shaft type reducer is F3S type (hollow shaft) only, F3F type (solid shaft) is not available.

(Note 1)

⑧Spec. DesignationNote:Spec. Designation does not appear on the

product type designation in the nameplate. It is specified on the additional numbers in the nameplate.

Type Equivalent of 4P Motor Capacity Reduction RatioFrame

Number

Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type)

(Note 1) The models enclosed with    are limited torque type. Be sure to check allowable torque in the performance table.

Page 80: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

79

F3F3S

78

■Relation for Rotating Direction ( View from side , as in the direction of the arrow shown in the following diagram )The rotation directions shown by arrow just show the rotation in input/output shaft, and do not limit the rotation direction.

F3SType 0.1kW~2.2kW 1/5~1/60Reduction ratioMotor Capacity

F3SType 0.1kW~0.75kW 1/80~1/240Reduction ratioMotor Capacity

AA

A

Gearmotor

Series

Type

Reducer(Input/Output Shaft Type)Performance TableDimension diagram

Concentric Hollow Shaft

●The motor capacities are the values when 4 pole motor is applied.【Remark】

Page 81: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

79

F3F3S

78

■Relation for Rotating Direction ( View from side , as in the direction of the arrow shown in the following diagram )The rotation directions shown by arrow just show the rotation in input/output shaft, and do not limit the rotation direction.

F3SType 0.1kW~2.2kW 1/5~1/60Reduction ratioMotor Capacity

F3SType 0.1kW~0.75kW 1/80~1/240Reduction ratioMotor Capacity

AA

A

Gearmotor

Series

Type

Reducer(Input/Output Shaft Type)Performance TableDimension diagram

Concentric Hollow Shaft

●The motor capacities are the values when 4 pole motor is applied.【Remark】

Page 82: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

8180

Fig.68N・m kgf・m

kgfN

F3S

0.1kW

20

25

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

2.5

3.8

5.2

6.5

7.7

11

13

16

21

25

31

39

49

59

78

98

101

1/

2/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

25

15

20

25

59

40

50

59

80

1880

120

160

200

240

0.26

0.39

0.53

0.66

0.79

1.0

1.3

1.6

2.1

2.6

3.2

4

5

6

8

10

10.3

196

196

20

20

100

110

120

130

135

150

160

170

185

190

190

260

260

260

260

260

260

244

270

294

316

333

373

392

422

451

471

471

637

637

637

637

637

637

25

28

30

32

34

38

40

43

46

48

48

65

65

65

65

65

65

980

1080

1180

1270

1320

1470

1570

1670

1810

1860

1860

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

kgfN

P.81 Fig.68 3.5kg

P.81 Fig.69 5kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Round Weight 3.5kg

F3S-20-5~60-(010) CAD Data: F3S-20-010

Fig.69

Round Weight 5kg

F3S-25-80~240-(010) CAD Data: F3S-25-010

φ114.5

48.5

48.5

38.5

38.522.897

127

6

48.538.5 68.5

2522

13.5

78.5

208

962424 48

13 13

2 2

φ29

φ20H8 φ20H8

φ29φ53h7 φ53h7

3939

77 7892

64 64

Safety capF3S-20

37 374-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

φ115

φ12h6 4

φ114.5

φ12h613.5

453.5

53.5

43.5

43.528.3107

8

15953.543.5 95.5

105.5

239

1182727 64

14 14

φ39 φ39

φ25H8 φ25H8

φ66h7 φ66h7

2 2

77

5050100

Safety cap F3S-25

114

79 79

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

39.5 39.54-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

φ115

2522

F3S Type

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.76

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

F3 Series equiv 0.1kW

Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type) F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

Allowable O.H.L.

output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Page 83: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

8180

Fig.68N・m kgf・m

kgfN

F3S

0.1kW

20

25

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

2.5

3.8

5.2

6.5

7.7

11

13

16

21

25

31

39

49

59

78

98

101

1/

2/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

25

15

20

25

59

40

50

59

80

1880

120

160

200

240

0.26

0.39

0.53

0.66

0.79

1.0

1.3

1.6

2.1

2.6

3.2

4

5

6

8

10

10.3

196

196

20

20

100

110

120

130

135

150

160

170

185

190

190

260

260

260

260

260

260

244

270

294

316

333

373

392

422

451

471

471

637

637

637

637

637

637

25

28

30

32

34

38

40

43

46

48

48

65

65

65

65

65

65

980

1080

1180

1270

1320

1470

1570

1670

1810

1860

1860

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

kgfN

P.81 Fig.68 3.5kg

P.81 Fig.69 5kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Round Weight 3.5kg

F3S-20-5~60-(010) CAD Data: F3S-20-010

Fig.69

Round Weight 5kg

F3S-25-80~240-(010) CAD Data: F3S-25-010

φ114.5

48.5

48.5

38.5

38.522.897

127

6

48.538.5 68.5

2522

13.5

78.5

208

962424 48

13 13

2 2

φ29

φ20H8 φ20H8

φ29φ53h7 φ53h7

3939

77 7892

64 64

Safety capF3S-20

37 374-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

φ115

φ12h6 4

φ114.5

φ12h613.5

453.5

53.5

43.5

43.528.3107

8

15953.543.5 95.5

105.5

239

1182727 64

14 14

φ39 φ39

φ25H8 φ25H8

φ66h7 φ66h7

2 2

77

5050100

Safety cap F3S-25

114

79 79

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

39.5 39.54-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

φ115

2522

F3S Type

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.76

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

F3 Series equiv 0.1kW

Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type) F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

Allowable O.H.L.

output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Page 84: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

8382

Fig.70N・m kgf・m

kgfN

F3S

25

30

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

5.5

8.3

11

14

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

84

105

126

169

184

184

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

0.56

0.85

1.1

1.4

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

8.6

10.7

12.9

17.9

18.8

18.8

245

245

25

25

125

140

155

165

175

190

205

215

235

250

260

315

320

320

320

320

320

307

342

380

405

429

466

502

527

576

613

637

775

785

785

785

785

785

31

35

39

41

44

48

51

54

59

63

65

79

80

80

80

80

80

1230

1370

1520

1620

1720

1860

2010

2110

2300

2450

2550

3090

3140

3140

3140

3140

3140

kgfN

P.83 Fig.70 5kg

P.83 Fig.71 6.5kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Round Weight 5kg

F3S-25-5~60-(020) CAD Data: F3S-25-020

Fig.71

Round Weight 6.5kg

F3S-30-80~240-(020) CAD Data: F3S-30-020

0.2kW

φ114.5

φ12h613.5

4

8

1182727 64

14 14

φ39 φ39

φ25H8 φ25H8

φ66h7 φ66h7

2 2

53.5

53.5

43.5

43.528.3107

77

5050100

Safety cap F3S-25

114

79 79

39.5 39.54-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

4-φ10.5

14053.543.5 76.5

86.5

220.5

φ115

2522

8

1805846 110

1221243333 58

17 17

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

58

5846

46

33.3116

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

Safety cap F3S-30

7 7

5353106120

82 82

45.5 45.54-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

260

φ114.5

φ12h613.5

4

φ115

2522

F3S Type

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.76

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

F3 Series equiv 0.2kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

Allowable O.H.L.

output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type)

Page 85: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

8382

Fig.70N・m kgf・m

kgfN

F3S

25

30

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

5.5

8.3

11

14

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

84

105

126

169

184

184

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

0.56

0.85

1.1

1.4

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

8.6

10.7

12.9

17.9

18.8

18.8

245

245

25

25

125

140

155

165

175

190

205

215

235

250

260

315

320

320

320

320

320

307

342

380

405

429

466

502

527

576

613

637

775

785

785

785

785

785

31

35

39

41

44

48

51

54

59

63

65

79

80

80

80

80

80

1230

1370

1520

1620

1720

1860

2010

2110

2300

2450

2550

3090

3140

3140

3140

3140

3140

kgfN

P.83 Fig.70 5kg

P.83 Fig.71 6.5kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Round Weight 5kg

F3S-25-5~60-(020) CAD Data: F3S-25-020

Fig.71

Round Weight 6.5kg

F3S-30-80~240-(020) CAD Data: F3S-30-020

0.2kW

φ114.5

φ12h613.5

4

8

1182727 64

14 14

φ39 φ39

φ25H8 φ25H8

φ66h7 φ66h7

2 2

53.5

53.5

43.5

43.528.3107

77

5050100

Safety cap F3S-25

114

79 79

39.5 39.54-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

4-φ10.5

14053.543.5 76.5

86.5

220.5

φ115

2522

8

1805846 110

1221243333 58

17 17

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

58

5846

46

33.3116

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

Safety cap F3S-30

7 7

5353106120

82 82

45.5 45.54-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

260

φ114.5

φ12h613.5

4

φ115

2522

F3S Type

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.76

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

F3 Series equiv 0.2kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

Allowable O.H.L.

output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type)

Page 86: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

8584

Fig.72N・m kgf・m

kgfN

F3S

30

35

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

11

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

88

111

133

169

211

253

270

270

270

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

1.1

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

9

11.3

13.6

17.2

21.5

25.8

27.6

27.6

27.6

294

294

30

30

155

180

195

210

220

245

260

270

290

305

315

355

360

360

370

370

370

375

438

475

506

539

600

637

662

711

747

767

873

883

883

912

912

912

38

45

48

52

55

61

65

68

73

76

78

89

90

90

93

93

93

1520

1760

1910

2060

2160

2400

2550

2650

2840

2990

3090

3480

3530

3530

3630

3630

3630

kgfN

P.85 Fig.72 6kg

P.85 Fig.73 9.5kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Round Weight 6kg

F3S-30-5~60-(040) CAD Data: F3S-30-040

Fig.73

Round Weight 9.5kg

F3S-35-80~240-(040) CAD Data: F3S-35-040

0.4kW

8

1595848 91

101

258

58

5848

48

33.3116

1243333 58

17 17

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7φ128

Safety cap F3S-30

7 7106120

82 82

40.5 40.54-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

5353

φ127

φ15h6 175

3027

φ127

φ15h617

5

3027

10

2226854 140

154

316.5

68

6854

54

38.3136φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

2 2

1423838 66

20 20 Safety capF3S-35

7 7

6262124138

95 95

58 584-M16×P2 4-M16×P2

4-φ16.5

φ128

F3S Type

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.76

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

F3 Series equiv 0.4kW

Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type) F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

Allowable O.H.L.

output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Page 87: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

8584

Fig.72N・m kgf・m

kgfN

F3S

30

35

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

11

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

88

111

133

169

211

253

270

270

270

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

1.1

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

9

11.3

13.6

17.2

21.5

25.8

27.6

27.6

27.6

294

294

30

30

155

180

195

210

220

245

260

270

290

305

315

355

360

360

370

370

370

375

438

475

506

539

600

637

662

711

747

767

873

883

883

912

912

912

38

45

48

52

55

61

65

68

73

76

78

89

90

90

93

93

93

1520

1760

1910

2060

2160

2400

2550

2650

2840

2990

3090

3480

3530

3530

3630

3630

3630

kgfN

P.85 Fig.72 6kg

P.85 Fig.73 9.5kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Round Weight 6kg

F3S-30-5~60-(040) CAD Data: F3S-30-040

Fig.73

Round Weight 9.5kg

F3S-35-80~240-(040) CAD Data: F3S-35-040

0.4kW

8

1595848 91

101

258

58

5848

48

33.3116

1243333 58

17 17

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7φ128

Safety cap F3S-30

7 7106120

82 82

40.5 40.54-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

5353

φ127

φ15h6 175

3027

φ127

φ15h617

5

3027

10

2226854 140

154

316.5

68

6854

54

38.3136φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

2 2

1423838 66

20 20 Safety capF3S-35

7 7

6262124138

95 95

58 584-M16×P2 4-M16×P2

4-φ16.5

φ128

F3S Type

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.76

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

F3 Series equiv 0.4kW

Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type) F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

Allowable O.H.L.

output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Page 88: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

8786

Fig.74N・m kgf・m

kgfN

F3S

35

45

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

21

31

41

52

63

83

104

124

166

208

249

316

395

473

554

554

554

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

2.1

3.2

4.2

5.3

6.4

8.5

10.6

12.7

16.9

21.2

25.4

32.2

40.3

48.3

56.5

56.5

56.5

392

392

40

40

200

230

250

265

280

305

325

335

355

355

355

485

485

485

530

530

530

500

567

613

669

686

747

796

821

870

870

870

1177

1177

1177

1275

1275

1275

51

58

63

68

70

76

81

84

89

89

89

120

120

120

130

130

130

1960

2250

2450

2600

2740

2990

3190

3280

3480

3480

3480

4750

4750

4750

5190

5190

5190

kgfN

P.87 Fig.74 8kg

P.87 Fig.75 16.5kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Round Weight 8kg

F3S-35-5~60-(075) CAD Data: F3S-35-075

Fig.75

Round Weight 16.5kg

F3S-45-80~240-(075) CAD Data: F3S-45-075

0.75kW

φ20h6 22.56

3532

10

1856856 105

117

296.5

φ142

68

6856

56

38.3136

1423838 66

20 20

2 2

φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

Safety cap F3S-35

7 7

6262124138

48 484-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

95 95

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2 φ20

14

2728769 167

185

381

87

8769

69

48.8174103

119.5

Safety cap F3S-45

7 7

7575150164

73 734-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.5

108 108

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

φ20h622.5

6

3532

F3S Type

φ142

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.76

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Allowable O.H.L.

output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

F3 Series equiv 0.75kW

Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type) F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Page 89: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

8786

Fig.74N・m kgf・m

kgfN

F3S

35

45

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

21

31

41

52

63

83

104

124

166

208

249

316

395

473

554

554

554

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

2.1

3.2

4.2

5.3

6.4

8.5

10.6

12.7

16.9

21.2

25.4

32.2

40.3

48.3

56.5

56.5

56.5

392

392

40

40

200

230

250

265

280

305

325

335

355

355

355

485

485

485

530

530

530

500

567

613

669

686

747

796

821

870

870

870

1177

1177

1177

1275

1275

1275

51

58

63

68

70

76

81

84

89

89

89

120

120

120

130

130

130

1960

2250

2450

2600

2740

2990

3190

3280

3480

3480

3480

4750

4750

4750

5190

5190

5190

kgfN

P.87 Fig.74 8kg

P.87 Fig.75 16.5kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Round Weight 8kg

F3S-35-5~60-(075) CAD Data: F3S-35-075

Fig.75

Round Weight 16.5kg

F3S-45-80~240-(075) CAD Data: F3S-45-075

0.75kW

φ20h6 22.56

3532

10

1856856 105

117

296.5

φ142

68

6856

56

38.3136

1423838 66

20 20

2 2

φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

Safety cap F3S-35

7 7

6262124138

48 484-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

95 95

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2 φ20

14

2728769 167

185

381

87

8769

69

48.8174103

119.5

Safety cap F3S-45

7 7

7575150164

73 734-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.5

108 108

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

φ20h622.5

6

3532

F3S Type

φ142

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.76

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Allowable O.H.L.

output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

F3 Series equiv 0.75kW

Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type) F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Page 90: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

8988

N・m kgf・m

kgfN

F3S

45

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

41

63

83

104

124

166

208

249

332

416

498

631

789

947

1264

1264

1264

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

100

120

160

200

240

4.2

6.4

8.5

10.6

12.7

16.9

21.2

25.4

33.9

42.4

50.8

64.4

80.5

96.6

129

129

129

392

392

40

40

300

340

370

400

415

455

480

485

485

485

485

655

655

765

850

920

1000

800

900

967

1040

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1618

1618

1863

2059

2256

2452

82

92

99

106

109

109

109

109

109

109

109

165

165

190

210

230

250

2940

3330

3630

3920

4070

4460

4700

4750

4750

4750

4750

6420

6420

7500

8330

9020

9800

kgfN

P.89 Fig.76 17kg

P.89 Fig.77 73kg

F3S-45-5~60-(150) CAD Data: F3S-45-150

1.5kW

Fig.76

Round Weight 17kg

F3S-55-80~240-(150)CAD Data: F3S-55-150Fig.77

Round Weight 73kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

87

8773

73

48.8174

14

2358773 134

148

384.5

φ20

98.5115

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

Safety cap F3S-45

7 7150164

63 63

7575

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0

108 108

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

φ25h6 288

4035

F3S Type

φ165

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2 φ25

149169.5

336

116

94

16

40

35

198

220

475

130

130

108

108

59.3260

88

100100

200

143 143

216

Safety cap F3S-5055

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

φ25h68 28

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.76

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

F3 Series equiv 1.5kW

Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type) F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

Allowable O.H.L.

output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Page 91: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

8988

N・m kgf・m

kgfN

F3S

45

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

41

63

83

104

124

166

208

249

332

416

498

631

789

947

1264

1264

1264

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

100

120

160

200

240

4.2

6.4

8.5

10.6

12.7

16.9

21.2

25.4

33.9

42.4

50.8

64.4

80.5

96.6

129

129

129

392

392

40

40

300

340

370

400

415

455

480

485

485

485

485

655

655

765

850

920

1000

800

900

967

1040

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1618

1618

1863

2059

2256

2452

82

92

99

106

109

109

109

109

109

109

109

165

165

190

210

230

250

2940

3330

3630

3920

4070

4460

4700

4750

4750

4750

4750

6420

6420

7500

8330

9020

9800

kgfN

P.89 Fig.76 17kg

P.89 Fig.77 73kg

F3S-45-5~60-(150) CAD Data: F3S-45-150

1.5kW

Fig.76

Round Weight 17kg

F3S-55-80~240-(150)CAD Data: F3S-55-150Fig.77

Round Weight 73kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

87

8773

73

48.8174

14

2358773 134

148

384.5

φ20

98.5115

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

Safety cap F3S-45

7 7150164

63 63

7575

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0

108 108

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

φ25h6 288

4035

F3S Type

φ165

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2 φ25

149169.5

336

116

94

16

40

35

198

220

475

130

130

108

108

59.3260

88

100100

200

143 143

216

Safety cap F3S-5055

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

φ25h68 28

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.76

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

F3 Series equiv 1.5kW

Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type) F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

Allowable O.H.L.

output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Page 92: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

9190

N・m kgf・m

kgfN

F3S

45

50

55

61

91

122

152

182

244

305

366

487

609

731

926

1156

1264

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

100

120

6.2

9.3

12.4

15.5

18.6

24.9

31.1

37.3

49.7

62.1

74.6

94.5

118

129

392 40

392 40

320

360

400

420

450

485

485

485

535

535

535

655

655

765

800

900

967

1040

1067

1067

1067

1067

1275

1275

1275

1618

1618

1863

82

92

99

106

109

109

109

109

130

130

130

165

165

190

3140

3530

3920

4120

4410

4750

4750

4750

5240

5240

5240

6420

6420

7500

kgfN

P.91 Fig.78 18kg

P.91 Fig.79 27kg

P.91 Fig.80 74kg

F3S-45-5~30-(220) CAD Data: F3S-45-220

2.2kW

Fig.78

Round Weight 18kg

F3S-50-40~60-(220)CAD Data: F3S-50-220Fig.79

Round Weight 27kg

F3S-55-80~120-(220)CAD Data: F3S-55-220Fig.80

Round Weight 74kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

87

8773

73

48.8174

14

2358773 134

148

396.5

φ20

98.5115

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

Safety cap F3S-45

7 7150164

63 63

7575

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0

108 108

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

φ30h6 33

4540

F3S Type

φ165

106

10690

90

53.8212

1725555 62

29 29

4-φ16.5

14

304118102 170

186

475.5

φ20

121137.3

77

7777154

120 120

168

Safety cap F3S-5055

φ74 φ74

φ50H8 φ50H8

φ110h7 φ110h7

2 2

4-φ14

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.059 59

φ30h6 338

8

4540

φ25

149169.5

336

11694

16

45

40

198

220

487

130

130

108

108

59.3260

φ30h6

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

88

100100

200

143 143

216

Safety cap F3S-5055

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

338

3-M4

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.76

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Allowable O.H.L.

output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

F3 Series equiv 2.2kW

Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type) F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

(attachment)

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Page 93: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

9190

N・m kgf・m

kgfN

F3S

45

50

55

61

91

122

152

182

244

305

366

487

609

731

926

1156

1264

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

100

120

6.2

9.3

12.4

15.5

18.6

24.9

31.1

37.3

49.7

62.1

74.6

94.5

118

129

392 40

392 40

320

360

400

420

450

485

485

485

535

535

535

655

655

765

800

900

967

1040

1067

1067

1067

1067

1275

1275

1275

1618

1618

1863

82

92

99

106

109

109

109

109

130

130

130

165

165

190

3140

3530

3920

4120

4410

4750

4750

4750

5240

5240

5240

6420

6420

7500

kgfN

P.91 Fig.78 18kg

P.91 Fig.79 27kg

P.91 Fig.80 74kg

F3S-45-5~30-(220) CAD Data: F3S-45-220

2.2kW

Fig.78

Round Weight 18kg

F3S-50-40~60-(220)CAD Data: F3S-50-220Fig.79

Round Weight 27kg

F3S-55-80~120-(220)CAD Data: F3S-55-220Fig.80

Round Weight 74kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

87

8773

73

48.8174

14

2358773 134

148

396.5

φ20

98.5115

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

Safety cap F3S-45

7 7150164

63 63

7575

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0

108 108

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

φ30h6 33

4540

F3S Type

φ165

106

10690

90

53.8212

1725555 62

29 29

4-φ16.5

14

304118102 170

186

475.5

φ20

121137.3

77

7777154

120 120

168

Safety cap F3S-5055

φ74 φ74

φ50H8 φ50H8

φ110h7 φ110h7

2 2

4-φ14

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.059 59

φ30h6 338

8

4540

φ25

149169.5

336

11694

16

45

40

198

220

487

130

130

108

108

59.3260

φ30h6

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2

88

100100

200

143 143

216

Safety cap F3S-5055

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

338

3-M4

3-M4

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.76

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Allowable O.H.L.

output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft

Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

F3 Series equiv 2.2kW

Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type) F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

(attachment)

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Page 94: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

93

F3

92

S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor)Model・Type DesignationStandard Model Lineup

Gearmotor

Series

Concentric Hollow Shaft

Equivalent 4P motor capacity

Speed Reduction Part

Ambient Conditions

Painting

Mounting Direction

Reduction Method

Lubrication

Output Shaft

Case Material

Ambient Humidity

Altitude

Painting Method

Painting Color

Environment

Output Shaft Material

Installation Location

Ambient Temperature

Equiv 0.1kW~Equiv2.2kW

Hypoid gear and Helical gear

Grease Lubrication(Maintenance Free)

New JIS Key(JIS 1301-1976 class)

S43C

Aluminium die-cast

-10℃~40℃

85% max.(without any dew condensation)

1,000m max.

Indoors

Anion painting, Acrylic paint

Gray(Mansel code: 9B6/0.5)

No restriction in the mounting angle.(horizontally, vertically or heeling angle)

Well ventilated place free from corrosive gas, explosive gas vapor and/or dust.

Page 95: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

93

F3

92

S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor)Model・Type DesignationStandard Model Lineup

Gearmotor

Series

Concentric Hollow Shaft

Equivalent 4P motor capacity

Speed Reduction Part

Ambient Conditions

Painting

Mounting Direction

Reduction Method

Lubrication

Output Shaft

Case Material

Ambient Humidity

Altitude

Painting Method

Painting Color

Environment

Output Shaft Material

Installation Location

Ambient Temperature

Equiv 0.1kW~Equiv2.2kW

Hypoid gear and Helical gear

Grease Lubrication(Maintenance Free)

New JIS Key(JIS 1301-1976 class)

S43C

Aluminium die-cast

-10℃~40℃

85% max.(without any dew condensation)

1,000m max.

Indoors

Anion painting, Acrylic paint

Gray(Mansel code: 9B6/0.5)

No restriction in the mounting angle.(horizontally, vertically or heeling angle)

Well ventilated place free from corrosive gas, explosive gas vapor and/or dust.

Page 96: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

9594

F3SS

20

25

25

30

35

45

45

0.1kW

0.2kW

0.4kW

0.75kW

1.5kW

2.2kW

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/5 1/7.5 1/10

50 1/40 1/50 1/60

55 1/80 1/100 1/120

1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30

1/50 1/60

30

35

45

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/24055

F3 Series F3S TypeModel and Type Designation F3 Series F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)

Model and Type Designation

Standard Model

Lineup

F3 Series S-Type Reducers are classified by codes as shown below. Specify these codes in your inquiry and order.

F

S

S

Diameter of Output shaft(bore)

5 : 1/5   240 : 1/240

010

020

040

075

150

220

Blank

X

: F3 Series(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

: Hollow Shaft Type

: Designated Motor Attachable(S-Type)

: Equiv 0.1 kW

: Equiv 0.2 kW

: Equiv 0.4 kW

: Equiv 0.75 kW

: Equiv 1.5 kW

: Equiv 2.2 kW

: Standard Specs.

: Code to identify additional special specs.

(Note 1) F3 Series S-type reducer is F3S type (hollow shaft) only, F3F type (solid shaft) is not available.

① ② ④ ⑤ ③

Type

S 30 50

040

F3S 45 240 075F3 X

Frame Number

Reduction Ratio

Motor Capacity

Auxiliary Mark

SS

①Series Name

②Classification by Mount Form

③Classification by Motor Type

④Frame No. and Diameter of Output shaft

⑤Reduction Ratio

⑥Motor Designation  and Capacity

⑦Auxiliary Mark

(Note 1)

F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)Model Lineup

Equivalent of 4P Motor CapacityType Frame

Number Reduction Ratio

S-Type Reducer

(Note)1. The models enclosed with    are limited torque type. Be sure to check allowable torque in the performance table.

Page 97: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

9594

F3SS

20

25

25

30

35

45

45

0.1kW

0.2kW

0.4kW

0.75kW

1.5kW

2.2kW

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/50 1/60

1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40

1/5 1/7.5 1/10

50 1/40 1/50 1/60

55 1/80 1/100 1/120

1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30

1/50 1/60

30

35

45

1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/24055

F3 Series F3S TypeModel and Type Designation F3 Series F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)

Model and Type Designation

Standard Model

Lineup

F3 Series S-Type Reducers are classified by codes as shown below. Specify these codes in your inquiry and order.

F

S

S

Diameter of Output shaft(bore)

5 : 1/5   240 : 1/240

010

020

040

075

150

220

Blank

X

: F3 Series(Concentric Hollow Shaft)

: Hollow Shaft Type

: Designated Motor Attachable(S-Type)

: Equiv 0.1 kW

: Equiv 0.2 kW

: Equiv 0.4 kW

: Equiv 0.75 kW

: Equiv 1.5 kW

: Equiv 2.2 kW

: Standard Specs.

: Code to identify additional special specs.

(Note 1) F3 Series S-type reducer is F3S type (hollow shaft) only, F3F type (solid shaft) is not available.

① ② ④ ⑤ ③

Type

S 30 50

040

F3S 45 240 075F3 X

Frame Number

Reduction Ratio

Motor Capacity

Auxiliary Mark

SS

①Series Name

②Classification by Mount Form

③Classification by Motor Type

④Frame No. and Diameter of Output shaft

⑤Reduction Ratio

⑥Motor Designation  and Capacity

⑦Auxiliary Mark

(Note 1)

F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)Model Lineup

Equivalent of 4P Motor CapacityType Frame

Number Reduction Ratio

S-Type Reducer

(Note)1. The models enclosed with    are limited torque type. Be sure to check allowable torque in the performance table.

Page 98: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

97

F3F3S

96

Gearmotor

S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor)

Concentric Hollow Shaft

Performance TableDimension diagram

Series

Type

●Output Shaft allowable torques are the values when using 4-pole motor. ●In case of using with motors other than 4-pole motor, the output allowable torque can be obtained by multiplying the torque correction coefficient indicated in page 144, to the written value. ●The direction of rotation of the output shaft against the same of the output/input shaft are shown in the page 79.

【Remarks】

Page 99: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

97

F3F3S

96

Gearmotor

S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor)

Concentric Hollow Shaft

Performance TableDimension diagram

Series

Type

●Output Shaft allowable torques are the values when using 4-pole motor. ●In case of using with motors other than 4-pole motor, the output allowable torque can be obtained by multiplying the torque correction coefficient indicated in page 144, to the written value. ●The direction of rotation of the output shaft against the same of the output/input shaft are shown in the page 79.

【Remarks】

Page 100: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

9998

Fig.8150Hz 60Hz

N・m kgf・m

50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SS

0.1kW

20

25

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

2.5

3.8

5.2

6.5

7.7

11

13

16

21

25

31

39

49

59

78

98

101

1/

2/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

25

15

20

25

59

40

50

59

80

1880

120

160

200

240

2.2

3.2

4.3

5.4

6.5

8.6

11

13

18

22

25

32

41

49

66

81

98

0.26

0.39

0.53

0.66

0.79

1.1

1.3

1.6

2.1

2.6

3.2

4

5

6

8

10

10.3

100

110

120

130

135

150

160

170

185

190

190

260

260

260

260

260

260

980

1080

1180

1270

1320

1470

1570

1670

1810

1860

1860

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

244

270

294

316

333

373

392

422

451

471

471

637

637

637

637

637

637

25

28

30

32

34

38

40

43

46

48

48

65

65

65

65

65

65

0.22

0.33

0.44

0.55

0.66

0.88

1.1

1.3

1.8

2.2

2.6

3.3

4.2

5

6.7

8.3

10

kgfN

P.99 Fig.81 4kg

P.99 Fig.82 5.5kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Round Weight 4kg

F3SS-20-5~60-(010) CAD Data: F3SS-20-010

Fig.82

Round Weight 5.5kg

F3SS -25-80~240-(010) CAD Data: F3SS-25-010

48.5

48.5

38.5

38.522.897

127

6

48.538.5 68.5

78.5

194.5

962424 48

13 13

2 2

φ29

φ20H8 φ20H8

φ29φ53h7 φ53h7

3939

77 7892

64 64

Safety cap F3S-20

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

37 37

53.5

53.5

43.5

43.528.3107

8

15953.543.5 95.5

105.5

225.5

1182727 64

14 14

φ39 φ39

φ25H8 φ25H8

φ66h7 φ66h7

2 2

77

5050100

Safety cap F3S-25

114

79 79

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

39.5 39.54-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

F3S Type

84.5

φ110G75

10

φ130

φ160

5

10

S

84.5

φ110G7

φ130

φ160

S

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.94

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Performance Table/ Dimension

F3 Series equiv 0.1kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer

Designated Motor Attachable

Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

Flange surface

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface

4-M8XP1.25Depth 11(Penetrated)

φ11H7 Depth33

4-M8XP1.25Depth 11(Penetrated)

φ11H7 Depth33

(Basic □ face)S

(Basic □ face)S

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Page 101: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

9998

Fig.8150Hz 60Hz

N・m kgf・m

50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SS

0.1kW

20

25

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

2.5

3.8

5.2

6.5

7.7

11

13

16

21

25

31

39

49

59

78

98

101

1/

2/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

2/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

25

15

20

25

59

40

50

59

80

1880

120

160

200

240

2.2

3.2

4.3

5.4

6.5

8.6

11

13

18

22

25

32

41

49

66

81

98

0.26

0.39

0.53

0.66

0.79

1.1

1.3

1.6

2.1

2.6

3.2

4

5

6

8

10

10.3

100

110

120

130

135

150

160

170

185

190

190

260

260

260

260

260

260

980

1080

1180

1270

1320

1470

1570

1670

1810

1860

1860

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

2550

244

270

294

316

333

373

392

422

451

471

471

637

637

637

637

637

637

25

28

30

32

34

38

40

43

46

48

48

65

65

65

65

65

65

0.22

0.33

0.44

0.55

0.66

0.88

1.1

1.3

1.8

2.2

2.6

3.3

4.2

5

6.7

8.3

10

kgfN

P.99 Fig.81 4kg

P.99 Fig.82 5.5kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Round Weight 4kg

F3SS-20-5~60-(010) CAD Data: F3SS-20-010

Fig.82

Round Weight 5.5kg

F3SS -25-80~240-(010) CAD Data: F3SS-25-010

48.5

48.5

38.5

38.522.897

127

6

48.538.5 68.5

78.5

194.5

962424 48

13 13

2 2

φ29

φ20H8 φ20H8

φ29φ53h7 φ53h7

3939

77 7892

64 64

Safety cap F3S-20

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

37 37

53.5

53.5

43.5

43.528.3107

8

15953.543.5 95.5

105.5

225.5

1182727 64

14 14

φ39 φ39

φ25H8 φ25H8

φ66h7 φ66h7

2 2

77

5050100

Safety cap F3S-25

114

79 79

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

39.5 39.54-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

F3S Type

84.5

φ110G75

10

φ130

φ160

5

10

S

84.5

φ110G7

φ130

φ160

S

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.94

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

Performance Table/ Dimension

F3 Series equiv 0.1kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer

Designated Motor Attachable

Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

Flange surface

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface

4-M8XP1.25Depth 11(Penetrated)

φ11H7 Depth33

4-M8XP1.25Depth 11(Penetrated)

φ11H7 Depth33

(Basic □ face)S

(Basic □ face)S

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Page 102: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

101100

Fig.83

0.2kW

25

30

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

5.5

8.3

11

14

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

84

105

126

169

184

184

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

4.6

7

9.2

12

14

19

24

27

37

46

55

71

87

105

140

175

184

0.56

0.85

1.1

1.4

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

8.6

10.7

12.9

17.9

18.8

18.8

125

140

155

165

175

190

205

215

235

250

260

315

320

320

320

320

320

1230

1370

1520

1620

1720

1860

2010

2110

2300

2450

2550

3090

3140

3140

3140

3140

3140

307

342

380

405

429

466

502

527

576

613

637

775

785

785

785

785

785

31

35

39

41

44

48

51

54

59

63

65

79

80

80

80

80

80

0.47

0.71

0.94

1.2

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.8

4.7

5.6

7.2

8.9

10.7

14.3

17.9

18.8

P.101 Fig.83 5.5kg

P.101 Fig.84 7kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Round Weight 5.5kg

F3SS-25-5~60-(020) CAD Data: F3SS-25-020

Fig.84

Round Weight 7kg

F3SS -30-80~240-(020) CAD Data: F3SS-30-020

8

1182727 64

14 14

φ39 φ39

φ25H8 φ25H8

φ66h7 φ66h7

2 2

53.5

53.5

43.5

43.528.3107

77

5050100

Safety cap F3S-25

114

79 79

39.5 39.5

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

4-φ10.5

14053.543.5 76.5

86.5

314.5

8

1805846 110

1221243333 58

17 17

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

58

5846

46

33.3116

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

Safety capF3S-30

7 7

5353106120

82 82

45.5 45.54-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

246.5

F3S Type

8

4.5

5

10φ110G7

130

160φ

φ

5

10

S

84.5

φ110G7

130

160φ

φ

S

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.94

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

50Hz 60Hz

N・m kgf・m

50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SSkgfN

F3 Series equiv 0.2kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer

Designated Motor Attachable

Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

4-M8XP1.25Depth 11(Penetrated)

φ11H7 Depth33

4-M8XP1.25Depth 11(Penetrated)

φ11H7 Depth33

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

(Basic □ face)S

(Basic □ face)S

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Page 103: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

101100

Fig.83

0.2kW

25

30

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

5.5

8.3

11

14

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

84

105

126

169

184

184

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

4.6

7

9.2

12

14

19

24

27

37

46

55

71

87

105

140

175

184

0.56

0.85

1.1

1.4

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

8.6

10.7

12.9

17.9

18.8

18.8

125

140

155

165

175

190

205

215

235

250

260

315

320

320

320

320

320

1230

1370

1520

1620

1720

1860

2010

2110

2300

2450

2550

3090

3140

3140

3140

3140

3140

307

342

380

405

429

466

502

527

576

613

637

775

785

785

785

785

785

31

35

39

41

44

48

51

54

59

63

65

79

80

80

80

80

80

0.47

0.71

0.94

1.2

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.8

4.7

5.6

7.2

8.9

10.7

14.3

17.9

18.8

P.101 Fig.83 5.5kg

P.101 Fig.84 7kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Round Weight 5.5kg

F3SS-25-5~60-(020) CAD Data: F3SS-25-020

Fig.84

Round Weight 7kg

F3SS -30-80~240-(020) CAD Data: F3SS-30-020

8

1182727 64

14 14

φ39 φ39

φ25H8 φ25H8

φ66h7 φ66h7

2 2

53.5

53.5

43.5

43.528.3107

77

5050100

Safety cap F3S-25

114

79 79

39.5 39.5

4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

4-φ10.5

14053.543.5 76.5

86.5

314.5

8

1805846 110

1221243333 58

17 17

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

58

5846

46

33.3116

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

Safety capF3S-30

7 7

5353106120

82 82

45.5 45.54-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

246.5

F3S Type

8

4.5

5

10φ110G7

130

160φ

φ

5

10

S

84.5

φ110G7

130

160φ

φ

S

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.94

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

50Hz 60Hz

N・m kgf・m

50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SSkgfN

F3 Series equiv 0.2kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer

Designated Motor Attachable

Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

4-M8XP1.25Depth 11(Penetrated)

φ11H7 Depth33

4-M8XP1.25Depth 11(Penetrated)

φ11H7 Depth33

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

(Basic □ face)S

(Basic □ face)S

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Page 104: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

103102

Fig.85

0.4kW

30

35

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

11

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

88

111

133

169

211

253

270

270

270

9.2

14

19

24

27

37

46

55

74

92

111

140

175

211

270

270

270

1.1

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

9

11.3

13.6

17.2

21.5

25.8

27.6

27.6

27.6

155

180

195

210

220

245

260

270

290

305

315

355

360

360

370

370

370

1520

1760

1910

2060

2160

2400

2550

2650

2840

2990

3090

3480

3530

3530

3630

3630

3630

375

438

475

506

539

600

637

662

711

747

767

873

883

883

912

912

912

38

45

48

52

55

61

65

68

73

76

78

89

90

90

93

93

93

0.94

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.8

4.7

5.6

7.5

9.4

11.3

14.3

17.9

21.5

27.6

27.6

27.6

P.103 Fig.85 7kg

P.103 Fig.86 10.5kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Round Weight 7kg

F3SS-30-5~60-(040)CAD Data: F3SS-30-040

Fig.86

Round Weight 10.5kg

F3SS-35-80~240-(040) CAD Data: F3SS-35-040

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

8

1595848 91

101

235.5

58

5848

48

33.3116

1243333 58

17 17

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

Safety cap F3S-30

7 7106120

82 82

40.5 40.54-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

5353

10

2226854 140

154

294

68

6854

54

38.3136φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

2 2

1423838 66

20 20 Safety cap F3S-35

7 7

6262124138

95 95

58 584-M16×P2 4-M16×P2

4-φ16.5

F3S Type

8

5

16

4.5

110G7

130

160φ

φ

φ

S

8

5

16

4.5

φ110G7

φ130

φ160

S

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.94

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

50Hz 60Hz

N・m kgf・m

50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SSkgfN

F3 Series equiv 0.4kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer

Designated Motor Attachable

Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(Basic □ face)S

(Basic □ face)S

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

4-M8XP1.25Depth 20

φ14F7 Depth36

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

4-M8XP1.25Depth 20

φ14F7 Depth36

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Page 105: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

103102

Fig.85

0.4kW

30

35

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

11

17

23

27

33

44

55

67

88

111

133

169

211

253

270

270

270

9.2

14

19

24

27

37

46

55

74

92

111

140

175

211

270

270

270

1.1

1.7

2.3

2.8

3.4

4.5

5.6

6.8

9

11.3

13.6

17.2

21.5

25.8

27.6

27.6

27.6

155

180

195

210

220

245

260

270

290

305

315

355

360

360

370

370

370

1520

1760

1910

2060

2160

2400

2550

2650

2840

2990

3090

3480

3530

3530

3630

3630

3630

375

438

475

506

539

600

637

662

711

747

767

873

883

883

912

912

912

38

45

48

52

55

61

65

68

73

76

78

89

90

90

93

93

93

0.94

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.8

4.7

5.6

7.5

9.4

11.3

14.3

17.9

21.5

27.6

27.6

27.6

P.103 Fig.85 7kg

P.103 Fig.86 10.5kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Round Weight 7kg

F3SS-30-5~60-(040)CAD Data: F3SS-30-040

Fig.86

Round Weight 10.5kg

F3SS-35-80~240-(040) CAD Data: F3SS-35-040

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

8

1595848 91

101

235.5

58

5848

48

33.3116

1243333 58

17 17

2 2

φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7φ44

φ30H8

φ75h7

Safety cap F3S-30

7 7106120

82 82

40.5 40.54-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5

4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6

5353

10

2226854 140

154

294

68

6854

54

38.3136φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

2 2

1423838 66

20 20 Safety cap F3S-35

7 7

6262124138

95 95

58 584-M16×P2 4-M16×P2

4-φ16.5

F3S Type

8

5

16

4.5

110G7

130

160φ

φ

φ

S

8

5

16

4.5

φ110G7

φ130

φ160

S

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.94

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

50Hz 60Hz

N・m kgf・m

50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SSkgfN

F3 Series equiv 0.4kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer

Designated Motor Attachable

Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(Basic □ face)S

(Basic □ face)S

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

4-M8XP1.25Depth 20

φ14F7 Depth36

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

4-M8XP1.25Depth 20

φ14F7 Depth36

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Page 106: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

105104

Fig.87

0.75kW

35

45

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

21

31

41

52

63

83

104

124

166

208

249

316

395

473

554

554

554

18

25

34

43

52

70

86

104

138

173

208

263

328

395

526

554

554

2.1

3.2

4.2

5.3

6.4

8.5

10.6

12.7

16.9

21.2

25.4

32.2

40.3

48.3

56.5

56.5

56.5

200

230

250

265

280

305

325

335

355

355

355

485

485

485

530

530

530

1960

2250

2450

2600

2740

2990

3190

3280

3480

3480

3480

4750

4750

4750

5190

5190

5190

500

567

613

669

686

747

796

821

870

870

870

1177

1177

1177

1275

1275

1275

51

58

63

68

70

76

81

84

89

89

89

120

120

120

130

130

130

1.8

2.6

3.5

4.4

5.3

7.1

8.8

10.6

14.1

17.7

21.2

26.8

33.5

40.3

53.7

56.5

56.5

P.105 Fig.87 9kg

P.105 Fig.88 17.5kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Round Weight 9kg

F3SS-35-5~60-(075)CAD Data: F3SS-35-075

Fig.88

Round Weight 17.5kg

F3SS-45-80~240-(075) CAD Data: F3SS-45-075

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

10

1856856 105

117

265.5

68

6856

56

38.3136

1423838 66

20 20

2 2

φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

Safety cap F3S-35

7 7

6262124138

48 484-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

95 95

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2 φ20

14

2728769 167

185

350

87

8769

69

48.8174103

119.5

Safety capF3S-45

7 7

7575150164

73 734-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.5

108 108

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

F3S Type

9

6

21.5

4.5

φ130G7

165

200φ

φ

S

9

6

21.5

4.5

φ130G7

165200φ

φ

S

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.94

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

50Hz 60Hz

N・m kgf・m

50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SSkgfN

F3 Series equiv 0.75kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer

Designated Motor Attachable

Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface

4-M10XP1.5Depth 23(Penetrated)

(Basic □ face)S

φ19F7 Depth42

4-M10XP1.5Depth 23(Penetrated)

(Basic □ face)S

φ19F7 Depth42

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Page 107: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

105104

Fig.87

0.75kW

35

45

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

21

31

41

52

63

83

104

124

166

208

249

316

395

473

554

554

554

18

25

34

43

52

70

86

104

138

173

208

263

328

395

526

554

554

2.1

3.2

4.2

5.3

6.4

8.5

10.6

12.7

16.9

21.2

25.4

32.2

40.3

48.3

56.5

56.5

56.5

200

230

250

265

280

305

325

335

355

355

355

485

485

485

530

530

530

1960

2250

2450

2600

2740

2990

3190

3280

3480

3480

3480

4750

4750

4750

5190

5190

5190

500

567

613

669

686

747

796

821

870

870

870

1177

1177

1177

1275

1275

1275

51

58

63

68

70

76

81

84

89

89

89

120

120

120

130

130

130

1.8

2.6

3.5

4.4

5.3

7.1

8.8

10.6

14.1

17.7

21.2

26.8

33.5

40.3

53.7

56.5

56.5

P.105 Fig.87 9kg

P.105 Fig.88 17.5kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

Round Weight 9kg

F3SS-35-5~60-(075)CAD Data: F3SS-35-075

Fig.88

Round Weight 17.5kg

F3SS-45-80~240-(075) CAD Data: F3SS-45-075

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

1880

120

160

200

240

10

1856856 105

117

265.5

68

6856

56

38.3136

1423838 66

20 20

2 2

φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7φ49

φ35H8

φ85h7

Safety cap F3S-35

7 7

6262124138

48 484-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75

95 95

4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2 φ20

14

2728769 167

185

350

87

8769

69

48.8174103

119.5

Safety capF3S-45

7 7

7575150164

73 734-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.5

108 108

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

F3S Type

9

6

21.5

4.5

φ130G7

165

200φ

φ

S

9

6

21.5

4.5

φ130G7

165200φ

φ

S

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.94

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

50Hz 60Hz

N・m kgf・m

50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SSkgfN

F3 Series equiv 0.75kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer

Designated Motor Attachable

Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface

4-M10XP1.5Depth 23(Penetrated)

(Basic □ face)S

φ19F7 Depth42

4-M10XP1.5Depth 23(Penetrated)

(Basic □ face)S

φ19F7 Depth42

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Page 108: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

4.512

130G7

165

200

8

27φ

φ

S

107106

1.5kW

45

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

41

63

83

104

124

166

208

249

332

416

498

631

789

947

1264

1264

1264

34

52

70

86

104

138

173

208

276

345

416

526

658

789

1049

1264

1264

4.2

6.4

8.5

10.6

12.7

16.9

21.2

25.4

33.9

42.4

50.8

64.4

80.5

96.6

129

129

129

300

340

370

400

415

455

480

485

485

485

485

655

655

765

850

920

1000

2940

3330

3630

3920

4070

4460

4700

4750

4750

4750

4750

6420

6420

7500

8330

9020

9800

800

900

967

1040

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1618

1618

1863

2059

2256

2452

82

92

99

106

109

109

109

109

109

109

109

165

165

190

210

230

250

3.5

5.3

7.1

8.8

10.6

14.1

17.7

21.2

28.2

35.2

42.4

53.7

67.1

80.5

107

129

129

P.107 Fig.89 19kg

P.107 Fig.90 75kg

F3SS-45-5~60-(150) CAD Data: F3SS-45-150Fig.89

Round Weight 19kg

F3SS-55-80~240-(150) CAD Data: F3SS-55-150Fig.90

Round Weight 75kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

100

120

160

200

240

87

8773

73

48.8174

14

2358773 134

148

344

φ20

98.5115

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

Safety cap F3S-45

7 7150164

63 63

7575

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0

108 108

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

F3S Type

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2 φ25

149169.5

336

11694

16

12

4.5198

220

434.5

130

130

108

108

260

88

100100

200

143 143

216

Safety cap F3S-5055

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

130G7

165

200

8

27

φ

φ

3-M4

S

59.3

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.94

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

50Hz 60Hz

N・m kgf・m

50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SSkgfN

F3 Series equiv 1.5kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer

Designated Motor Attachable

Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

Flange surface

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface

4-M10XP1.5Depth 25(Penetrated)

(Basic □ face)S

φ24F7 Depth52

4-M10XP1.5Depth 25(Penetrated)

(Basic □ face)S

φ24F7 Depth52

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

Page 109: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

4.512

130G7

165

200

8

27φ

φ

S

107106

1.5kW

45

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

1/160

1/200

1/240

41

63

83

104

124

166

208

249

332

416

498

631

789

947

1264

1264

1264

34

52

70

86

104

138

173

208

276

345

416

526

658

789

1049

1264

1264

4.2

6.4

8.5

10.6

12.7

16.9

21.2

25.4

33.9

42.4

50.8

64.4

80.5

96.6

129

129

129

300

340

370

400

415

455

480

485

485

485

485

655

655

765

850

920

1000

2940

3330

3630

3920

4070

4460

4700

4750

4750

4750

4750

6420

6420

7500

8330

9020

9800

800

900

967

1040

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1067

1618

1618

1863

2059

2256

2452

82

92

99

106

109

109

109

109

109

109

109

165

165

190

210

230

250

3.5

5.3

7.1

8.8

10.6

14.1

17.7

21.2

28.2

35.2

42.4

53.7

67.1

80.5

107

129

129

P.107 Fig.89 19kg

P.107 Fig.90 75kg

F3SS-45-5~60-(150) CAD Data: F3SS-45-150Fig.89

Round Weight 19kg

F3SS-55-80~240-(150) CAD Data: F3SS-55-150Fig.90

Round Weight 75kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

100

120

160

200

240

87

8773

73

48.8174

14

2358773 134

148

344

φ20

98.5115

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

Safety cap F3S-45

7 7150164

63 63

7575

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0

108 108

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

F3S Type

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2 φ25

149169.5

336

11694

16

12

4.5198

220

434.5

130

130

108

108

260

88

100100

200

143 143

216

Safety cap F3S-5055

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

130G7

165

200

8

27

φ

φ

3-M4

S

59.3

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.94

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

50Hz 60Hz

N・m kgf・m

50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SSkgfN

F3 Series equiv 1.5kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer

Designated Motor Attachable

Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

Flange surface

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface

4-M10XP1.5Depth 25(Penetrated)

(Basic □ face)S

φ24F7 Depth52

4-M10XP1.5Depth 25(Penetrated)

(Basic □ face)S

φ24F7 Depth52

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

Page 110: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

109108

2.2kW

45

50

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

61

91

122

152

182

244

305

366

487

609

731

926

1156

1264

51

76

102

126

152

203

254

305

406

508

609

771

964

1156

6.2

9.3

12.4

15.5

18.6

24.9

31.1

37.3

49.7

62.1

74.6

94.5

118

129

320

360

400

420

450

485

485

485

535

535

535

655

655

765

3140

3530

3920

4120

4410

4750

4750

4750

5240

5240

5240

6420

6420

7500

800

900

967

1040

1067

1067

1067

1067

1275

1275

1275

1618

1618

1863

82

92

99

106

109

109

109

109

130

130

130

165

165

190

5.2

7.8

10.4

12.9

15.5

20.7

25.9

31.1

41.4

51.8

62.1

78.7

98.4

118

P.109 Fig.91 20kg

P.109 Fig.92 29kg

P.109 Fig.93 76kg

F3SS-45-5~30-(220) CAD Data: F3SS-45-220Fig.91

Round Weight 20kg

F3SS-50-40~60-(220)CAD Data: F3SS-50-220Fig.92

Round Weight 29kg

F3SS-55-80~120-(220) CAD Data: F3SS-55-220Fig.93

Round Weight 76kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

100

120

87

8773

73

48.8174

14

2358773 134

148

356.5

φ20

98.5115

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

Safety cap F3S-45

7 7150164

63 63

7575

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0

108 108When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

φ180G7 φ250

165

F3S Type

8

31φ215

S

8

31

106

10690

90

53.8212

14

304118102 170

186

435.5

φ20

121137.3

1725555 62

29 29

φ74 φ74

φ50H8 φ50H8

φ110h7 φ110h7

2 2

16

5

4-φ16.5

77

7777154

120 120

168

Safety cap F3S-5055

4-φ14

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.059 59

φ180G7φ250

φ215

S

φ180G7 φ250

16

5

8

31

φ215

336

11694

16

198

220

130

130

108

108

59.3260

88

100100

200

143 143

216

Safety capF3S-5055

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2 φ25

149169.5

447

3-M4

3-M4

S

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.94

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

50Hz 60Hz

N・m kgf・m

50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SSkgfN

F3 Series equiv 2.2kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer

Designated Motor Attachable

Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

4-M12XP1.75Depth 16(Penetrated)

(Basic □ face)S

φ28F7 Depth62

4-M12XP1.75Depth 16(Penetrated)

(Basic □ face)S

φ28F7 Depth62

4-M12XP1.75Depth 16(Penetrated)

(Basic □ face)S

φ28F7 Depth62

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Page 111: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

109108

2.2kW

45

50

55

1/ 5

1/ 7.5

1/ 10

1/ 12.5

1/ 15

1/ 20

1/ 25

1/ 30

1/ 40

1/ 50

1/ 60

1/ 80

1/100

1/120

61

91

122

152

182

244

305

366

487

609

731

926

1156

1264

51

76

102

126

152

203

254

305

406

508

609

771

964

1156

6.2

9.3

12.4

15.5

18.6

24.9

31.1

37.3

49.7

62.1

74.6

94.5

118

129

320

360

400

420

450

485

485

485

535

535

535

655

655

765

3140

3530

3920

4120

4410

4750

4750

4750

5240

5240

5240

6420

6420

7500

800

900

967

1040

1067

1067

1067

1067

1275

1275

1275

1618

1618

1863

82

92

99

106

109

109

109

109

130

130

130

165

165

190

5.2

7.8

10.4

12.9

15.5

20.7

25.9

31.1

41.4

51.8

62.1

78.7

98.4

118

P.109 Fig.91 20kg

P.109 Fig.92 29kg

P.109 Fig.93 76kg

F3SS-45-5~30-(220) CAD Data: F3SS-45-220Fig.91

Round Weight 20kg

F3SS-50-40~60-(220)CAD Data: F3SS-50-220Fig.92

Round Weight 29kg

F3SS-55-80~120-(220) CAD Data: F3SS-55-220Fig.93

Round Weight 76kg

* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153

1/

2/

1/

19/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

1/

5

15

10

235

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

80

100

120

87

8773

73

48.8174

14

2358773 134

148

356.5

φ20

98.5115

1685050 68

26 26

φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7φ64

φ45H8

φ100h7

2 2

Safety cap F3S-45

7 7150164

63 63

7575

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0

108 108When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

4-φ16.5 4-φ14

φ180G7 φ250

165

F3S Type

8

31φ215

S

8

31

106

10690

90

53.8212

14

304118102 170

186

435.5

φ20

121137.3

1725555 62

29 29

φ74 φ74

φ50H8 φ50H8

φ110h7 φ110h7

2 2

16

5

4-φ16.5

77

7777154

120 120

168

Safety cap F3S-5055

4-φ14

4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.059 59

φ180G7φ250

φ215

S

φ180G7 φ250

16

5

8

31

φ215

336

11694

16

198

220

130

130

108

108

59.3260

88

100100

200

143 143

216

Safety capF3S-5055

4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5

4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5

2206161 98

32 32

φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7φ79

φ55H8

φ120h7

2 2 φ25

149169.5

447

3-M4

3-M4

S

Performance Table/ Dimension

Performance Table/ Dimension

(Note) 1. 2. 3.

The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.

Model Code P.94

Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148

50Hz 60Hz

N・m kgf・m

50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SSkgfN

F3 Series equiv 2.2kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer

Designated Motor Attachable

Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent

4P motor capacity

Frame No.

Reduction Ratio

Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.

Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load

Actual Reduction Ratio

(Fraction)

Page of Dimension Diagram shown,

Fig. No. and Round Weight

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

4-M12XP1.75Depth 16(Penetrated)

(Basic □ face)S

φ28F7 Depth62

4-M12XP1.75Depth 16(Penetrated)

(Basic □ face)S

φ28F7 Depth62

4-M12XP1.75Depth 16(Penetrated)

(Basic □ face)S

φ28F7 Depth62

(attachment)

(attachment)

Flange surface Flange surface

Flange surface Flange surface

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

When protective cap is attached.

Page 112: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

111110

■Differences between F2 Series and F3 Series

■The "Frame Number" of the F3 Series

■Process of Selecton and Example of Selection

■Technical Note

■Motor Characteristic Table

■Inertia Moment of Gearmotor

■Gearmotor Wiring・Terminal Box

■Brake Gearmotor Specification・Structure

■Water-Resistant Gearmotor Wiring・Terminal Box

■Water-Resistant Brake Gearmotor Specifications・Structure

■Terminal Box

■Terminal Box Position

■Combination of Gearmotor and Inverter

■Reducer(Input/Output Shaft)

■S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor)

■Detailed Dimension Diagram of Input Shaft

■Detailed Dimensions of Hollow Shaft/Solid Shaft

■Detailed Drawing of Protective Cap for Hollow Shaft

■Attaching and Detaching a Hollow Shaft

■Caution for Safe Operation

■Option ●Torque Arm(Hollow Shaft)

●Additional specification for Hollow Shaft diameter

●F3F Type(Solid Shaft)Tapped Hole in Output Shaft

●Brake Manual Release Device

●Surge Suppressor for Brake Wiring/OP-ENC471D-10A

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

112

113

114

115

118

120

122

124

134

135

140

141

142

144

145

146

148

149

150

156

158

158

158

158

159

159

C O N T E N T S

*Please also check our catalog of MIDI Series (0.1kW to 2.2kW).

Gearmotor

TechnicalInformation

Page 113: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

111110

■Differences between F2 Series and F3 Series

■The "Frame Number" of the F3 Series

■Process of Selecton and Example of Selection

■Technical Note

■Motor Characteristic Table

■Inertia Moment of Gearmotor

■Gearmotor Wiring・Terminal Box

■Brake Gearmotor Specification・Structure

■Water-Resistant Gearmotor Wiring・Terminal Box

■Water-Resistant Brake Gearmotor Specifications・Structure

■Terminal Box

■Terminal Box Position

■Combination of Gearmotor and Inverter

■Reducer(Input/Output Shaft)

■S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor)

■Detailed Dimension Diagram of Input Shaft

■Detailed Dimensions of Hollow Shaft/Solid Shaft

■Detailed Drawing of Protective Cap for Hollow Shaft

■Attaching and Detaching a Hollow Shaft

■Caution for Safe Operation

■Option ●Torque Arm(Hollow Shaft)

●Additional specification for Hollow Shaft diameter

●F3F Type(Solid Shaft)Tapped Hole in Output Shaft

●Brake Manual Release Device

●Surge Suppressor for Brake Wiring/OP-ENC471D-10A

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

112

113

114

115

118

120

122

124

134

135

140

141

142

144

145

146

148

149

150

156

158

158

158

158

159

159

C O N T E N T S

*Please also check our catalog of MIDI Series (0.1kW to 2.2kW).

Gearmotor

TechnicalInformation

Page 114: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

113112

Figure

* Common to F3S Type and F3F Type. The values in the parenthesis in the "Frame Number" are that for F3F.

Frame NumberF2 Series F3 Series

LL1 P G

20

25

30

35

45

91

108

117

124

140

96

118

124

142

168

24

27

33

38

50

13

14

17

20

26

1.15

1.35

1.35

1.75

1.95

L

Flange SurfaceFlange Surface

L1 L1PG G

P

■ F3 Series has tapped holes for face mounting(Standard Sepcification).   For more details, refer to <P.153>.

Flange SurfaceP P

L

GG

B C B C

A

A

A

A

Frame NumberF2 Series F3 Series

K

20(18)

25(22)

30(28)

35(32)

45(40)

71.5

83.5

93.5

102.5

118.5

78

100

106

124

150

* Common to F3S Type and F3F Type. The values in the parenthesis in the "Frame Number" are that for F3F.

Frame number 50 and 55 are not available in F2 Series.

L1 L1

KK

Frame Number AMotor Capacity Shape B CReduction Ratio

20(18)

25(22)

30(28)

35(32)

30

35

45

50

55

1/ 5~1/ 60

1/ 5~1/ 60

1/ 80~1/ 240

1/ 5~1/ 60

1/ 80~1/ 240

1/ 300~1/ 375

1/ 5~1/ 60

1/ 80~1/ 240

1/ 450~1/ 750

1/ 300~1/ 375

1/ 5~1/ 60

1/ 5~1/ 30

1/ 80~1/ 240

1/ 900~1/1200

1/ 450~1/ 750

1/ 300~1/ 375

1/ 40~1/ 60

1/ 80~1/ 240

1/ 80~1/ 120

1/1500

1/ 900~1/1200

1/ 450~1/ 600

1/ 300

38.5

43.5

43.5

48

46

46

56

54

Figure1

Figure1

Figure2

Figure1

Figure2

Figure2

Figure1

Figure2

Figure2

Figure2

Figure2

Figure3

Figure3

Figure1

38.5

43.5

43.5

48

46

46

56

54

68.5

76.5

95.5

91

110

110

105

140

0.1 kW

0.2 kW

0.1 kW

0.4 kW

0.2 kW

0.1 kW

0.75kW

0.4 kW

0.1 kW

0.2 kW

1.5 kW

2.2 kW

0.75kW

0.1 kW

0.2 kW

0.4 kW

2.2 kW

1.5 kW

2.2 kW

0.1 kW

0.2 kW

0.4 kW

0.75kW

54 54 140

73 73 134

69 69 167

69 69 167

90 102 170

108 94 198

45(40)

B C

A

A

■Please note that when gearmotors in the F2 and F3 Series are wired according to the diagram on page 122, rotating directions of the output shaft are different in reduction ratio between 1/5 to 1/60. The output shaft in the F2 Series rotates counterclockwise, while output shafts in the F3 Series rotate clockwise.

Differences between F2 Sereis and F3 Series

Although the mounting dimension is the same between F2 Series and F3 Series with the reduction ratio

of 1/5~1/60, the length of the hollow shaft is different. Also, the width of the casing will be different in

both hollow and solid shaft. Therefore, when replacing F2 Sereis to F3 Series, be sure to

confirm the dimensions shown below:

F3 SeriesF2 Series

The "Frame Number" of the F3 SeriesF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft) F3F Type(Concentric Solid Shaft)

Technical Information

Technical Information

■ In F3 Series, two different shapes exist in the same frame number.  The mounting dimensions are different according to the reduction ratio, which please note.

〈Figure-1〉 〈Figure-2〉 〈Figure-3〉

* The dimensions of L1, P and G are the same between F2 Sereis and F3 Series.

Page 115: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

113112

Figure

* Common to F3S Type and F3F Type. The values in the parenthesis in the "Frame Number" are that for F3F.

Frame NumberF2 Series F3 Series

LL1 P G

20

25

30

35

45

91

108

117

124

140

96

118

124

142

168

24

27

33

38

50

13

14

17

20

26

1.15

1.35

1.35

1.75

1.95

L

Flange SurfaceFlange Surface

L1 L1PG G

P

■ F3 Series has tapped holes for face mounting(Standard Sepcification).   For more details, refer to <P.153>.

Flange SurfaceP P

L

GG

B C B C

A

A

A

A

Frame NumberF2 Series F3 Series

K

20(18)

25(22)

30(28)

35(32)

45(40)

71.5

83.5

93.5

102.5

118.5

78

100

106

124

150

* Common to F3S Type and F3F Type. The values in the parenthesis in the "Frame Number" are that for F3F.

Frame number 50 and 55 are not available in F2 Series.

L1 L1

KK

Frame Number AMotor Capacity Shape B CReduction Ratio

20(18)

25(22)

30(28)

35(32)

30

35

45

50

55

1/ 5~1/ 60

1/ 5~1/ 60

1/ 80~1/ 240

1/ 5~1/ 60

1/ 80~1/ 240

1/ 300~1/ 375

1/ 5~1/ 60

1/ 80~1/ 240

1/ 450~1/ 750

1/ 300~1/ 375

1/ 5~1/ 60

1/ 5~1/ 30

1/ 80~1/ 240

1/ 900~1/1200

1/ 450~1/ 750

1/ 300~1/ 375

1/ 40~1/ 60

1/ 80~1/ 240

1/ 80~1/ 120

1/1500

1/ 900~1/1200

1/ 450~1/ 600

1/ 300

38.5

43.5

43.5

48

46

46

56

54

Figure1

Figure1

Figure2

Figure1

Figure2

Figure2

Figure1

Figure2

Figure2

Figure2

Figure2

Figure3

Figure3

Figure1

38.5

43.5

43.5

48

46

46

56

54

68.5

76.5

95.5

91

110

110

105

140

0.1 kW

0.2 kW

0.1 kW

0.4 kW

0.2 kW

0.1 kW

0.75kW

0.4 kW

0.1 kW

0.2 kW

1.5 kW

2.2 kW

0.75kW

0.1 kW

0.2 kW

0.4 kW

2.2 kW

1.5 kW

2.2 kW

0.1 kW

0.2 kW

0.4 kW

0.75kW

54 54 140

73 73 134

69 69 167

69 69 167

90 102 170

108 94 198

45(40)

B C

A

A

■Please note that when gearmotors in the F2 and F3 Series are wired according to the diagram on page 122, rotating directions of the output shaft are different in reduction ratio between 1/5 to 1/60. The output shaft in the F2 Series rotates counterclockwise, while output shafts in the F3 Series rotate clockwise.

Differences between F2 Sereis and F3 Series

Although the mounting dimension is the same between F2 Series and F3 Series with the reduction ratio

of 1/5~1/60, the length of the hollow shaft is different. Also, the width of the casing will be different in

both hollow and solid shaft. Therefore, when replacing F2 Sereis to F3 Series, be sure to

confirm the dimensions shown below:

F3 SeriesF2 Series

The "Frame Number" of the F3 SeriesF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft) F3F Type(Concentric Solid Shaft)

Technical Information

Technical Information

■ In F3 Series, two different shapes exist in the same frame number.  The mounting dimensions are different according to the reduction ratio, which please note.

〈Figure-1〉 〈Figure-2〉 〈Figure-3〉

* The dimensions of L1, P and G are the same between F2 Sereis and F3 Series.

Page 116: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

115114

*As for calculation of torque arm, please see page E62 of MIDI SERIES (0.1kW - 2.2kW) Catalog.

Conveyors(uniform load), Screens, Agitators(low viscosity), Sewage Disposal Equipments(light load), Machine Tools(feed shaft), Elevators, Extruders, Distillers

3~10 hrs./day

1

1

1

1

1

1.25

1

1.25

1.5

Connection Type Starting Frequency Correction Factor

1

1.5

2

3

0.1kW

0.2kW

0.4kW

0.75kW

1.5kW

2.2kW

0.0008

0.0010

0.0015

0.0030

0.008

0.011

{0.003}

{0.004}

{0.006}

{0.012}

{0.032}

{0.042}

100W

200W

400W

Process of SelectionExample of Selection

SI Unit Gravimetric Unit

TLE=3.36×1.25=4.2kgf・m

TL=(100+2×5+10)×0.2× =3.36kgf・m2802×1000

i= Required rotating speed for output shaftPower supply frequency ×30

Deciding Type

TLE=32.9×1.25=41.1N・m

TL=9.8×(100+2×5+10)×0.2× =32.9N・m2802×1000

F3SM-35-50-075

Technical Information

Technical Information

Process of selection and example of selection

Example of Selection

Application

Conveyor Speed

Weight of Work

{Mass of Work

Type of Drive

Operating Time

Starting & Stopping Frequency

Area of Use

Coefficient of Friction

Conveyor (Moderate shock load)

30m/min

100kg

100kgf}

Chain

12 hours/day

720 times/day

Area of Power Supply Frequency of 60Hz

Supposed to be 0.2

Conditions other than above stated were not considered in this calculation.

In case of Shaft Mount Sprocket PCD φ280 5kg/unit {5kgf/unit} V=30m/min

M=100kg{W=100kgf}

Chain10kg

r

{10kgf}

Determining Reduction Ratio

Checking Torque

Checking Inertia

Final Decision

Selection of hollow shaft, right angle shaft, or parallel shaft

Determine Reduction Ratio:

Calculate equivalent torque(TLE) of output shaft from service factor: (sf given in Table-1 on page 115)

Choose the allowable torque(TA) of output shaft from the performance table, which should be greater than TLE

TLE=TL×Sf

Calculate Actual Load Torque(TL)

Calculate Actual Load Inertia

Calculate Load Inertia converted to Motor Shaft

From Table-2 on page 115, choose the model which satisfy Equivalent Inertia ≦ Allowable Inertia.

Calculate Equivalent Inertia using the correction factor corresponding to the operating condition.

Select the most appropriate model which satisfy all the conditions required from torque, inertia and O.H.L.

Decide on F3-Series, F3S-Type (hollow shaft) model considering from the shaft mounting.

Required Rotation Speed of Conveyor Shaft=

Since the rotation speed of the conveyor shaft and that of the reducer's output shaft are the same.

≒34.1 rpm30×1000280×π

i = ≒ 34.160×30

150

Adjust Actual Load Torque(TL) using a Service Factor (Sf).

Select an appropriate model of TLE≦TA F2SM-25-50-T020A

Convert IL into the equivalent value at the motor shaft( I )

Calculate Actual Load Inertia Moment(IL)

I L ={100×(   )2}+{  ×5×(  )2×2}+{10×(   )2} 0.28 12

0.282

0.2822

I = IL×( i )2

I =2.25×( )2150

=2.25kg・m2

=0.0009kg・m2

Convert GD into the equivalent value at the motor shaft (GD ) 22 L

Calculate Actual load GD2(GD )

GD =(100×0.282)+(  ×5×0.282×2)+(10×0.282) 12

GD =GD ×( i )2

GD =9.02×( )2150

=9.02kgf・m2

≒0.00361kgf・m2

2

2

2 L

2 L

2 L

Correction factor from the operating condition is 3.

Actual Load Torque×1000 Allowable O.H.L.- mass of Reducer

41.1{4.2}×1000 3480{355}-9.8×17{17}

Finally we can determine the model F3SM-35-50-075 Torque Arm TAF2S-35(Option Number) is recommended. Refer to page 155.

=12.4= r ≧

In case the torque arm is to be made by customer, the distance(r) from the center of the output shaft to the fixing point, should be no less than 12.4mm by the calculation below:

Calculate Equivalent Inertia Moment I( I ) E

Choose the model which satisfy I ≦ Allowable Inertia Moment(IA) E

EI = I ×(Correction factor)〈Table-3 on page 115〉 EI =0.0009×3=0.0027kg・m2

Calculate Equivalent GD2(GD ) 2E

Choose the model which satisfy GD ≦Allowable GD2(GD ) 2 A2E

2 2EGD  =GD ×(Correction factor)〈Table-3 on page 115〉 2EGD  =0.00361×3=0.0108kgf・m2

Technical Note

Service Factor (Sf)F3-Series gearmotors designed for the operation of 10 hrs/day with moderate shock loads. In case of using in severer condition, adjust the load torque with the Table-1 below.

〈Table-1〉

Load ConditionService Factor(Sf)

Under 3 hrs/day Over 10 hrs/dayApplication

Uniform Load

Moderate Shock Load

Heavy Shock Load

Conveyors(non-uniform or heavy load), Agitators(high viscosity), Machines for Vehicles, Sewage Disposal Equipments(moderate load), Hoists(light load), Paper Mills, Feeders, Food Machines, Pumps, Sugar Mills, Textile Machines

Hoists(heavy load), Hammer Mills, Metal Mills, Crushers, Tumblers

Allowable Inertia Moment (IA) Allowable GD2 (GD )2 A

When operating gearmotors intermittently under high inertia load, critical torque may instantaneously arise at the starting(or stopping in brake gearmotor). This may cause unexpected accident, therefore, be sure that the inertia of the connecting machine should be within the allowable value listed in the Table below, which may vary according to the connecting type and/or starting frequency.

■Allowable Inertia Moment I by Capacity {GD2} (Motor shaft or Input Shaft Equivalent)

〈Table-2〉 Unit: Inertia Moment I (kg・m2){GD2(kgf・m2)}

3-Phase 1-Phase Allowable Inertia Moment(IA){AllowableGD2(GD )} 2 A

In case of reducers, operating with the input rotation speed of over 1800rpm, the allowable inertia moment I (GD2) can be obtained by multiplying the value in the left by (1800/Input rpm)2. (Example: In case the input shaft rpm is 3600, the allowable inertia moment I (GD2) will be 1/4). Motor shaft(input shaft) equivalent inertia moment I =Output shaft inertia moment I ×(reduction ratio)2 (Motor shaft(input shaft) equivalent GD2 = Output shaft GD2 ×(reduction ratio)2) (Example: In case the reduction ratio is 1/20, the answer is 1/400.)

(Note 1)

2)

■Correction Factor for Allowable Inertia Moment I  by Operating Condition {Allowable GD2} 〈Table-3〉

Under 70 times/day

Over 70 times/day

Under 70 times/day

Over 70 times/day

Direct Coupling (without slack)

By Chain (with slack)

Page 117: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

115114

*As for calculation of torque arm, please see page E62 of MIDI SERIES (0.1kW - 2.2kW) Catalog.

Conveyors(uniform load), Screens, Agitators(low viscosity), Sewage Disposal Equipments(light load), Machine Tools(feed shaft), Elevators, Extruders, Distillers

3~10 hrs./day

1

1

1

1

1

1.25

1

1.25

1.5

Connection Type Starting Frequency Correction Factor

1

1.5

2

3

0.1kW

0.2kW

0.4kW

0.75kW

1.5kW

2.2kW

0.0008

0.0010

0.0015

0.0030

0.008

0.011

{0.003}

{0.004}

{0.006}

{0.012}

{0.032}

{0.042}

100W

200W

400W

Process of SelectionExample of Selection

SI Unit Gravimetric Unit

TLE=3.36×1.25=4.2kgf・m

TL=(100+2×5+10)×0.2× =3.36kgf・m2802×1000

i= Required rotating speed for output shaftPower supply frequency ×30

Deciding Type

TLE=32.9×1.25=41.1N・m

TL=9.8×(100+2×5+10)×0.2× =32.9N・m2802×1000

F3SM-35-50-075

Technical Information

Technical Information

Process of selection and example of selection

Example of Selection

Application

Conveyor Speed

Weight of Work

{Mass of Work

Type of Drive

Operating Time

Starting & Stopping Frequency

Area of Use

Coefficient of Friction

Conveyor (Moderate shock load)

30m/min

100kg

100kgf}

Chain

12 hours/day

720 times/day

Area of Power Supply Frequency of 60Hz

Supposed to be 0.2

Conditions other than above stated were not considered in this calculation.

In case of Shaft Mount Sprocket PCD φ280 5kg/unit {5kgf/unit} V=30m/min

M=100kg{W=100kgf}

Chain10kg

r

{10kgf}

Determining Reduction Ratio

Checking Torque

Checking Inertia

Final Decision

Selection of hollow shaft, right angle shaft, or parallel shaft

Determine Reduction Ratio:

Calculate equivalent torque(TLE) of output shaft from service factor: (sf given in Table-1 on page 115)

Choose the allowable torque(TA) of output shaft from the performance table, which should be greater than TLE

TLE=TL×Sf

Calculate Actual Load Torque(TL)

Calculate Actual Load Inertia

Calculate Load Inertia converted to Motor Shaft

From Table-2 on page 115, choose the model which satisfy Equivalent Inertia ≦ Allowable Inertia.

Calculate Equivalent Inertia using the correction factor corresponding to the operating condition.

Select the most appropriate model which satisfy all the conditions required from torque, inertia and O.H.L.

Decide on F3-Series, F3S-Type (hollow shaft) model considering from the shaft mounting.

Required Rotation Speed of Conveyor Shaft=

Since the rotation speed of the conveyor shaft and that of the reducer's output shaft are the same.

≒34.1 rpm30×1000280×π

i = ≒ 34.160×30

150

Adjust Actual Load Torque(TL) using a Service Factor (Sf).

Select an appropriate model of TLE≦TA F2SM-25-50-T020A

Convert IL into the equivalent value at the motor shaft( I )

Calculate Actual Load Inertia Moment(IL)

I L ={100×(   )2}+{  ×5×(  )2×2}+{10×(   )2} 0.28 12

0.282

0.2822

I = IL×( i )2

I =2.25×( )2150

=2.25kg・m2

=0.0009kg・m2

Convert GD into the equivalent value at the motor shaft (GD ) 22 L

Calculate Actual load GD2(GD )

GD =(100×0.282)+(  ×5×0.282×2)+(10×0.282) 12

GD =GD ×( i )2

GD =9.02×( )2150

=9.02kgf・m2

≒0.00361kgf・m2

2

2

2 L

2 L

2 L

Correction factor from the operating condition is 3.

Actual Load Torque×1000 Allowable O.H.L.- mass of Reducer

41.1{4.2}×1000 3480{355}-9.8×17{17}

Finally we can determine the model F3SM-35-50-075 Torque Arm TAF2S-35(Option Number) is recommended. Refer to page 155.

=12.4= r ≧

In case the torque arm is to be made by customer, the distance(r) from the center of the output shaft to the fixing point, should be no less than 12.4mm by the calculation below:

Calculate Equivalent Inertia Moment I( I ) E

Choose the model which satisfy I ≦ Allowable Inertia Moment(IA) E

EI = I ×(Correction factor)〈Table-3 on page 115〉 EI =0.0009×3=0.0027kg・m2

Calculate Equivalent GD2(GD ) 2E

Choose the model which satisfy GD ≦Allowable GD2(GD ) 2 A2E

2 2EGD  =GD ×(Correction factor)〈Table-3 on page 115〉 2EGD  =0.00361×3=0.0108kgf・m2

Technical Note

Service Factor (Sf)F3-Series gearmotors designed for the operation of 10 hrs/day with moderate shock loads. In case of using in severer condition, adjust the load torque with the Table-1 below.

〈Table-1〉

Load ConditionService Factor(Sf)

Under 3 hrs/day Over 10 hrs/dayApplication

Uniform Load

Moderate Shock Load

Heavy Shock Load

Conveyors(non-uniform or heavy load), Agitators(high viscosity), Machines for Vehicles, Sewage Disposal Equipments(moderate load), Hoists(light load), Paper Mills, Feeders, Food Machines, Pumps, Sugar Mills, Textile Machines

Hoists(heavy load), Hammer Mills, Metal Mills, Crushers, Tumblers

Allowable Inertia Moment (IA) Allowable GD2 (GD )2 A

When operating gearmotors intermittently under high inertia load, critical torque may instantaneously arise at the starting(or stopping in brake gearmotor). This may cause unexpected accident, therefore, be sure that the inertia of the connecting machine should be within the allowable value listed in the Table below, which may vary according to the connecting type and/or starting frequency.

■Allowable Inertia Moment I by Capacity {GD2} (Motor shaft or Input Shaft Equivalent)

〈Table-2〉 Unit: Inertia Moment I (kg・m2){GD2(kgf・m2)}

3-Phase 1-Phase Allowable Inertia Moment(IA){AllowableGD2(GD )} 2 A

In case of reducers, operating with the input rotation speed of over 1800rpm, the allowable inertia moment I (GD2) can be obtained by multiplying the value in the left by (1800/Input rpm)2. (Example: In case the input shaft rpm is 3600, the allowable inertia moment I (GD2) will be 1/4). Motor shaft(input shaft) equivalent inertia moment I =Output shaft inertia moment I ×(reduction ratio)2 (Motor shaft(input shaft) equivalent GD2 = Output shaft GD2 ×(reduction ratio)2) (Example: In case the reduction ratio is 1/20, the answer is 1/400.)

(Note 1)

2)

■Correction Factor for Allowable Inertia Moment I  by Operating Condition {Allowable GD2} 〈Table-3〉

Under 70 times/day

Over 70 times/day

Under 70 times/day

Over 70 times/day

Direct Coupling (without slack)

By Chain (with slack)

Page 118: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

117116

{kgf・m2}

{kgf・m2}

{kgf・m2}

{kgf・m2}

{kgf・m2}

(kg・m2)

(kg・m2)

(kg・m2)

(kg・m2)

(kg・m2)

(kg・m2)

(kg・m2)

(kg・m2)

{kgf・m2}

{kgf・m2}

{kgf・m2}

GD2=  WD2+4WR21 2

V π・n

GD2=4WR2

GD2=W・

I =  Mr2+MR21 2

I = MR2

2

P π GD2=W・

2

V π・n =W・

2

1 2

1 2

GD2=W1D2+  W2D2 

1 2GD2=W1D2+  W2D2 

+  W3D2+W4D2 

Ia{GD }

I b{GD }

na(rpm)

nb(rpm)

V π・n

1 4I = M・

1 4 M・

1 4 M・

2

P π I =

2

V π・n=

2

1 2

1 2

I =M1r2+  M2r2 

1 2I =M1r2+  M2r2 

+  M3r2+M4r2 

1 2GD2=  WD2

1 2GD2=  W(D2+d2)

1 2I =  Mr2

1 2I =  M(r +r )

2 b

2 a

2 1

2 2

r = (m) D 2

r1= (m) D 2

r2= (m) d 2

D(m)

R(m)

R(m)

D(m)

d(m)

D(m)

O.H.L.= (N){kgf} TLE×K1×K2

R

1.00

1.25

1.50

K1

0.75

1.00

1.50

K2

20

25

30

35

45

50

55

68.5

84.5

91

98

113

139

184.5

A(mm)

20

L

L

S

●Be sure that the OHL value calculated by above formula should not exceed the allowable OHL value listed in the performance table. ●In the case of the hollow shaft, please calculate with coefficient K2 as 1.00.

Technical Note

Technical Information

Technical Information

Calculation of Inertia Moment I (GD2 Flywheel Effect)

The conversion between the inertia moment(kg・m2)-(SI units) and the gravimetric units GD2 (kg・m2) are calculated as follows:

l =

G : Gravity(kgf) D : Rotation Diameter(m) l : Inertia Moment(kg・m2)

GD24

■Inertia Moment in Rotation {GD2}

When the center of rotation is concentric with the center of gravity When the center of rotation is not concentric with the center of gravity

Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}

r = (m) D 2

Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}

SI Unit Gravimetric Unit SI Unit Gravimetric Unit

Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}

Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}

(when you can ignore size) (when you can ignore size)

■Inertia Moment in Linear Motion {GD2}

Ordinary Use

Horizontal Linear Motion (driven with lead screw)

Horizontal Linear Motion (conveyors, etc.)

Vertical Linear Motion (cranes, winches, etc.)

Linear Motion

n(rpm)

Velocity V(m/min)

Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}

V(m/min) Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}

Lead screw

P=Lead of screw(m/rev)

M3(kg) {W2(kgf)} M2(kg)

M4(kg) {W3(kgf)}

{W4(kgf)}

Mass M1(kg) {Weight W1(kgf)}

r = (m) D 2

D(m) D(m

M2(kg) Mass M1(kg)

r = (m)

{W2(kgf)} {Weight W1(kgf)}

D 2D(m)

Dram

rope

SI Unit Gravimetric Unit

■Conversion of Inertia Moment when Speed Ratio is available

The inertia moment Ib (GD ) of the load can be converted into the equivalent value at the na shaft as shown below:

2 b

I = Ia+(  ) × Ibnb na

2

2 b

2 a{GD2=GD +(  )×GD } nb

na2

Overhung Load (O.H.L.)

An overhung load is a suspending load imposed on a shaft. In the coupling of reducer shaft and other machine, if chains, belts and gears are used, this O.H.L. must be taken into consideration.

TLE : Equivalent output torque imposed on reducer shaft (N・m){kgf・m} R : Pitch Circle Radius(m) of sprocket, pulley, gear, etc. attached to reducer shaft. K1 : Factor for the connecting method (Refer to Table-4) K2 : Factor for the load point (Refer to Table-5)

■Factor K1 〈Table-4〉

Connecting Method

Chain, Timing Belt

Gear

V-Belt

■Factor K2 〈Table-5〉

Load Point

Root of the shaft

Center of the shaft

End of the shaft

Root Center End

〈Load Point〉

Thrust Load

The thrust load values of hollow shaft type are listed in the performance table. If there is a possibility of having excessive thrust load in the operating condition, consult us.

Overhung Load on a Hollow Shaft(O.H.L.)

■Flange Mounting(1) Load Point of O.H.L.

(2)-1 Adjustment of O.H.L. without any support by pillow

Allowable OHL is calculated at the point 20mm off from the end of output shaft.

When load point of O.H.L. (L) become greater than 20mm, the allowable O.H.L. can be corrected by the following formula:

(Note) Refer Table-6 for A.

A+20 A+L

〈Table-6〉 Frame Number

Loading point Loading point

(2)-2

Correction of O.H.L. when supported by pillow at one end Bearable O.H.L(N){kgf}=    ×Allowable O.H.L(N){kgf}

S S-L

Page 119: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

117116

{kgf・m2}

{kgf・m2}

{kgf・m2}

{kgf・m2}

{kgf・m2}

(kg・m2)

(kg・m2)

(kg・m2)

(kg・m2)

(kg・m2)

(kg・m2)

(kg・m2)

(kg・m2)

{kgf・m2}

{kgf・m2}

{kgf・m2}

GD2=  WD2+4WR21 2

V π・n

GD2=4WR2

GD2=W・

I =  Mr2+MR21 2

I = MR2

2

P π GD2=W・

2

V π・n =W・

2

1 2

1 2

GD2=W1D2+  W2D2 

1 2GD2=W1D2+  W2D2 

+  W3D2+W4D2 

Ia{GD }

I b{GD }

na(rpm)

nb(rpm)

V π・n

1 4I = M・

1 4 M・

1 4 M・

2

P π I =

2

V π・n=

2

1 2

1 2

I =M1r2+  M2r2 

1 2I =M1r2+  M2r2 

+  M3r2+M4r2 

1 2GD2=  WD2

1 2GD2=  W(D2+d2)

1 2I =  Mr2

1 2I =  M(r +r )

2 b

2 a

2 1

2 2

r = (m) D 2

r1= (m) D 2

r2= (m) d 2

D(m)

R(m)

R(m)

D(m)

d(m)

D(m)

O.H.L.= (N){kgf} TLE×K1×K2

R

1.00

1.25

1.50

K1

0.75

1.00

1.50

K2

20

25

30

35

45

50

55

68.5

84.5

91

98

113

139

184.5

A(mm)

20

L

L

S

●Be sure that the OHL value calculated by above formula should not exceed the allowable OHL value listed in the performance table. ●In the case of the hollow shaft, please calculate with coefficient K2 as 1.00.

Technical Note

Technical Information

Technical Information

Calculation of Inertia Moment I (GD2 Flywheel Effect)

The conversion between the inertia moment(kg・m2)-(SI units) and the gravimetric units GD2 (kg・m2) are calculated as follows:

l =

G : Gravity(kgf) D : Rotation Diameter(m) l : Inertia Moment(kg・m2)

GD24

■Inertia Moment in Rotation {GD2}

When the center of rotation is concentric with the center of gravity When the center of rotation is not concentric with the center of gravity

Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}

r = (m) D 2

Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}

SI Unit Gravimetric Unit SI Unit Gravimetric Unit

Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}

Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}

(when you can ignore size) (when you can ignore size)

■Inertia Moment in Linear Motion {GD2}

Ordinary Use

Horizontal Linear Motion (driven with lead screw)

Horizontal Linear Motion (conveyors, etc.)

Vertical Linear Motion (cranes, winches, etc.)

Linear Motion

n(rpm)

Velocity V(m/min)

Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}

V(m/min) Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}

Lead screw

P=Lead of screw(m/rev)

M3(kg) {W2(kgf)} M2(kg)

M4(kg) {W3(kgf)}

{W4(kgf)}

Mass M1(kg) {Weight W1(kgf)}

r = (m) D 2

D(m) D(m

M2(kg) Mass M1(kg)

r = (m)

{W2(kgf)} {Weight W1(kgf)}

D 2D(m)

Dram

rope

SI Unit Gravimetric Unit

■Conversion of Inertia Moment when Speed Ratio is available

The inertia moment Ib (GD ) of the load can be converted into the equivalent value at the na shaft as shown below:

2 b

I = Ia+(  ) × Ibnb na

2

2 b

2 a{GD2=GD +(  )×GD } nb

na2

Overhung Load (O.H.L.)

An overhung load is a suspending load imposed on a shaft. In the coupling of reducer shaft and other machine, if chains, belts and gears are used, this O.H.L. must be taken into consideration.

TLE : Equivalent output torque imposed on reducer shaft (N・m){kgf・m} R : Pitch Circle Radius(m) of sprocket, pulley, gear, etc. attached to reducer shaft. K1 : Factor for the connecting method (Refer to Table-4) K2 : Factor for the load point (Refer to Table-5)

■Factor K1 〈Table-4〉

Connecting Method

Chain, Timing Belt

Gear

V-Belt

■Factor K2 〈Table-5〉

Load Point

Root of the shaft

Center of the shaft

End of the shaft

Root Center End

〈Load Point〉

Thrust Load

The thrust load values of hollow shaft type are listed in the performance table. If there is a possibility of having excessive thrust load in the operating condition, consult us.

Overhung Load on a Hollow Shaft(O.H.L.)

■Flange Mounting(1) Load Point of O.H.L.

(2)-1 Adjustment of O.H.L. without any support by pillow

Allowable OHL is calculated at the point 20mm off from the end of output shaft.

When load point of O.H.L. (L) become greater than 20mm, the allowable O.H.L. can be corrected by the following formula:

(Note) Refer Table-6 for A.

A+20 A+L

〈Table-6〉 Frame Number

Loading point Loading point

(2)-2

Correction of O.H.L. when supported by pillow at one end Bearable O.H.L(N){kgf}=    ×Allowable O.H.L(N){kgf}

S S-L

Page 120: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

119118

T010

T020

T040

075

150

220

200

200

220

200

200

220

200

200

220

200

200

220

200

200

220

200

200

220

50

60

60

50

60

60

50

60

60

50

60

60

50

60

60

50

60

60

1420

1700

1720

1420

1710

1720

1410

1690

1710

1430

1720

1730

1430

1720

1730

1410

1690

1710

0.61

0.54

0.54

1.1

1.0

1.0

2.1

1.8

1.8

3.7

3.3

3.2

6.6

6.1

5.8

9.0

8.6

8.0

2.39

2.27

2.52

4.70

4.35

4.85

9.50

8.60

9.60

17.7

16.7

17.7

37.0

33.5

34.9

46.6

41.2

45.6

215

190

245

215

195

238

220

190

236

246

228

258

264

232

254

245

202

251

0.1kW

0.2kW

0.4kW

0.75kW

1.5kW

2.2kW

(V) (Hz) (rpm) (A) (%) (%) (A)

258

238

300

248

225

279

265

234

289

266

244

297

280

248

301

252

225

275

T010W

T020W

T040W

075W

150W

220W

380

400

400

440

380

400

400

440

380

400

400

440

380

400

400

440

380

400

400

440

380

400

400

440

50

50

60

60

50

50

60

60

50

50

60

60

50

50

60

60

50

50

60

60

50

50

60

60

1410

1420

1700

1720

1420

1430

1710

1730

1410

1420

1700

1720

1430

1440

1730

1740

1430

1440

1730

1740

1410

1420

1700

1720

0.31

0.31

0.28

0.28

0.56

0.56

0.50

0.50

1.0

1.0

0.9

0.9

1.8

1.8

1.7

1.6

3.3

3.3

3.0

2.9

4.6

4.5

4.3

4.0

1.12

1.18

1.12

1.22

2.29

2.38

2.29

2.48

4.35

4.65

4.30

4.75

8.15

8.65

8.15

8.95

17.5

18.5

16.5

18.3

22.3

23.6

20.9

23.1

180

199

180

217

192

220

214

258

194

216

184

221

202

228

207

252

218

245

200

248

215

243

200

247

0.1kW

0.2kW

0.4kW

0.75kW

1.5kW

2.2kW

(V) (Hz) (rpm) (A) (%) (%) (A)

224

250

233

285

230

257

239

294

225

258

232

286

233

258

236

287

258

278

245

298

226

252

224

273

S100

200

400

100

100

100

100

100

100

50

60

50

60

50

60

1400

1700

1420

1700

1440

1730

1.7

1.9

5.1

4.5

8.7

7.9

4.40

4.07

20.0

20.0

32.0

32.0

60

70

276

294

210

205

100W

200W

400W

(V) (Hz) (rpm) (A) (%) (%) (A)

165

172

194

187

189

178

S100W

200W

400W

200

200

200

200

200

200

50

60

50

60

50

60

1410

1700

1420

1700

1440

1730

0.82

0.96

2.5

2.2

4.3

3.9

2.10

2.00

10.0

10.0

19.0

18.0

65

81

254

250

181

190

100W

200W

400W

(V) (Hz) (rpm) (A) (%) (%) (A)

163

178

203

205

240

217

Technical Information Motor Characteristic Table

3-Phase Standard VoltageCharacteristics of motor as an unit

Capacity Motor Capacity Designation

Voltage Frequency Rated Rotation Speed

Current Characteristics

Rated Current Starting Current

Torque Characteristics

Starting Torque Braking Torque

1-Phase Standard Voltage

Capacity Motor Capacity Designation

Voltage Frequency Rated Rotation Speed

Current Characteristics

Rated Current Starting Current

Torque Characteristics

Starting Torque Braking Torque

Characteristics of motor as an unit

3-Phase High Voltage

Capacity Motor Capacity Designation

Rated Rotation Speed Rated Current Starting Current

Current CharacteristicsVoltage Frequency

Torque Characteristics

Starting Torque Braking Torque

Characteristics of motor as an unit

Capacity Motor Capacity Designation

Voltage Frequency Rated Rotation Speed

Current Characteristics

Rated Current Starting Current

Torque Characteristics

Starting Torque Braking Torque

1-Phase High Voltage Characteristics of motor as an unit

Technical Information

Page 121: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

119118

T010

T020

T040

075

150

220

200

200

220

200

200

220

200

200

220

200

200

220

200

200

220

200

200

220

50

60

60

50

60

60

50

60

60

50

60

60

50

60

60

50

60

60

1420

1700

1720

1420

1710

1720

1410

1690

1710

1430

1720

1730

1430

1720

1730

1410

1690

1710

0.61

0.54

0.54

1.1

1.0

1.0

2.1

1.8

1.8

3.7

3.3

3.2

6.6

6.1

5.8

9.0

8.6

8.0

2.39

2.27

2.52

4.70

4.35

4.85

9.50

8.60

9.60

17.7

16.7

17.7

37.0

33.5

34.9

46.6

41.2

45.6

215

190

245

215

195

238

220

190

236

246

228

258

264

232

254

245

202

251

0.1kW

0.2kW

0.4kW

0.75kW

1.5kW

2.2kW

(V) (Hz) (rpm) (A) (%) (%) (A)

258

238

300

248

225

279

265

234

289

266

244

297

280

248

301

252

225

275

T010W

T020W

T040W

075W

150W

220W

380

400

400

440

380

400

400

440

380

400

400

440

380

400

400

440

380

400

400

440

380

400

400

440

50

50

60

60

50

50

60

60

50

50

60

60

50

50

60

60

50

50

60

60

50

50

60

60

1410

1420

1700

1720

1420

1430

1710

1730

1410

1420

1700

1720

1430

1440

1730

1740

1430

1440

1730

1740

1410

1420

1700

1720

0.31

0.31

0.28

0.28

0.56

0.56

0.50

0.50

1.0

1.0

0.9

0.9

1.8

1.8

1.7

1.6

3.3

3.3

3.0

2.9

4.6

4.5

4.3

4.0

1.12

1.18

1.12

1.22

2.29

2.38

2.29

2.48

4.35

4.65

4.30

4.75

8.15

8.65

8.15

8.95

17.5

18.5

16.5

18.3

22.3

23.6

20.9

23.1

180

199

180

217

192

220

214

258

194

216

184

221

202

228

207

252

218

245

200

248

215

243

200

247

0.1kW

0.2kW

0.4kW

0.75kW

1.5kW

2.2kW

(V) (Hz) (rpm) (A) (%) (%) (A)

224

250

233

285

230

257

239

294

225

258

232

286

233

258

236

287

258

278

245

298

226

252

224

273

S100

200

400

100

100

100

100

100

100

50

60

50

60

50

60

1400

1700

1420

1700

1440

1730

1.7

1.9

5.1

4.5

8.7

7.9

4.40

4.07

20.0

20.0

32.0

32.0

60

70

276

294

210

205

100W

200W

400W

(V) (Hz) (rpm) (A) (%) (%) (A)

165

172

194

187

189

178

S100W

200W

400W

200

200

200

200

200

200

50

60

50

60

50

60

1410

1700

1420

1700

1440

1730

0.82

0.96

2.5

2.2

4.3

3.9

2.10

2.00

10.0

10.0

19.0

18.0

65

81

254

250

181

190

100W

200W

400W

(V) (Hz) (rpm) (A) (%) (%) (A)

163

178

203

205

240

217

Technical Information Motor Characteristic Table

3-Phase Standard VoltageCharacteristics of motor as an unit

Capacity Motor Capacity Designation

Voltage Frequency Rated Rotation Speed

Current Characteristics

Rated Current Starting Current

Torque Characteristics

Starting Torque Braking Torque

1-Phase Standard Voltage

Capacity Motor Capacity Designation

Voltage Frequency Rated Rotation Speed

Current Characteristics

Rated Current Starting Current

Torque Characteristics

Starting Torque Braking Torque

Characteristics of motor as an unit

3-Phase High Voltage

Capacity Motor Capacity Designation

Rated Rotation Speed Rated Current Starting Current

Current CharacteristicsVoltage Frequency

Torque Characteristics

Starting Torque Braking Torque

Characteristics of motor as an unit

Capacity Motor Capacity Designation

Voltage Frequency Rated Rotation Speed

Current Characteristics

Rated Current Starting Current

Torque Characteristics

Starting Torque Braking Torque

1-Phase High Voltage Characteristics of motor as an unit

Technical Information

Page 122: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

Motor Capacity

Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}

Motor Capacity

Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}

121120

Motor Capacity

Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}

3-Phase 0.1kW

0.00055 {0.0022 }

0.00100 {0.0040 }

0.0028 {0.011 }

3-Phase 0.2kW

0.00048 {0.0019 }

0.00073 {0.0029 }

3-Phase 0.4kW

0.0012 {0.0046}

0.0025 {0.010 }

0.0065 {0.026 }

0.0085 {0.034 }

3-Phase 0.75kW 3-Phase 1.5kW 3-Phase 2.2kW

Motor Capacity

Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}

1-Phase 100W 1-Phase 200W 1-Phase 400W

Equivalent Capacity of 4P motor

0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW

0.000006 {0.000023}

0.000007 {0.000029}

0.000017 {0.000068}

0.00006 {0.00023}

0.00018 {0.00070}

0.0003 {0.0011}

Equivalent Capacity of 4P motor

0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW

0.000023 {0.000093}

0.000025 {0.00010 }

0.00003 {0.00012}

0.000073 {0.00029 }

0.00019 {0.00077}

0.0004 {0.0016}

0.00070 {0.0028 }

0.00115 {0.0046 }

0.0030 {0.012 }

3-Phase 0.1kW 3-Phase 0.2kW

0.00070 {0.0028 }

0.00088 {0.0035 }

3-Phase 0.4kW

0.0013 {0.0052}

0.0028 {0.011 }

0.0070 {0.028 }

0.0093 {0.037 }

3-Phase 0.75kW 3-Phase 1.5kW 3-Phase 2.2kW

1-Phase 100W 1-Phase 200W 1-Phase 400W

Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}

Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}

Inertia Moment of Gearmotor

■Inertia Moment I {GD2} of Gearmotor (Motor+Reducer) Itself(Motor Shaft Equivalent, Common to Every Reduction Ratio)

■Inertia Moment I ({GD2}of Brake Gearmotor(Brake Motor+Reducer)(Motor Shaft Equivalent, Common to Every Reduction Ratio)

■Inertia Moment I {GD2} of Reducer(Input/Output Shaft) (Input Shaft Equivalent)

■Inertia Moment I {GD2} of S-Type Reducer (Input Shaft Equivalent)

Technical Information

Technical Information

Page 123: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

Motor Capacity

Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}

Motor Capacity

Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}

121120

Motor Capacity

Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}

3-Phase 0.1kW

0.00055 {0.0022 }

0.00100 {0.0040 }

0.0028 {0.011 }

3-Phase 0.2kW

0.00048 {0.0019 }

0.00073 {0.0029 }

3-Phase 0.4kW

0.0012 {0.0046}

0.0025 {0.010 }

0.0065 {0.026 }

0.0085 {0.034 }

3-Phase 0.75kW 3-Phase 1.5kW 3-Phase 2.2kW

Motor Capacity

Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}

1-Phase 100W 1-Phase 200W 1-Phase 400W

Equivalent Capacity of 4P motor

0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW

0.000006 {0.000023}

0.000007 {0.000029}

0.000017 {0.000068}

0.00006 {0.00023}

0.00018 {0.00070}

0.0003 {0.0011}

Equivalent Capacity of 4P motor

0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW

0.000023 {0.000093}

0.000025 {0.00010 }

0.00003 {0.00012}

0.000073 {0.00029 }

0.00019 {0.00077}

0.0004 {0.0016}

0.00070 {0.0028 }

0.00115 {0.0046 }

0.0030 {0.012 }

3-Phase 0.1kW 3-Phase 0.2kW

0.00070 {0.0028 }

0.00088 {0.0035 }

3-Phase 0.4kW

0.0013 {0.0052}

0.0028 {0.011 }

0.0070 {0.028 }

0.0093 {0.037 }

3-Phase 0.75kW 3-Phase 1.5kW 3-Phase 2.2kW

1-Phase 100W 1-Phase 200W 1-Phase 400W

Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}

Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}

Inertia Moment of Gearmotor

■Inertia Moment I {GD2} of Gearmotor (Motor+Reducer) Itself(Motor Shaft Equivalent, Common to Every Reduction Ratio)

■Inertia Moment I ({GD2}of Brake Gearmotor(Brake Motor+Reducer)(Motor Shaft Equivalent, Common to Every Reduction Ratio)

■Inertia Moment I {GD2} of Reducer(Input/Output Shaft) (Input Shaft Equivalent)

■Inertia Moment I {GD2} of S-Type Reducer (Input Shaft Equivalent)

Technical Information

Technical Information

Page 124: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

123122

Please wire standard gearmotors as shown below. Rotating direction of output shaft, when wires are connected as shown below, are shown in the Performance Table of each type.

T010・T010W

T020・T020W

T040・T040W

075・075W

150・150W

220・220W

S100・S100W

200・200W

400・400W

A

A

A

T

T

T

A

(A)

(T)

T010 T010W

・T020 ・T020W

・T040 ・T040W

200V 400VU

V

W

U V W

S100(100V)・S100W(200V)

100V 200V1 2 3

1 2 3

075 075W

・150 ・150W

・220 ・220W

U

V

W

U V W

100V 200V

220V 440V

30μF 7μF

100g 100g

61

28 70

82

89

φ27 46

R

S

T

U

V

W

R

S

T

U

V

W

MS

3

2C1

7

4

φ4.3

58

41

10

44

29

UV

W

Technical Information

Technical Information

Wiring Method

■3-Phase MotorMotor capacity designations

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Motor

Mark in the Diagram

Lead Wire Type

Black Grey White

Black Brown White

Terminal Box TypeTerminal Code

■3-Phase MotorMotor capacity designations

Power source Motor

Forward

Reverse

Mark in the Diagram

Terminal BoxTerminal Code

■1-Phase MotorMotor capacity designations

Power source

Forward

ReverseMotor

Mark in the Diagram

Lead Wire Type Terminal Box TypeTerminal Code

Blue Black Grey

Brown Black Grey

Capacitor is needed for use in single-phase S100・S100W motors. Use the attached capacitor properly wired. Refer to the diagram on the right.

Capacitor

Voltage Withstand Voltage Capacity Round Weight

■1-Phase Motor(100V) 200・400Motor capacity designations

Power source

Forward

Reverse

U/Black

V/Red

X/Blue

Y/Brown

Motor

■1-Phase Motor(200V) 200W・400WMotor capacity designations

Power source

Forward

Reverse

U/Black

V/Red

X/BlueMotor

Terminal box for Gearmotor (with motor type)

■Terminal Boxes for GTR Gearmotor are as listed below:

No. of Phase

3-Phase

1-Phase

Motor capacity designation

Terminal Box

Standard or optional spec Box Type

● mark in the Table: Terminal Box attached is the standard ▲ mark in the Table: Optional specification * mark in the Table: models for special order If terminal box position is needed or position other than standard is required, refer to Page 140~141.

(Note 1)

(2)

■Types and Configurations● A-Type Terminal Box 3-Phase/200V・400V  1-Phase/100V・200VThis picture is for 3-phase. M3.5 terminal screw

Terminal block code: In case of 1-phase, the expression "U・V・W" change to "1・2・3".

Applicable Code φ8-φ12

● T-Type Terminal Box3-Phase/200V・400V

M5 terminal screw

M4 terminal screw

Gearmotor Wiring・Terminal Box

Page 125: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

123122

Please wire standard gearmotors as shown below. Rotating direction of output shaft, when wires are connected as shown below, are shown in the Performance Table of each type.

T010・T010W

T020・T020W

T040・T040W

075・075W

150・150W

220・220W

S100・S100W

200・200W

400・400W

A

A

A

T

T

T

A

(A)

(T)

T010 T010W

・T020 ・T020W

・T040 ・T040W

200V 400VU

V

W

U V W

S100(100V)・S100W(200V)

100V 200V1 2 3

1 2 3

075 075W

・150 ・150W

・220 ・220W

U

V

W

U V W

100V 200V

220V 440V

30μF 7μF

100g 100g

61

28 70

82

89

φ27 46

R

S

T

U

V

W

R

S

T

U

V

W

MS

3

2C1

7

4

φ4.3

58

41

10

44

29

UV

W

Technical Information

Technical Information

Wiring Method

■3-Phase MotorMotor capacity designations

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Motor

Mark in the Diagram

Lead Wire Type

Black Grey White

Black Brown White

Terminal Box TypeTerminal Code

■3-Phase MotorMotor capacity designations

Power source Motor

Forward

Reverse

Mark in the Diagram

Terminal BoxTerminal Code

■1-Phase MotorMotor capacity designations

Power source

Forward

ReverseMotor

Mark in the Diagram

Lead Wire Type Terminal Box TypeTerminal Code

Blue Black Grey

Brown Black Grey

Capacitor is needed for use in single-phase S100・S100W motors. Use the attached capacitor properly wired. Refer to the diagram on the right.

Capacitor

Voltage Withstand Voltage Capacity Round Weight

■1-Phase Motor(100V) 200・400Motor capacity designations

Power source

Forward

Reverse

U/Black

V/Red

X/Blue

Y/Brown

Motor

■1-Phase Motor(200V) 200W・400WMotor capacity designations

Power source

Forward

Reverse

U/Black

V/Red

X/BlueMotor

Terminal box for Gearmotor (with motor type)

■Terminal Boxes for GTR Gearmotor are as listed below:

No. of Phase

3-Phase

1-Phase

Motor capacity designation

Terminal Box

Standard or optional spec Box Type

● mark in the Table: Terminal Box attached is the standard ▲ mark in the Table: Optional specification * mark in the Table: models for special order If terminal box position is needed or position other than standard is required, refer to Page 140~141.

(Note 1)

(2)

■Types and Configurations● A-Type Terminal Box 3-Phase/200V・400V  1-Phase/100V・200VThis picture is for 3-phase. M3.5 terminal screw

Terminal block code: In case of 1-phase, the expression "U・V・W" change to "1・2・3".

Applicable Code φ8-φ12

● T-Type Terminal Box3-Phase/200V・400V

M5 terminal screw

M4 terminal screw

Gearmotor Wiring・Terminal Box

Page 126: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

When using a brake for long periods of time, the brake gap may become too big to release the brake. Please adjust the brake gap regularly (every year or every 1 to 1.5 million times the brake is used).

125124

0.98{0.10}

0.78{0.08}

1.96{0.20}

1.57{0.16}

3.92{0.40}

3.14{0.32}

7.35{0.75}

5.88{0.60}

14.7{1.50}

11.8{1.20}

14

0.15

1.5×108

1.5×107

14

0.15

1.5×108

1.5×107

16

0.18

1.5×108

1.5×107

24

0.27

4.0×108

4.0×107

46

0.51

6.0×108

6.0×107

90

10

0.1kW

T010 T010W

T020 T020W

T040 T040W

075 075W

150 150W

0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW 1.5kW

21.6{2.20}

17.2{1.76}

46

0.51

6.0×108

6.0×107

220 220W

2.2kW

100W

S100 S100W

0.98{0.10}

0.78{0.08}

90

14

0.15

1.96{0.20}

1.57{0.16}

3.92{0.40}

3.14{0.32}

1.5×108

1.5×107

14

0.15

1.5×108

1.5×107

24

0.27

4.0×108

4.0×107

90

6

200W

200 200W

400 400W

400W

T010・T020・T010W・T020W

T040・T040W

075・075W

150・220・150W・220W

S100・200・S100W・200W

――

400・400W

――

3-Phase/150・220・150W・220W

g 11

G

10

3

1

4

6

8

7

12

2

5

9

1119

3

4

6

8

7

2

10

512

Technical Information

Brake Gearmotor Specifications・Structure

Technical Information

Brake Specifications

Motor Capacity

Items

Motor Capacity Designation

Brake Type

{kgf・m}

Emax(J)

(V)

(W)

(A)

Ts(N・m){kgf・m}

Td(N・m){kgf・m}

Static Friction Torque

Dynamic Friction Torque

Voltage DC (Average) Rectifier Attached

Power (at 75℃)

Current (at 75℃)

Allowable Total Work

Allowable Braking Frequency (times/minute)

3-Phase

"Power-off, Brake-on" Type (Spring Close)

Motor Capacity

Items

{kgf・m}

Emax(J)

(W)

(A)

Ts(N・m){kgf・m}

Td(N・m){kgf・m}

Motor Capacity Designation

Brake Type

Static Friction Torque

Dynamic Friction Torque

Voltage DC (Average) Rectifier Attached

Power (at 75℃)

Current (at 75℃)

Allowable Total Work

Allowable Braking Frequency (times/minute)

1-Phase

"Power-off, Brake-on" Type (Spring Close)

Allowable braking frequencies are guideline values to avoid excessive motor temperature rise. The braking frequency can be increased when loads are light or motor is sufficiently cooled. ( Be sure to maintain the motor surface temperature below 80℃.) Avoid continuous energizing to the brake coil while the motor stops. Use the attached rectifier for the brake power supply. if other type of rectifier is to be sued for power supply, consult us. The life of the contacting point of the 1-phase motor centrifugal switch is 300,000 times as a guideline. Static friction torque/Dynamic friction torque are guideline values and not guaranteed ones.

(Note 1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

Brake Structure

3-Phase/T010・T020・T040・075・T010W・T020W・T040W・075W 1-Phase/S100・200・400・S100W・200W・400W

■Motor Capacity Designation

〈Figure-1〉

g

  Field braket   Spring Pin   Armature   Fan Kit   Spring 1   Spring 2   Nut   Key   Fan cover   Fan cover fixing screw   Bush *  Hexagon socket head bolt   :Gap

● 12* mark is only for capacity S100,100,200,400,S100W, 100W,200W, and 400W

● 1● 2● 3● 4● 5● 6● 7● 8● 9● 10● 11● 12

■Motor Capacity Designation

〈Figure-2〉

  Field   Spring Pin   Armature   Fan Kit   Spring 1   Spring 2   Nut   Key   Hexagon socket head bolt   Fan cover   Fan cover fixing screw   Bush  G:Gap

● 1● 2● 3● 4● 5● 6● 7● 8● 9● 10● 11● 12

■Brake Gap

Figure No.

Figure-1

Figure-2

3-Phase 1-Phase

Motor Capacity DesignationGap for Suction Limit Proper Gap

g:2.3 and below

g:1.8 and below

g:2.4 and below

G:1.0 and below

g:1.9±0.1

g:1.4±0.1

g:2.0±0.1

G:0.4±0.1

Page 127: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

When using a brake for long periods of time, the brake gap may become too big to release the brake. Please adjust the brake gap regularly (every year or every 1 to 1.5 million times the brake is used).

125124

0.98{0.10}

0.78{0.08}

1.96{0.20}

1.57{0.16}

3.92{0.40}

3.14{0.32}

7.35{0.75}

5.88{0.60}

14.7{1.50}

11.8{1.20}

14

0.15

1.5×108

1.5×107

14

0.15

1.5×108

1.5×107

16

0.18

1.5×108

1.5×107

24

0.27

4.0×108

4.0×107

46

0.51

6.0×108

6.0×107

90

10

0.1kW

T010 T010W

T020 T020W

T040 T040W

075 075W

150 150W

0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW 1.5kW

21.6{2.20}

17.2{1.76}

46

0.51

6.0×108

6.0×107

220 220W

2.2kW

100W

S100 S100W

0.98{0.10}

0.78{0.08}

90

14

0.15

1.96{0.20}

1.57{0.16}

3.92{0.40}

3.14{0.32}

1.5×108

1.5×107

14

0.15

1.5×108

1.5×107

24

0.27

4.0×108

4.0×107

90

6

200W

200 200W

400 400W

400W

T010・T020・T010W・T020W

T040・T040W

075・075W

150・220・150W・220W

S100・200・S100W・200W

――

400・400W

――

3-Phase/150・220・150W・220W

g 11

G

10

3

1

4

6

8

7

12

2

5

9

1119

3

4

6

8

7

2

10

512

Technical Information

Brake Gearmotor Specifications・Structure

Technical Information

Brake Specifications

Motor Capacity

Items

Motor Capacity Designation

Brake Type

{kgf・m}

Emax(J)

(V)

(W)

(A)

Ts(N・m){kgf・m}

Td(N・m){kgf・m}

Static Friction Torque

Dynamic Friction Torque

Voltage DC (Average) Rectifier Attached

Power (at 75℃)

Current (at 75℃)

Allowable Total Work

Allowable Braking Frequency (times/minute)

3-Phase

"Power-off, Brake-on" Type (Spring Close)

Motor Capacity

Items

{kgf・m}

Emax(J)

(W)

(A)

Ts(N・m){kgf・m}

Td(N・m){kgf・m}

Motor Capacity Designation

Brake Type

Static Friction Torque

Dynamic Friction Torque

Voltage DC (Average) Rectifier Attached

Power (at 75℃)

Current (at 75℃)

Allowable Total Work

Allowable Braking Frequency (times/minute)

1-Phase

"Power-off, Brake-on" Type (Spring Close)

Allowable braking frequencies are guideline values to avoid excessive motor temperature rise. The braking frequency can be increased when loads are light or motor is sufficiently cooled. ( Be sure to maintain the motor surface temperature below 80℃.) Avoid continuous energizing to the brake coil while the motor stops. Use the attached rectifier for the brake power supply. if other type of rectifier is to be sued for power supply, consult us. The life of the contacting point of the 1-phase motor centrifugal switch is 300,000 times as a guideline. Static friction torque/Dynamic friction torque are guideline values and not guaranteed ones.

(Note 1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

Brake Structure

3-Phase/T010・T020・T040・075・T010W・T020W・T040W・075W 1-Phase/S100・200・400・S100W・200W・400W

■Motor Capacity Designation

〈Figure-1〉

g

  Field braket   Spring Pin   Armature   Fan Kit   Spring 1   Spring 2   Nut   Key   Fan cover   Fan cover fixing screw   Bush *  Hexagon socket head bolt   :Gap

● 12* mark is only for capacity S100,100,200,400,S100W, 100W,200W, and 400W

● 1● 2● 3● 4● 5● 6● 7● 8● 9● 10● 11● 12

■Motor Capacity Designation

〈Figure-2〉

  Field   Spring Pin   Armature   Fan Kit   Spring 1   Spring 2   Nut   Key   Hexagon socket head bolt   Fan cover   Fan cover fixing screw   Bush  G:Gap

● 1● 2● 3● 4● 5● 6● 7● 8● 9● 10● 11● 12

■Brake Gap

Figure No.

Figure-1

Figure-2

3-Phase 1-Phase

Motor Capacity DesignationGap for Suction Limit Proper Gap

g:2.3 and below

g:1.8 and below

g:2.4 and below

G:1.0 and below

g:1.9±0.1

g:1.4±0.1

g:2.0±0.1

G:0.4±0.1

Page 128: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

127126

No.Motor Capacity Designation

3-Phase 〔T010~T040・075~220〕 Motor Capacity Designation

1-Phase 〔S100〕 Motor Capacity Designation 1-Phase 〔200~400〕

No.

No.Motor Capacity Designation

0.005~0.015

0.03~0.10

0.1~0.2

0.005~0.020

0.05~0.15

0.2~0.4

Motor Capacity Designation 3-Phase 〔T010W~T040W・075W~220W〕

Motor Capacity Designation 1-Phase 〔S100W〕

Motor Capacity Designation 1-Phase 〔200W~400W〕

0.005~0.015

0.03~0.10

0.1~0.2

U

V

W

U

V

W

RST

RST

ブレーキ

U

V

W

RST

SC

MS

Motor

SC

MS

SC

MS

U

V

W

(B) (B)

RST

U

V

W

(B) (B)

RST

U

V

W

(B) (B)

RST

SC

MS

SC

MS

SC

MS

3-Phase 〔T010 ~T040 ・075〕 3-Phase 〔T010W~T040W・075W〕

Motor Capacity Designation3-Phase 〔150・220〕 3-Phase 〔150W・220W〕

Motor Capacity Designation1-Phase 〔S100 ・200 ~400〕 1-Phase 〔S100W・200W~400W〕

Technical Information

Technical Information

Types of Wiring and Selecting Points

Wiring

DC Switching

AC Switching (A)

AC Switching (B)

Selecting Point Inverter Hoisting Operation

Wire Saving

Braking Delay

Because of the shortest braking delay time, most appropriate for the application which needs sudden braking such as hoisting operation.

Separate circuit can be employed for motor and brake. Therefore, most appropriate for inverter drive operation.

This is the simplest way. Operation can be done only by connecting to the power source. You can save wiring.

○(Usable)

◎(Optimum)

×(Unusable)

◎(Optimum)

○(Usable)

×(Unusable)

Braking delay time indicates interval between switching off and brake on. (Not the braking time.) For braking delay time by wiring method, refer to Table-7 on page 127.

(Note)

〔Standard Voltage〕 ■Wiring Method

1.DC Switching

2.AC Switching(A

)3.AC Switching(B

)

Power source

Forward

Motor

Reverse

White Yellow

Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red BlackForward

Reverse

Blue

Blue

Power source

Forward

Reverse

WhiteYellow

Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red Black

Forward

Reverse

Motor

Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

BrakeBlue

Blue

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Motor

WhiteYellow

Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue BrakeBlue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Blue

Black

Glay

White Yellow

Rectifier A100-D90

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue Brake

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Blue

MotorBlack

Glay

White

Rectifier A100-D90

Yellow

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue Brake

Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

ReverseMotor

Blue

Black

Glay

White

Rectifier A100-D90

Yellow

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue Brake

Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

Reverse

White Yellow

Blue Blue

Rectifier A100-D90

Red Black

U/Black

V/Red

X/BlueY/Brown

Motor

Forward

ReverseBlue

Blue Brake

Power source

Forward

Reverse

White

Rectifier A100-D90

Yellow

Blue Blue Red Black

Forward

Reverse

U/Black

V/Red

X/BlueY/Brown

Motor

Blue

Blue BrakeBlue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

Reverse

White

Rectifier A100-D90

Yellow

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue Brake

U/Black

V/Red

X/BlueY/Brown

Motor

Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

S: Rotation Changeover Switch C: Capacitor MS: Electro-Magnetic Switch  N : Surge Suppressor (option)

For the application of vertical motion such as lifting, DC Switching wiring should be employed. It is recommended to insert surge suppressor between contact points in DC Switching circuit. (Varistor Voltage 423~517V) The electro-magnetic switch with the rated current of over 6A(AC200V) is recommended for the relay for brake circuit. In case DC Switching wiring is employed, in order to sield the inductive load (DC coil), DC110V, DC13 class is recommended. Also, in case of employing a noncontact relay, it is recommended to use the rated voltage of AC240V equivalent (half-wave rectification switching available). Since the rectifier contains diodes, improper wiring may cause fatal short-circuiting. Therefore, special care should be given to the wiring. For wirings and cautions in case of inverter drive, refer to page 142.

(Note 1) (2) (3)

(4)

(5)

〔High Voltage〕 ■Wiring Method

1.DC Switching

Power source

Forward

Reverse

RedRed

Motor

White Yellow

Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Forward

Reverse Blue Blue

Blue Blue Red Black

Brake

2.AC Switching(A

) Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

Reverse

White YellowRectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red Black

Forward

Reverse

Blue

Blue Brake

RedRed

Motor

3.AC Switching(B

)

Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

Reverse

RedRed

Motor

White YellowRectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red Black

Blue Blue

Brake

Power source

Forward

ReverseMotorBlack

Brown

Glay

White YellowRectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue Brake

Power source

Forward

ReverseMotorBlack

Brown

Glay

WhiteYellow

Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue Brake

Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

ReverseMotorBlack

Brown

Glay

WhiteYellow

Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue Brake

Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

Reverse

U/Black

V/RedX/Blue

MotorWhite Yellow

Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red BlackForward

Reverse

Blue

Blue Brake

Power source

ForwardReverse

Forward

Reverse

U/Black

V/RedX/Blue

Motor

WhiteYellow

Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue Brake

Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

Reverse

U/Black

V/RedX/Blue

Motor

WhiteYellow

Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue Brake

Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

S: Rotation Changeover Switch C: Capacitor MS: Electro-Magnetic Switch  N : Surge Suppressor (option)

For the application of vertical motion such as lifting, DC Switching wiring should be employed. It is recommended to insert surge suppressor between contact points in DC Switching circuit. (Varistor Voltage 423~517V) The electro-magnetic switch with the rated current of over 6A(AC200V) is recommended for the relay for brake circuit. In case DC Switching wiring is employed, in order to sield the inductive load (DC coil), DC110V, DC13 class is recommended. Also, in case of employing a noncontact relay, it is recommended to use the rated voltage of AC240V equivalent (half-wave rectification switching available). * The auxiliary contact with rated current DC13 is a kind of JIS C 8201-5-1 (Low pressure insulation and control switch). Since the rectifier contains diodes, improper wiring may cause fatal short-circuiting. Therefore, special care should be given to the wiring. Regarding the wiring method of 3-phase double voltage supply and special voltages exceeding 230V, please connect the 200V terminal, which is extended out from the motor separately, and input terminal of rectifier. Lead wires for 0.1kW to 0.4kW are in RED and 0.75kW to 2.2kW are in BLACK (B terminals). In case of the operation by inverter drive, the 200V terminal extended out from the motor is not feasible. For details, contact us. For cautions in case of inverter drive, refer to page 142.

(Note 1) (2) (3)

(4)

(5)

■Braking Delay Time: TaBraking delay time indicates interval (second) between switching off and brake on. (Not the braking time.) 〈Table-7〉

1.DC Switching

2.AC Switching(A)

3.AC Switching(B)

Brake Gearmotor Wiring

Page 129: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

127126

No.Motor Capacity Designation

3-Phase 〔T010~T040・075~220〕 Motor Capacity Designation

1-Phase 〔S100〕 Motor Capacity Designation 1-Phase 〔200~400〕

No.

No.Motor Capacity Designation

0.005~0.015

0.03~0.10

0.1~0.2

0.005~0.020

0.05~0.15

0.2~0.4

Motor Capacity Designation 3-Phase 〔T010W~T040W・075W~220W〕

Motor Capacity Designation 1-Phase 〔S100W〕

Motor Capacity Designation 1-Phase 〔200W~400W〕

0.005~0.015

0.03~0.10

0.1~0.2

U

V

W

U

V

W

RST

RST

ブレーキ

U

V

W

RST

SC

MS

Motor

SC

MS

SC

MS

U

V

W

(B) (B)

RST

U

V

W

(B) (B)

RST

U

V

W

(B) (B)

RST

SC

MS

SC

MS

SC

MS

3-Phase 〔T010 ~T040 ・075〕 3-Phase 〔T010W~T040W・075W〕

Motor Capacity Designation3-Phase 〔150・220〕 3-Phase 〔150W・220W〕

Motor Capacity Designation1-Phase 〔S100 ・200 ~400〕 1-Phase 〔S100W・200W~400W〕

Technical Information

Technical Information

Types of Wiring and Selecting Points

Wiring

DC Switching

AC Switching (A)

AC Switching (B)

Selecting Point Inverter Hoisting Operation

Wire Saving

Braking Delay

Because of the shortest braking delay time, most appropriate for the application which needs sudden braking such as hoisting operation.

Separate circuit can be employed for motor and brake. Therefore, most appropriate for inverter drive operation.

This is the simplest way. Operation can be done only by connecting to the power source. You can save wiring.

○(Usable)

◎(Optimum)

×(Unusable)

◎(Optimum)

○(Usable)

×(Unusable)

Braking delay time indicates interval between switching off and brake on. (Not the braking time.) For braking delay time by wiring method, refer to Table-7 on page 127.

(Note)

〔Standard Voltage〕 ■Wiring Method

1.DC Switching

2.AC Switching(A

)3.AC Switching(B

)

Power source

Forward

Motor

Reverse

White Yellow

Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red BlackForward

Reverse

Blue

Blue

Power source

Forward

Reverse

WhiteYellow

Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red Black

Forward

Reverse

Motor

Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

BrakeBlue

Blue

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Motor

WhiteYellow

Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue BrakeBlue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Blue

Black

Glay

White Yellow

Rectifier A100-D90

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue Brake

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Blue

MotorBlack

Glay

White

Rectifier A100-D90

Yellow

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue Brake

Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

ReverseMotor

Blue

Black

Glay

White

Rectifier A100-D90

Yellow

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue Brake

Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

Reverse

White Yellow

Blue Blue

Rectifier A100-D90

Red Black

U/Black

V/Red

X/BlueY/Brown

Motor

Forward

ReverseBlue

Blue Brake

Power source

Forward

Reverse

White

Rectifier A100-D90

Yellow

Blue Blue Red Black

Forward

Reverse

U/Black

V/Red

X/BlueY/Brown

Motor

Blue

Blue BrakeBlue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

Reverse

White

Rectifier A100-D90

Yellow

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue Brake

U/Black

V/Red

X/BlueY/Brown

Motor

Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

S: Rotation Changeover Switch C: Capacitor MS: Electro-Magnetic Switch  N : Surge Suppressor (option)

For the application of vertical motion such as lifting, DC Switching wiring should be employed. It is recommended to insert surge suppressor between contact points in DC Switching circuit. (Varistor Voltage 423~517V) The electro-magnetic switch with the rated current of over 6A(AC200V) is recommended for the relay for brake circuit. In case DC Switching wiring is employed, in order to sield the inductive load (DC coil), DC110V, DC13 class is recommended. Also, in case of employing a noncontact relay, it is recommended to use the rated voltage of AC240V equivalent (half-wave rectification switching available). Since the rectifier contains diodes, improper wiring may cause fatal short-circuiting. Therefore, special care should be given to the wiring. For wirings and cautions in case of inverter drive, refer to page 142.

(Note 1) (2) (3)

(4)

(5)

〔High Voltage〕 ■Wiring Method

1.DC Switching

Power source

Forward

Reverse

RedRed

Motor

White Yellow

Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Forward

Reverse Blue Blue

Blue Blue Red Black

Brake

2.AC Switching(A

) Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

Reverse

White YellowRectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red Black

Forward

Reverse

Blue

Blue Brake

RedRed

Motor

3.AC Switching(B

)

Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

Reverse

RedRed

Motor

White YellowRectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red Black

Blue Blue

Brake

Power source

Forward

ReverseMotorBlack

Brown

Glay

White YellowRectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue Brake

Power source

Forward

ReverseMotorBlack

Brown

Glay

WhiteYellow

Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue Brake

Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

ReverseMotorBlack

Brown

Glay

WhiteYellow

Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue Brake

Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

Reverse

U/Black

V/RedX/Blue

MotorWhite Yellow

Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red BlackForward

Reverse

Blue

Blue Brake

Power source

ForwardReverse

Forward

Reverse

U/Black

V/RedX/Blue

Motor

WhiteYellow

Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue Brake

Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

Reverse

U/Black

V/RedX/Blue

Motor

WhiteYellow

Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue Brake

Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

S: Rotation Changeover Switch C: Capacitor MS: Electro-Magnetic Switch  N : Surge Suppressor (option)

For the application of vertical motion such as lifting, DC Switching wiring should be employed. It is recommended to insert surge suppressor between contact points in DC Switching circuit. (Varistor Voltage 423~517V) The electro-magnetic switch with the rated current of over 6A(AC200V) is recommended for the relay for brake circuit. In case DC Switching wiring is employed, in order to sield the inductive load (DC coil), DC110V, DC13 class is recommended. Also, in case of employing a noncontact relay, it is recommended to use the rated voltage of AC240V equivalent (half-wave rectification switching available). * The auxiliary contact with rated current DC13 is a kind of JIS C 8201-5-1 (Low pressure insulation and control switch). Since the rectifier contains diodes, improper wiring may cause fatal short-circuiting. Therefore, special care should be given to the wiring. Regarding the wiring method of 3-phase double voltage supply and special voltages exceeding 230V, please connect the 200V terminal, which is extended out from the motor separately, and input terminal of rectifier. Lead wires for 0.1kW to 0.4kW are in RED and 0.75kW to 2.2kW are in BLACK (B terminals). In case of the operation by inverter drive, the 200V terminal extended out from the motor is not feasible. For details, contact us. For cautions in case of inverter drive, refer to page 142.

(Note 1) (2) (3)

(4)

(5)

■Braking Delay Time: TaBraking delay time indicates interval (second) between switching off and brake on. (Not the braking time.) 〈Table-7〉

1.DC Switching

2.AC Switching(A)

3.AC Switching(B)

Brake Gearmotor Wiring

Page 130: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

129128

■A200-D90(A100-D45)

max14

7.5±13.9±1

φ0.8

max7.5

max17

30

2.5

10 10

φ4.5

R5

26

36

56

46

17

200 150

61

28 70

82

89

φ27 46

UV

W

T010・T010W

T020・T020W

T040・T040W

075・075W

150・150W

220・220W

S100・S100W

200・200W

400・400W

A

A

A

T

T

T

A

(A)

(T)

Technical Information

Technical Information

Brake Gearmotor Rectifier・Terminal Box

■RectifierThe supplied rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45) or A100-D90 is required for the brake operation of the brake gearmotor. Since the braking delay time differs according to the brake wiring, select the most appropriate wiring method for the application, referring to page 126~127. The rectifier basically contains a surge absorber. However, if a risk is foreseen, add another surge absorber or noise filter for safety sake.

For 3-phase/standard voltage motor For 1-phase High voltage motor

■A200-D90・A100-D90 Dimension Diagram  (A100-D45) 〈Round weight: 40g〉

(Yellow)

(White)

Input Side

(Blue) (Blue)

(Red) (Black)

Output S

ide

■A100-D90 For 1-Phase Standard Voltage Motor

■Surge Suppressor/Option No. OP-ENE471D-10AFor use in cutting off the sparks of a brake switch for DC switching or AC line switching.

Terminal box for Brake Gearmotor

■Terminal Boxes for GTR Brake Gearmotor are as listed below:

No. of Phase Motor capacity designation

Terminal Box

Standard or optional spec Box Type

3-Phase

1-Phase

● mark in the Table: Terminal Box attached is the standard ▲ mark in the Table: Optional specification * mark in the Table: models for special order If terminal box position is needed or position other than standard is required, refer to Page 140~141. Although independent rectifier is the standard specification, rectifier built-in terminal box is also available. Instruct us when ordering. In this case, the type name of the terminal box will be "Z" in case of "A" type box. (Refer to page 130~131.) Please note that the built-in rectifier is not feasible in S100-S100W.

(Note 1)

(2) (3)

■Types and Configurations● A-Type Terminal Box 3-Phase/200V・400V 1-Phase/100V・200VThis picture is for 3-phase. M3.5 terminal screw

Terminal block code: In case of 1-phase, the expression "U・V・W" change to "1・2・3".

Applicable Code φ8-φ12

● T-Type Terminal Box3-Phase/200V・400V

M5 terminal screw

M4 terminal screw

Page 131: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

129128

■A200-D90(A100-D45)

max14

7.5±13.9±1

φ0.8

max7.5

max17

30

2.5

10 10

φ4.5

R5

26

36

56

46

17

200 150

61

28 70

82

89

φ27 46

UV

W

T010・T010W

T020・T020W

T040・T040W

075・075W

150・150W

220・220W

S100・S100W

200・200W

400・400W

A

A

A

T

T

T

A

(A)

(T)

Technical Information

Technical Information

Brake Gearmotor Rectifier・Terminal Box

■RectifierThe supplied rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45) or A100-D90 is required for the brake operation of the brake gearmotor. Since the braking delay time differs according to the brake wiring, select the most appropriate wiring method for the application, referring to page 126~127. The rectifier basically contains a surge absorber. However, if a risk is foreseen, add another surge absorber or noise filter for safety sake.

For 3-phase/standard voltage motor For 1-phase High voltage motor

■A200-D90・A100-D90 Dimension Diagram  (A100-D45) 〈Round weight: 40g〉

(Yellow)

(White)

Input Side

(Blue) (Blue)

(Red) (Black)

Output S

ide

■A100-D90 For 1-Phase Standard Voltage Motor

■Surge Suppressor/Option No. OP-ENE471D-10AFor use in cutting off the sparks of a brake switch for DC switching or AC line switching.

Terminal box for Brake Gearmotor

■Terminal Boxes for GTR Brake Gearmotor are as listed below:

No. of Phase Motor capacity designation

Terminal Box

Standard or optional spec Box Type

3-Phase

1-Phase

● mark in the Table: Terminal Box attached is the standard ▲ mark in the Table: Optional specification * mark in the Table: models for special order If terminal box position is needed or position other than standard is required, refer to Page 140~141. Although independent rectifier is the standard specification, rectifier built-in terminal box is also available. Instruct us when ordering. In this case, the type name of the terminal box will be "Z" in case of "A" type box. (Refer to page 130~131.) Please note that the built-in rectifier is not feasible in S100-S100W.

(Note 1)

(2) (3)

■Types and Configurations● A-Type Terminal Box 3-Phase/200V・400V 1-Phase/100V・200VThis picture is for 3-phase. M3.5 terminal screw

Terminal block code: In case of 1-phase, the expression "U・V・W" change to "1・2・3".

Applicable Code φ8-φ12

● T-Type Terminal Box3-Phase/200V・400V

M5 terminal screw

M4 terminal screw

Page 132: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

131130

61

28 70

U

V

W

R

S

T

SWITCH

UV

WSWITCH

SWITCH

U

V

W

R

S

T

SWITCH

UV

W

U

V

W

AC

AC

R

S

T

UV

WACAC

UV

WSWITCH

整流器内蔵

U

V

W

AC

AC

R

S

T

UV

WACAC

UVW

B1B2

RST

UV

WB1B2

UVWB1B2

RST

UV

WB1B2

◎ △

△ ◎

○ ○

―― ――

The brake lead wire is taken into the terminal box and fixed in the terminal block. Rectifier is not built-in. Any wiring can be feasible according to the customer's specification, such as placing a rectifier within the switchboard. In the case of using double voltage supply, please connect to the 200V terminal, which is extended out from the motor separately. Lead wires for 0.1kW to 0.4kW are in RED and 0.75kW to 2.2kW are in BLACK (B terminals). AC Switching (A) wiring is a tailor-made specification. Please specify it when ordering. The rectifier comes with this product. Please select the most appropriate wiring method according to the wiring diagram on page 126.

Since circuits can be employed for motor and brake separately, it is perfect for inverter drive operation. In the case of using standard voltage, please wire with power supply source of AC200V. In the case of using a double voltage supply, please connect to the 200V terminal, which is extended out from the motor separately, but not fixed on the terminal block. Lead wires for 0.1kW to 0.4kW are in RED and 0.75kW to 2.2kW are in BLACK (B terminals). AC Switching (A) wiring is a tailor-made specification. Please specify it when ordering.

Technical Information

Technical Information

Brake Gearmotor Built in Rectifier

■Motor Capacity Designation3-Phase/T010 ・T020 ・T040     /T010W・T020W・T040W

Z-Type terminal box with built-in rectifier can be attached to the brake motors with the designation codes listed on the left. If you need this spec., direct us when ordering.

In case of rectifier built-in type, the code of the terminal box will change from "A" to "Z". Direct us for the wiring method.

● Z-Type Terminal Box  3-Phase /Standard Specifications・High voltage

M3.5 terminal screw

Connection Plate

Applicable Code φ8-φ12

■Z-Type Terminal Box Wiring Types, Specifications and Selecting Points

Wiring Specs. and Selecting Points Inverter Hoisting Operation Wire Saving Braking Delay

AC Switching(B

)DC Switching

AC Switching

(A)

Independent R

ectifier

Z-Type terminal box contains built-in rectifier and is connected in "AC Switching(B)". Therefore, just connect power supply source to the terminals for start operation. Also you can modify to "DC Switching" by just taking off the connecting plate.

Because of the shortest braking delay time, This is appropriate for the application which needs sudden braking such as hoisting operation.

× (Unusable)

× (Unusable)

× (Unusable)

◎ (Optimum)

◎ (Optimum)

○ (Usable)

Application differs according to the wiring method in the switchboard of the rectifier. (AC Switching(A), AC Switching (B) or DC Switching)

"braking delay time" means the time from turn off switch to start braking motion, not the total time for braking. For braking delay time cause of wiring method, please reter to page 127, chart-7. In case of inverter drive, "AC Switching(B)" wiring and "DC Switching" wiring are not feasible, while "AC Switching(A)" wiring is feasible. (Custom specs.) However, the lead wire 200V terminal extended out from the motor body cannot be used. Contact us for details. For cautions for inverter drive, refer to page 142.

(Note 1)

 (2)

●Rated CurrentThe rated current values listed on the motor performance table on page 118~119 are the ones for motor itself. For rectifier built-in type terminal box, the current value through brake should be taken into account. For details, consult us.

■Wiring Z type Terminal Box

Wiring 3-Phase

AC Switching(

B)

DC Switching

AC Switching(

A)(Specific w

iring) Independent R

ectifier (Specific w

iring)

Standard Specifications/ High voltage

Standard Specifications/ High voltage

Standard Specifications

High voltage200V lead wires from motor coil

Standard Specifications

High voltage

200V lead wires from motor coil

Forward

Reverse

Power source

Connection Plate

built in rectifier

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Forward

Reverse

built in rectifier

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Forward

Reverse

built in rectifier

Power source

Forward

Reverse Forward

Reverse

built in rectifier

Red

Red200V lead wires from motor coil

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

WhiteYellow

Blue Blue Red Black

Forward

Reverse

* This diagram illustrates "AC switching (A)"

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red Black

Forward

Reverse

Red

Red 200V lead wires from motor coil

* This diagram illustrates "AC switching (A)"

Page 133: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

131130

61

28 70

U

V

W

R

S

T

SWITCH

UV

WSWITCH

SWITCH

U

V

W

R

S

T

SWITCH

UV

W

U

V

W

AC

AC

R

S

T

UV

WACAC

UV

WSWITCH

整流器内蔵

U

V

W

AC

AC

R

S

T

UV

WACAC

UVW

B1B2

RST

UV

WB1B2

UVWB1B2

RST

UV

WB1B2

◎ △

△ ◎

○ ○

―― ――

The brake lead wire is taken into the terminal box and fixed in the terminal block. Rectifier is not built-in. Any wiring can be feasible according to the customer's specification, such as placing a rectifier within the switchboard. In the case of using double voltage supply, please connect to the 200V terminal, which is extended out from the motor separately. Lead wires for 0.1kW to 0.4kW are in RED and 0.75kW to 2.2kW are in BLACK (B terminals). AC Switching (A) wiring is a tailor-made specification. Please specify it when ordering. The rectifier comes with this product. Please select the most appropriate wiring method according to the wiring diagram on page 126.

Since circuits can be employed for motor and brake separately, it is perfect for inverter drive operation. In the case of using standard voltage, please wire with power supply source of AC200V. In the case of using a double voltage supply, please connect to the 200V terminal, which is extended out from the motor separately, but not fixed on the terminal block. Lead wires for 0.1kW to 0.4kW are in RED and 0.75kW to 2.2kW are in BLACK (B terminals). AC Switching (A) wiring is a tailor-made specification. Please specify it when ordering.

Technical Information

Technical Information

Brake Gearmotor Built in Rectifier

■Motor Capacity Designation3-Phase/T010 ・T020 ・T040     /T010W・T020W・T040W

Z-Type terminal box with built-in rectifier can be attached to the brake motors with the designation codes listed on the left. If you need this spec., direct us when ordering.

In case of rectifier built-in type, the code of the terminal box will change from "A" to "Z". Direct us for the wiring method.

● Z-Type Terminal Box  3-Phase /Standard Specifications・High voltage

M3.5 terminal screw

Connection Plate

Applicable Code φ8-φ12

■Z-Type Terminal Box Wiring Types, Specifications and Selecting Points

Wiring Specs. and Selecting Points Inverter Hoisting Operation Wire Saving Braking Delay

AC Switching(B

)DC Switching

AC Switching

(A)

Independent R

ectifier

Z-Type terminal box contains built-in rectifier and is connected in "AC Switching(B)". Therefore, just connect power supply source to the terminals for start operation. Also you can modify to "DC Switching" by just taking off the connecting plate.

Because of the shortest braking delay time, This is appropriate for the application which needs sudden braking such as hoisting operation.

× (Unusable)

× (Unusable)

× (Unusable)

◎ (Optimum)

◎ (Optimum)

○ (Usable)

Application differs according to the wiring method in the switchboard of the rectifier. (AC Switching(A), AC Switching (B) or DC Switching)

"braking delay time" means the time from turn off switch to start braking motion, not the total time for braking. For braking delay time cause of wiring method, please reter to page 127, chart-7. In case of inverter drive, "AC Switching(B)" wiring and "DC Switching" wiring are not feasible, while "AC Switching(A)" wiring is feasible. (Custom specs.) However, the lead wire 200V terminal extended out from the motor body cannot be used. Contact us for details. For cautions for inverter drive, refer to page 142.

(Note 1)

 (2)

●Rated CurrentThe rated current values listed on the motor performance table on page 118~119 are the ones for motor itself. For rectifier built-in type terminal box, the current value through brake should be taken into account. For details, consult us.

■Wiring Z type Terminal Box

Wiring 3-Phase

AC Switching(

B)

DC Switching

AC Switching(

A)(Specific w

iring) Independent R

ectifier (Specific w

iring)

Standard Specifications/ High voltage

Standard Specifications/ High voltage

Standard Specifications

High voltage200V lead wires from motor coil

Standard Specifications

High voltage

200V lead wires from motor coil

Forward

Reverse

Power source

Connection Plate

built in rectifier

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Forward

Reverse

built in rectifier

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Forward

Reverse

built in rectifier

Power source

Forward

Reverse Forward

Reverse

built in rectifier

Red

Red200V lead wires from motor coil

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

WhiteYellow

Blue Blue Red Black

Forward

Reverse

* This diagram illustrates "AC switching (A)"

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)

Blue Blue Red Black

Forward

Reverse

Red

Red 200V lead wires from motor coil

* This diagram illustrates "AC switching (A)"

Page 134: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

133132

(A view from the terminal box side)

3-Phase T010・T010W 1-Phase S100・S100W

3-Phase T020・T020W 3-Phase T040・T040W 3-Phase 075・075W 1-Phase 400・400W

3-Phase 150・220 3-Phase 150W・220W

A

B

C

156

83

8

156

83

0

156

83

0

180

102

2

212

124

6

C

B

A

3-Phase/075・150・220

Motor Capacity Designation 〔150・220〕

Technical Information

Technical Information

■Motor Capacity DesignationPlease let me know if you need built in rectifier type terminal box when you order. * When high voltage is required, please ask us on a head.

In case of rectifier built-in motor, inform us of the wiring method together with the type name.

For example : F3SB-35-30-075 AC switching (A)

■Wiring Method

WiringMotor Capacity Designation

〔075〕

DC Switching

AC Switching(

A)

AC Switching(

B)

Rectifier A200-D90

Rectifier A200-D90

Rectifier A200-D90

Rectifier A200-D90

Rectifier A200-D90

Rectifier A200-D90

●Incase of changing speed by inverter drive

In case of rectifier built-in terminal box in combination with inverter, wirings other than AC Switching (A) are not feasible. Also, in the case of AC Switching (A) wiring, power supply to the rectifier should be done through the primary input of the inverter. Refer to page 142.

●Rated Current

The rated current values listed on the motor performance table on page 118~119 are the ones for motor itself. For rectifier built-in type terminal box, the current value through brake should be taken into account. For details, consult us.

Brake Manual Release Device(Option)

If requested, the brake manual release device can be attached. The terminal box and the manual release lever are basically in the same positioning.

(Maximum)

●At Operation

Brake Lead Wire

Manual Release Lever

Terminal Box

Dimensions by Motor Capacity

Motor Capacity Designation

The terminal box and the manual release lever are basically in the same positioning. When built in rectifier terminal box with manual release needs to change position, some direction is impossible as for technical reason. please ask us about detail. In case the position of terminal box has been changed, the positioning with the flat surface of the fan cover can be referred in page 140~141.

(Note 1) (2)

(3)

●At Brake Released

Brake Gearmotor Built in Rectifier

Page 135: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

133132

(A view from the terminal box side)

3-Phase T010・T010W 1-Phase S100・S100W

3-Phase T020・T020W 3-Phase T040・T040W 3-Phase 075・075W 1-Phase 400・400W

3-Phase 150・220 3-Phase 150W・220W

A

B

C

156

83

8

156

83

0

156

83

0

180

102

2

212

124

6

C

B

A

3-Phase/075・150・220

Motor Capacity Designation 〔150・220〕

Technical Information

Technical Information

■Motor Capacity DesignationPlease let me know if you need built in rectifier type terminal box when you order. * When high voltage is required, please ask us on a head.

In case of rectifier built-in motor, inform us of the wiring method together with the type name.

For example : F3SB-35-30-075 AC switching (A)

■Wiring Method

WiringMotor Capacity Designation

〔075〕

DC Switching

AC Switching(

A)

AC Switching(

B)

Rectifier A200-D90

Rectifier A200-D90

Rectifier A200-D90

Rectifier A200-D90

Rectifier A200-D90

Rectifier A200-D90

●Incase of changing speed by inverter drive

In case of rectifier built-in terminal box in combination with inverter, wirings other than AC Switching (A) are not feasible. Also, in the case of AC Switching (A) wiring, power supply to the rectifier should be done through the primary input of the inverter. Refer to page 142.

●Rated Current

The rated current values listed on the motor performance table on page 118~119 are the ones for motor itself. For rectifier built-in type terminal box, the current value through brake should be taken into account. For details, consult us.

Brake Manual Release Device(Option)

If requested, the brake manual release device can be attached. The terminal box and the manual release lever are basically in the same positioning.

(Maximum)

●At Operation

Brake Lead Wire

Manual Release Lever

Terminal Box

Dimensions by Motor Capacity

Motor Capacity Designation

The terminal box and the manual release lever are basically in the same positioning. When built in rectifier terminal box with manual release needs to change position, some direction is impossible as for technical reason. please ask us about detail. In case the position of terminal box has been changed, the positioning with the flat surface of the fan cover can be referred in page 140~141.

(Note 1) (2)

(3)

●At Brake Released

Brake Gearmotor Built in Rectifier

Page 136: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

135134

Features of water-resistant / outdoor gearmotors

U

V

W

U

V

W

U V W 8028

53

0.98{0.10}

0.78{0.08}

1.96{0.20}

1.57{0.16}

3.92{0.40}

3.14{0.32}

7.35{0.75}

5.88{0.60}

10

0.11

1.5×108

1.5×107

16

0.18

1.5×108

1.5×107

18

0.20

1.5×108

1.5×107

22

0.25

4.0×108

4.0×107

90

10

0.1kW

T010 T010W

T020 T020W

T040 T040W

075 075W

0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW

When using a brake for long periods of time, the brake gap may become too big to release the brake. Please adjust the brake gap regularly (every year or every 1 to 1.5 million times the brake is used). Please refer to Page E33 of MIDI SERIES (0.1kW to 2.2kW) catalog for open spaces necessary for removing the brake cover / motor-fan cover during the adjustment of the brake gap.

T010・T010W

T020・T040・T020W・T040W

075・075W

g:0.3±0.1

g:0.3±0.1

g:0.3±0.1

123 4 5

6

7

8

9

1011

123 4 56 7

12

13

14

15

16 17

101189

R

S

T

U

V

W

This is most suitable for use under circumstances where there are water splashes from food machinery, water treatment machinery, etc. Please select a type suitable to your requirements.

(Note 1) This product should not be used in the water or      under high water pressure.

●'IP65' indicates degree of dust and water-proofing. ●The first digit '6' of 'IP65' indicates complete dust-proofing structure, and the second digit '5' indicates protection structure  from water jets in all directions.

Using under circumstances where there are water splashes

Water-resistant specification

Outdoor specification

IP65 SUS420J2

Protection structure Output shaft (material)

IP65 S43C

Protection structure Output shaft (material)

Dust-proofing Drip-proofing Water jet-resistant

Technical Information

Technical Information

Water-Resistant GearmotorWiring・Terminal Box

Wiring for Water-Resistant Gearmotors

The wiring shown below is recommended for water-resistant, outdoor type gearmoters. The rotation direction of the output shaft in the wiring below is shown in the performance table respectively for each model.

■3-Phase Motor

Power source Motor

Forward

Reverse

Mark in the Diagram Terminal Code

■Types and Structures

● E-Type Terminal Box 0.1kW~2.2kW3-Phase/Standard Voltage・High Voltage

(Note) For the E-Type terminal box for gearmotors with brake, refer to page 136.

M4 terminal screwApplicable Code φ8~φ12

Water-Resistant Brake GearmotorSpecifications・Structure

Brake Specifications

Motor Capacity

Items

Emax(J)

{kgf・m}

(V)

(W)

(A)

Ts(N・m){kgf・m}

Td(N・m){kgf・m}

Motor Capacity Designation

Brake Type

Static Friction Torque

Dynamic Friction Torque

Voltage DC (Average) Rectifier Attached

Power (at 75℃)

Current (at 75℃)

Allowable Total Work

Allowable Braking Frequency (times/minute)

3-Phase

"Power-off, Brake-on" Type (Spring Close)

Brake Structure

0.1kW Outer Disk Type 〈Figure-3〉

Field Armature Friction Disk Spring 1 Spring 2 Nut Key Hexagon socket head bolt Brake cover O-ring Brake cover Setscrew

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Gap

0.2kW~0.75kW Fan Attached Type 〈Figure-4〉

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

Field Armature Friction Disk Spring 1 Spring 2 Nut Key Hexagon socket head bolt Brake cover O-ring Brake cover fixing screw Oil seal V-seal Fan Hexagon socket head locking screw Fan cover Fan cover fixing screw Gap

■Brake Gap

3-Phase

Figure No.

Fig.3

Fig.4

Fig.4

Gap for Suction

g:0.8 and below

g:0.7 and below

g:0.9 and below

Limit Proper GapMotor Capacity Designation

Gap adjustment should strictly be done according to the handling manual. Failure to observe this warning may cause unexpected trouble such as water getting through

Page 137: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

135134

Features of water-resistant / outdoor gearmotors

U

V

W

U

V

W

U V W 8028

53

0.98{0.10}

0.78{0.08}

1.96{0.20}

1.57{0.16}

3.92{0.40}

3.14{0.32}

7.35{0.75}

5.88{0.60}

10

0.11

1.5×108

1.5×107

16

0.18

1.5×108

1.5×107

18

0.20

1.5×108

1.5×107

22

0.25

4.0×108

4.0×107

90

10

0.1kW

T010 T010W

T020 T020W

T040 T040W

075 075W

0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW

When using a brake for long periods of time, the brake gap may become too big to release the brake. Please adjust the brake gap regularly (every year or every 1 to 1.5 million times the brake is used). Please refer to Page E33 of MIDI SERIES (0.1kW to 2.2kW) catalog for open spaces necessary for removing the brake cover / motor-fan cover during the adjustment of the brake gap.

T010・T010W

T020・T040・T020W・T040W

075・075W

g:0.3±0.1

g:0.3±0.1

g:0.3±0.1

123 4 5

6

7

8

9

1011

123 4 56 7

12

13

14

15

16 17

101189

R

S

T

U

V

W

This is most suitable for use under circumstances where there are water splashes from food machinery, water treatment machinery, etc. Please select a type suitable to your requirements.

(Note 1) This product should not be used in the water or      under high water pressure.

●'IP65' indicates degree of dust and water-proofing. ●The first digit '6' of 'IP65' indicates complete dust-proofing structure, and the second digit '5' indicates protection structure  from water jets in all directions.

Using under circumstances where there are water splashes

Water-resistant specification

Outdoor specification

IP65 SUS420J2

Protection structure Output shaft (material)

IP65 S43C

Protection structure Output shaft (material)

Dust-proofing Drip-proofing Water jet-resistant

Technical Information

Technical Information

Water-Resistant GearmotorWiring・Terminal Box

Wiring for Water-Resistant Gearmotors

The wiring shown below is recommended for water-resistant, outdoor type gearmoters. The rotation direction of the output shaft in the wiring below is shown in the performance table respectively for each model.

■3-Phase Motor

Power source Motor

Forward

Reverse

Mark in the Diagram Terminal Code

■Types and Structures

● E-Type Terminal Box 0.1kW~2.2kW3-Phase/Standard Voltage・High Voltage

(Note) For the E-Type terminal box for gearmotors with brake, refer to page 136.

M4 terminal screwApplicable Code φ8~φ12

Water-Resistant Brake GearmotorSpecifications・Structure

Brake Specifications

Motor Capacity

Items

Emax(J)

{kgf・m}

(V)

(W)

(A)

Ts(N・m){kgf・m}

Td(N・m){kgf・m}

Motor Capacity Designation

Brake Type

Static Friction Torque

Dynamic Friction Torque

Voltage DC (Average) Rectifier Attached

Power (at 75℃)

Current (at 75℃)

Allowable Total Work

Allowable Braking Frequency (times/minute)

3-Phase

"Power-off, Brake-on" Type (Spring Close)

Brake Structure

0.1kW Outer Disk Type 〈Figure-3〉

Field Armature Friction Disk Spring 1 Spring 2 Nut Key Hexagon socket head bolt Brake cover O-ring Brake cover Setscrew

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Gap

0.2kW~0.75kW Fan Attached Type 〈Figure-4〉

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

Field Armature Friction Disk Spring 1 Spring 2 Nut Key Hexagon socket head bolt Brake cover O-ring Brake cover fixing screw Oil seal V-seal Fan Hexagon socket head locking screw Fan cover Fan cover fixing screw Gap

■Brake Gap

3-Phase

Figure No.

Fig.3

Fig.4

Fig.4

Gap for Suction

g:0.8 and below

g:0.7 and below

g:0.9 and below

Limit Proper GapMotor Capacity Designation

Gap adjustment should strictly be done according to the handling manual. Failure to observe this warning may cause unexpected trouble such as water getting through

Page 138: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

137136

Standard Voltage 3-Phase〔T010~T040・075〕

High Voltage 3-Phase〔T010W~T040W・075W〕

0.005~0.015

0.03~0.13

0.1~0.3

□8028

53

B2B1

VU W

B2B1

VU W

AC

U V

AC

W

U

SWSW

V W

U

SW SW

WV

EX-AA

EX-AB

EX-DC

E X AA

B1

U

V

W

B2

B1

U

V

W

B2

RST

RST

B1

U

V

W

B2

RST

U

V

W

B1

B2

(B) (B)

RST

U

V

W

B2 B1

(B) (B)

RST

U

V

W

B1B2

(B) (B)

RST

Technical Information

Technical Information

Water-Resistant Brake Gearmotor Wiring・Rectifier

● E-Type Terminal Box  3-Phase/Standard Voltage・High Voltage

Separated rectifier type is the standard specification of the terminal box in brake gearmotor. please refer to page 137 for rectifier built-in type.

M4 terminal screw Applicable Code φ8~φ12

Wiring for Water-Resistant, Outdoor Brake Gearmotor ■Wiring Method

WiringMotor capacity designation Braking Delay Time: ta

Braking delay time indicates interval (second) between switching off and brake on.

(Not the braking time.)

AC Switching(

A)

AC Switching(

B)

DC Switching

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Rectifier A200-D90 -UL

WhiteYellow

Blue Blue Red Black

Forward

Reverse

Motor

BrakeBlue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Motor

Rectifier A200-D90 -UL

WhiteYellow

BrakeBlue Blue Red Black

Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Motor

Rectifier A200-D90 -UL

White Yellow

Blue Blue Red BlackForward

Reverse Brake

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Motor

RedRed

Forward

ReverseRectifier A200-D90 -UL

White Yellow

Blue Blue Red Black

Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited. Brake

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Motor

RedRed

Rectifier A200-D90 -UL

White Yellow

Blue Blue Red Black

BrakeBlue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

Reverse

RedRed

Motor

Rectifier A200-D90 -UL

White Yellow

Blue Blue Red BlackForward

Reverse

Brake

S: Rotation Changeover Switch C: Capacitor MS: Electro-Magnetic Switch  N : Surge Suppressor (option)

For the application of vertical motion such as lifting, DC Switching wiring should be employed. It is recommended to insert surge suppressor between contact points in DC Switching circuit. (Varistor Voltage 423~517V) The electro-magnetic switch with the rated current of over 6A(AC200V) is recommended for the relay for brake circuit. In case DC Switching wiring is employed, in order to sield the inductive load (DC coil), DC110V, DC13 class is recommended. Also, in case of employing a noncontact relay, it is recommended to use the rated voltage of AC240V equivalent (half-wave rectification switching available). Since the rectifier contains diodes, improper wiring may cause fatal short-circuiting. Therefore, special care should be given to the wiring. Regarding wiring method of 3-phase double voltage supply and special voltages exceeding 230V, please connect to the 200V terminal, which is extended out from the motor separately, and input terminal of rectifier. Lead wires for 0.1kW to 0.4kW are in RED and 0.75kW to 2.2kW are in BLACK (B terminals). When using an inverter, the 200V terminal, which is extended out from the motor, cannot be used. For more details, please contact us. Please refer to the wiring method and cautions stated on page 142, when using an inverter.

(Note 1) (2) (3)

(4) (5)

Water-Resistant Brake GearmotorWiring・Built-in Rectifier Terminal Box

Separated rectifier type is the standard specification of the terminal box in brake gearmotors.

When you need the rectifier built-in type, contact us with the following manner.

TypeType Code when ordering(Example) (Indicate this type cord in your order.)

AC Switching A

AC Switching B

DC Switching

The wiring method indication code does not appear on the product-type name. It appears in the supplemental number column on the nameplate.

■Explanations of Type Designation

wiring method("AA" means AC Switching A)

Auxiliary Mark(X)

E-Type Terminal Box

■Wiring Method

Wiring Ordered TypePointHoisting

OperationInverter Operation

AC Switching(

A)

Standard

AC Switching(

B)

DC Switching

Please refer to diagram of page 136

Fan cover side Brake Lead Wire

Any wiring can be possible according to the customer's specification, for example, putting the rectifier inside of the switchboard, etc. Brake lead wire is extended out to the terminal block.

Application differs according to the wiring method in the switchboard of the rectifier. (AC Switching(A), AC Switching (B) or DC Switching)

End of type

E

Fan cover side lead Wires at

○ (Usable)

◎ (Optimum)

End of type

EX-AA

Wiring enables inverter operation. Also, the power supply input lead wire for rectifier is extended out to the terminal block.

Rectifier

A200-D90-UL

Fan cover side connection lead wire

A200-D90-ULRectifier

× (Unusable)

× (Unusable)

End of type

EX-AB

Easy wiring. Start operation only by connecting the power source (U・V・W). (Modification to DC Switching wiring can be done only by taking out the connecting lead wire.)

Fan cover side Switch plate for DC Switching

Rectifier

A200-D90-UL

◎ (Optimum)

× (Unusable)

End of type

EX-DC

Because of the shortest braking delay time, most appropriate for the application such as hoisting operation. the DC Switching terminal is extended out to the terminal block.

U

V

W

AC

AC

R

S

T

U

V

WSW

SW

R

S

T

U

V

W

SW

SW

R

S

T

Power source

Forward

ForwardReverse

Reverse

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Forward

Reverse

Page 139: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

137136

Standard Voltage 3-Phase〔T010~T040・075〕

High Voltage 3-Phase〔T010W~T040W・075W〕

0.005~0.015

0.03~0.13

0.1~0.3

□8028

53

B2B1

VU W

B2B1

VU W

AC

U V

AC

W

U

SWSW

V W

U

SW SW

WV

EX-AA

EX-AB

EX-DC

E X AA

B1

U

V

W

B2

B1

U

V

W

B2

RST

RST

B1

U

V

W

B2

RST

U

V

W

B1

B2

(B) (B)

RST

U

V

W

B2 B1

(B) (B)

RST

U

V

W

B1B2

(B) (B)

RST

Technical Information

Technical Information

Water-Resistant Brake Gearmotor Wiring・Rectifier

● E-Type Terminal Box  3-Phase/Standard Voltage・High Voltage

Separated rectifier type is the standard specification of the terminal box in brake gearmotor. please refer to page 137 for rectifier built-in type.

M4 terminal screw Applicable Code φ8~φ12

Wiring for Water-Resistant, Outdoor Brake Gearmotor ■Wiring Method

WiringMotor capacity designation Braking Delay Time: ta

Braking delay time indicates interval (second) between switching off and brake on.

(Not the braking time.)

AC Switching(

A)

AC Switching(

B)

DC Switching

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Rectifier A200-D90 -UL

WhiteYellow

Blue Blue Red Black

Forward

Reverse

Motor

BrakeBlue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Motor

Rectifier A200-D90 -UL

WhiteYellow

BrakeBlue Blue Red Black

Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Motor

Rectifier A200-D90 -UL

White Yellow

Blue Blue Red BlackForward

Reverse Brake

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Motor

RedRed

Forward

ReverseRectifier A200-D90 -UL

White Yellow

Blue Blue Red Black

Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited. Brake

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Motor

RedRed

Rectifier A200-D90 -UL

White Yellow

Blue Blue Red Black

BrakeBlue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.

Power source

Forward

Reverse

RedRed

Motor

Rectifier A200-D90 -UL

White Yellow

Blue Blue Red BlackForward

Reverse

Brake

S: Rotation Changeover Switch C: Capacitor MS: Electro-Magnetic Switch  N : Surge Suppressor (option)

For the application of vertical motion such as lifting, DC Switching wiring should be employed. It is recommended to insert surge suppressor between contact points in DC Switching circuit. (Varistor Voltage 423~517V) The electro-magnetic switch with the rated current of over 6A(AC200V) is recommended for the relay for brake circuit. In case DC Switching wiring is employed, in order to sield the inductive load (DC coil), DC110V, DC13 class is recommended. Also, in case of employing a noncontact relay, it is recommended to use the rated voltage of AC240V equivalent (half-wave rectification switching available). Since the rectifier contains diodes, improper wiring may cause fatal short-circuiting. Therefore, special care should be given to the wiring. Regarding wiring method of 3-phase double voltage supply and special voltages exceeding 230V, please connect to the 200V terminal, which is extended out from the motor separately, and input terminal of rectifier. Lead wires for 0.1kW to 0.4kW are in RED and 0.75kW to 2.2kW are in BLACK (B terminals). When using an inverter, the 200V terminal, which is extended out from the motor, cannot be used. For more details, please contact us. Please refer to the wiring method and cautions stated on page 142, when using an inverter.

(Note 1) (2) (3)

(4) (5)

Water-Resistant Brake GearmotorWiring・Built-in Rectifier Terminal Box

Separated rectifier type is the standard specification of the terminal box in brake gearmotors.

When you need the rectifier built-in type, contact us with the following manner.

TypeType Code when ordering(Example) (Indicate this type cord in your order.)

AC Switching A

AC Switching B

DC Switching

The wiring method indication code does not appear on the product-type name. It appears in the supplemental number column on the nameplate.

■Explanations of Type Designation

wiring method("AA" means AC Switching A)

Auxiliary Mark(X)

E-Type Terminal Box

■Wiring Method

Wiring Ordered TypePointHoisting

OperationInverter Operation

AC Switching(

A)

Standard

AC Switching(

B)

DC Switching

Please refer to diagram of page 136

Fan cover side Brake Lead Wire

Any wiring can be possible according to the customer's specification, for example, putting the rectifier inside of the switchboard, etc. Brake lead wire is extended out to the terminal block.

Application differs according to the wiring method in the switchboard of the rectifier. (AC Switching(A), AC Switching (B) or DC Switching)

End of type

E

Fan cover side lead Wires at

○ (Usable)

◎ (Optimum)

End of type

EX-AA

Wiring enables inverter operation. Also, the power supply input lead wire for rectifier is extended out to the terminal block.

Rectifier

A200-D90-UL

Fan cover side connection lead wire

A200-D90-ULRectifier

× (Unusable)

× (Unusable)

End of type

EX-AB

Easy wiring. Start operation only by connecting the power source (U・V・W). (Modification to DC Switching wiring can be done only by taking out the connecting lead wire.)

Fan cover side Switch plate for DC Switching

Rectifier

A200-D90-UL

◎ (Optimum)

× (Unusable)

End of type

EX-DC

Because of the shortest braking delay time, most appropriate for the application such as hoisting operation. the DC Switching terminal is extended out to the terminal block.

U

V

W

AC

AC

R

S

T

U

V

WSW

SW

R

S

T

U

V

W

SW

SW

R

S

T

Power source

Forward

ForwardReverse

Reverse

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Power source

Forward

Reverse

Forward

Reverse

Page 140: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

139138

max14

7.5±1 3.9±1

φ0.8

max7.5

max17

30

2.5

10 10

φ4.5

R5

26

36

56

46

17

200

Technical Information

Technical Information

Water-Resistant Brake Gearmotor

Wiring・Rectifier

■RectifierThe supplied rectifier A200-D90-UL is required for the brake operation of the brake gearmotor. Since the braking delay time differs according to the brake wiring, select the most appropriate wiring method for the application, referring to page 136. The rectifier basically contains a surge absorber. However, if a risk is foreseen, add another surge absorber or noise filter for safety sake.

■A200-D90-UL Dimension Diagram  (A100-D45) 〈Round weight: 40g〉

150

(Yellow)

(White)

Input Side

(Blue) (Blue)

(Red) (Black)

Output S

ide

■Surge Suppressor Z/Option No.OP-ENC471D-10AFor use in cutting off the sparks of a brake switch for DC switching or AC line switching.

Page 141: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

139138

max14

7.5±1 3.9±1

φ0.8

max7.5

max17

30

2.5

10 10

φ4.5

R5

26

36

56

46

17

200

Technical Information

Technical Information

Water-Resistant Brake Gearmotor

Wiring・Rectifier

■RectifierThe supplied rectifier A200-D90-UL is required for the brake operation of the brake gearmotor. Since the braking delay time differs according to the brake wiring, select the most appropriate wiring method for the application, referring to page 136. The rectifier basically contains a surge absorber. However, if a risk is foreseen, add another surge absorber or noise filter for safety sake.

■A200-D90-UL Dimension Diagram  (A100-D45) 〈Round weight: 40g〉

150

(Yellow)

(White)

Input Side

(Blue) (Blue)

(Red) (Black)

Output S

ide

■Surge Suppressor Z/Option No.OP-ENC471D-10AFor use in cutting off the sparks of a brake switch for DC switching or AC line switching.

Page 142: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

141140

AB

T010・T010W

T020・T020W

T040・T040W

A(Z)

A(Z)

A(Z)

117

117

123

47.5

78.5

84.5

87.5

95.5

104

AB

075・075W

150・220・150W・220W

T

T

122

133

101

111.5

108

132

28

82φ27

A

B

89

A

B

□70

H6 H3 H3HZ H6 HZ

T3 T3 H6 T3 H3 T3 H3T3 HZ T3 T3 H6 T3 HZ

TZ TZ H6 TZ H3 TZ H3TZ HZ TZ TZ H6 TZ HZ

T9 T9 H6 T9 H3 T9 H3T9 HZ T9 T9 H6 T9 HZ

T010 ・T020 T010W・T020W

T040 ・075 ・150 ・220 T040W・075W・150W・220W

Technical Information

Technical Information

Terminal BoxGearmotor・Brake Gearmotor in common

Terminal Box for F3 Series (Hollow shaft and Solid Shaft)

Terminal Box attached is the standard spec. of F3 Series 3-Phase motors.

F3S・F3F in common

Applicable Code φ8~φ12

Motor capacity designation Box TypeGearmotor Brake Gearmotor

Modification of Box Position

90° dividing

90° dividing

90° dividing

Figures above illustrates the standard position of terminal box. For the modification of position, direct us when ordering. Refer to page 141. (Z) in the Box Type column indicates the brake motor with built-in rectifier. Above figure is just a representative. There are different motor shapes at the gear head.

(Note 1) (2) (3)

F3S・F3F in common

Motor capacity designation Box TypeGearmotor Brake Gearmotor

Modification of Box Position

90° dividing

90° dividing

Figures above illustrates the standard position of terminal box. For the modification of position, direct us when ordering. Refer to page 141. Above figure is just a representative. There are different motor shapes.

(Note 1) (2)

Terminal Box PositionGearmotor・Brake Gearmotor in common

Direction method when modifying the position of lead wire type terminal box F3 series.If non-standard positioning of the terminal box is needed, direct us with the code enclosed with     in the table below:

■Direction Method

Motor capacity designation

Modification of Box Position and Power Source Inlet Position

Motor capacity designation

Modification of Box Position and Power Source Inlet Position

Flat surface of fan cover

StandardBox

Hole(left) Brake lead wire

Hole(load side) Hole(right) BoxFlat surface of fan cover

StandardBrake lead wire

Hole(left) Hole(load side) Hole(right)

Standard Standard

T(right) T(right) Hole(lower)

T(right) Hole(load side)

T(right) Hole(upper) T(right)

T(right) Hole(lower)

T(right) Hole(load side)

T(right) Hole(upper)

T(upper) T(upper) Hole(right)

T(upper) Hole(load side)

T(upper) Hole(left) T(upper)

T(upper) Hole(right)

T(upper) Hole(load side)

T(upper) Hole(left)

T(left) T(left)

Hole(upper) T(left)

Hole(load side) T(left)

Hole(lower) T(left) T(left)

Hole(upper) T(left)

Hole(load side) T(left)

Hole(lower)

All the diagrams show the profile viewed from anti-load side of the motor. No need to direct for standard position. Be sure that customers cannot modify the position of the models 0.1kW~0.2kW for the reason of its construction. If modification of position is needed, direct us beforehand with the code in the above diagram. In case of brake motor, the brake lead wire is basically positioned in the same direction as the terminal box. No need to direct the hole position in the lead wire type model.

(Note 1) (2) (3)

(4)

(5)

Load side

Anti-load side

●Meanings of Designations 1)"T" indictaes "Terminal Box". 2) "H" indicates the supply inlet hole.

Page 143: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

141140

AB

T010・T010W

T020・T020W

T040・T040W

A(Z)

A(Z)

A(Z)

117

117

123

47.5

78.5

84.5

87.5

95.5

104

AB

075・075W

150・220・150W・220W

T

T

122

133

101

111.5

108

132

28

82φ27

A

B

89

A

B

□70

H6 H3 H3HZ H6 HZ

T3 T3 H6 T3 H3 T3 H3T3 HZ T3 T3 H6 T3 HZ

TZ TZ H6 TZ H3 TZ H3TZ HZ TZ TZ H6 TZ HZ

T9 T9 H6 T9 H3 T9 H3T9 HZ T9 T9 H6 T9 HZ

T010 ・T020 T010W・T020W

T040 ・075 ・150 ・220 T040W・075W・150W・220W

Technical Information

Technical Information

Terminal BoxGearmotor・Brake Gearmotor in common

Terminal Box for F3 Series (Hollow shaft and Solid Shaft)

Terminal Box attached is the standard spec. of F3 Series 3-Phase motors.

F3S・F3F in common

Applicable Code φ8~φ12

Motor capacity designation Box TypeGearmotor Brake Gearmotor

Modification of Box Position

90° dividing

90° dividing

90° dividing

Figures above illustrates the standard position of terminal box. For the modification of position, direct us when ordering. Refer to page 141. (Z) in the Box Type column indicates the brake motor with built-in rectifier. Above figure is just a representative. There are different motor shapes at the gear head.

(Note 1) (2) (3)

F3S・F3F in common

Motor capacity designation Box TypeGearmotor Brake Gearmotor

Modification of Box Position

90° dividing

90° dividing

Figures above illustrates the standard position of terminal box. For the modification of position, direct us when ordering. Refer to page 141. Above figure is just a representative. There are different motor shapes.

(Note 1) (2)

Terminal Box PositionGearmotor・Brake Gearmotor in common

Direction method when modifying the position of lead wire type terminal box F3 series.If non-standard positioning of the terminal box is needed, direct us with the code enclosed with     in the table below:

■Direction Method

Motor capacity designation

Modification of Box Position and Power Source Inlet Position

Motor capacity designation

Modification of Box Position and Power Source Inlet Position

Flat surface of fan cover

StandardBox

Hole(left) Brake lead wire

Hole(load side) Hole(right) BoxFlat surface of fan cover

StandardBrake lead wire

Hole(left) Hole(load side) Hole(right)

Standard Standard

T(right) T(right) Hole(lower)

T(right) Hole(load side)

T(right) Hole(upper) T(right)

T(right) Hole(lower)

T(right) Hole(load side)

T(right) Hole(upper)

T(upper) T(upper) Hole(right)

T(upper) Hole(load side)

T(upper) Hole(left) T(upper)

T(upper) Hole(right)

T(upper) Hole(load side)

T(upper) Hole(left)

T(left) T(left)

Hole(upper) T(left)

Hole(load side) T(left)

Hole(lower) T(left) T(left)

Hole(upper) T(left)

Hole(load side) T(left)

Hole(lower)

All the diagrams show the profile viewed from anti-load side of the motor. No need to direct for standard position. Be sure that customers cannot modify the position of the models 0.1kW~0.2kW for the reason of its construction. If modification of position is needed, direct us beforehand with the code in the above diagram. In case of brake motor, the brake lead wire is basically positioned in the same direction as the terminal box. No need to direct the hole position in the lead wire type model.

(Note 1) (2) (3)

(4)

(5)

Load side

Anti-load side

●Meanings of Designations 1)"T" indictaes "Terminal Box". 2) "H" indicates the supply inlet hole.

Page 144: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

143142

RST

MS

RST MS

MS

UVWACAC

RST

UV

WACAC

Technical Information

Technical Information

Combination of Gearmotor and Inverter1. Range of Frequency to be Effective In general, frequency of 5̃120Hz is recommended. * For gearmotors with clutch/brake, frequency of 5~60Hz is recommended. (1) Cautions for high speed operations of more than 60Hz.: In the high speed operations of more than 60Hz, vibration and noise will increase. Also, circumferential velocity increased, which may result in shortening of oil seal life. (2) Cautions for low speed operations: In the low speed operation, the cooling effect may decrease, which may result in abnormal temperature rise in motor. Therefore, care should be given to the low speed operations. ( Be sure to maintain the temperature of the motor surface below 80℃.)

2. Torque Characteristics of the motor (Operation Limit) The torque characteristics of the motor (operation limit) differ according to the inverter to be combined with and/or controlling method. We have ready made inverter set (set with the inverter "VS mini J7 Series" produced by Yasukawa Electric Corporation) The employment of this set provides you continuous low speed operation. Please see page 176 to 177 for the price of the inverter set. For more details of the inverter set, please refer to page E86 of the MIDI SERIES (0.1kW to 2.2kW) catalog, and for the continuous rated range of use, refer to page E90 of the MIDI SERIES (0.1kW to 2.2kW) catalog.

3. In case of brake gearmotors For wiring the brake, be sure to bypass the inverter. (Power supply should be from the primary side of the inverter) Fluctuations of the voltage may result in braking failure. Refer to the wiring diagram below:

DC Switching

Power sourceBlack

Glay

White MotorInverter

Yellow

A200-D90 (A100-D45)

White

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue Brake

AC Switching (A)

Power source Power sourceBlackGlay

White MotorInverter

A200-D90 (A100-D45)

WhiteYellow

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue Brake

Z-Type Terminal Box (Rectifier built-in) AC Switching A)

Inverter

built in rectifier

4. Correction of the Allowable Value (selection) During operation at high speed, it is required that the tolerance should be corrected. To determine the value, please multiply the correction coefficient according to 'Allowable Torque Coefficient by Reducer Input Rotation Speed' on page 144.

5. In case of driving 400V class motor with inverter Surge voltage may arise between the terminals of the motor, which may weaken the insulation effect of the motor. In general, there are two ways to suppress the surge voltage, namely, one for suppressing the voltage at the initial stage(output reactor) and the other for suppressing the crest value (output filter). (1) Output Reactor If the wiring length is relatively short, install the AC reactor in the inverter output side and suppress the crest value. This enables the surge voltage reduced. Suppression of the crest value of the surge voltage may be difficult if the wiring is long. (2) Output filter Install the filter in the inverter output side and suppress the crest value of the terminal voltage of the motor.

Since the explanations stated above are the general handling methods, we recommend you to consult with the inverter manufacturer for more details.

Page 145: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

143142

RST

MS

RST MS

MS

UVWACAC

RST

UV

WACAC

Technical Information

Technical Information

Combination of Gearmotor and Inverter1. Range of Frequency to be Effective In general, frequency of 5̃120Hz is recommended. * For gearmotors with clutch/brake, frequency of 5~60Hz is recommended. (1) Cautions for high speed operations of more than 60Hz.: In the high speed operations of more than 60Hz, vibration and noise will increase. Also, circumferential velocity increased, which may result in shortening of oil seal life. (2) Cautions for low speed operations: In the low speed operation, the cooling effect may decrease, which may result in abnormal temperature rise in motor. Therefore, care should be given to the low speed operations. ( Be sure to maintain the temperature of the motor surface below 80℃.)

2. Torque Characteristics of the motor (Operation Limit) The torque characteristics of the motor (operation limit) differ according to the inverter to be combined with and/or controlling method. We have ready made inverter set (set with the inverter "VS mini J7 Series" produced by Yasukawa Electric Corporation) The employment of this set provides you continuous low speed operation. Please see page 176 to 177 for the price of the inverter set. For more details of the inverter set, please refer to page E86 of the MIDI SERIES (0.1kW to 2.2kW) catalog, and for the continuous rated range of use, refer to page E90 of the MIDI SERIES (0.1kW to 2.2kW) catalog.

3. In case of brake gearmotors For wiring the brake, be sure to bypass the inverter. (Power supply should be from the primary side of the inverter) Fluctuations of the voltage may result in braking failure. Refer to the wiring diagram below:

DC Switching

Power sourceBlack

Glay

White MotorInverter

Yellow

A200-D90 (A100-D45)

White

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue Brake

AC Switching (A)

Power source Power sourceBlackGlay

White MotorInverter

A200-D90 (A100-D45)

WhiteYellow

Blue Blue Red Black Blue

Blue Brake

Z-Type Terminal Box (Rectifier built-in) AC Switching A)

Inverter

built in rectifier

4. Correction of the Allowable Value (selection) During operation at high speed, it is required that the tolerance should be corrected. To determine the value, please multiply the correction coefficient according to 'Allowable Torque Coefficient by Reducer Input Rotation Speed' on page 144.

5. In case of driving 400V class motor with inverter Surge voltage may arise between the terminals of the motor, which may weaken the insulation effect of the motor. In general, there are two ways to suppress the surge voltage, namely, one for suppressing the voltage at the initial stage(output reactor) and the other for suppressing the crest value (output filter). (1) Output Reactor If the wiring length is relatively short, install the AC reactor in the inverter output side and suppress the crest value. This enables the surge voltage reduced. Suppression of the crest value of the surge voltage may be difficult if the wiring is long. (2) Output filter Install the filter in the inverter output side and suppress the crest value of the terminal voltage of the motor.

Since the explanations stated above are the general handling methods, we recommend you to consult with the inverter manufacturer for more details.

Page 146: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

145144

500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3600

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.1kW

0.2kW

0.4kW

0.75kW

1.5kW

2.2kW

5

5

5

6

8

8

13

13

16

21.5

27

31

+0.05 +0.01+0.05 +0.01+0.05 +0.01+0.05 +0.01+0.05 +0.01+0.05 +0.01

+0.1 0+0.1 0+0.2 0+0.2 0+0.2 0+0.2 0

W T

Attaching flange

bore

input pinion

Tap for tightening bolt (4 places)

W

T

45°

Technical Information

Technical InformationReducer (Input/Output Shaft)

Independent Reducer consists of the reducer part of GTR gearmotors. Use this reducer in the following cases:

123

When required reducer unit only. In case of driving reducer with special motor or with motors other than electric motor. In case input rotation speeds of reducer and motor are different.

Relation between the Input Rotation Speed and the Output Shaft Allowable Torque

The values of output shaft allowable torque in the performance table are the values when the input rotation speed is 1500rpm. In case of using the motor with the different rotation speed, the output allowable torque can be obtained by multiplying the torque correction coefficient in the diagram below

■Allowable Torque Coefficient by Reducer Input Rotation Speed

Allowable torque correction coefficient

Input rotation speed (rpm)

The allowable O.H.L. can also be obtained by the correction coefficient shown above. As for the allowable inertia moment I {allowable GD2}, in case of using with the input rotation speed of over 1800rpm, it can be obtained by multiplying (1800/input・rpm)_ to the allowable inertia moment in the Table-2 on page 115.

1) 2)

■Example

In case of using the model F3S-35-40-075 with the input rotation speed of 2500rpm, the output shaft allowable torque, input/output shaft allowable O.H.L., and output shaft allowable inertia moment {GD2} can be obtained as follows. From the above table, the correction coefficient at the input rotation speed of 2500rpm is 0.8, therefore values can be obtained as follows:

Output shaft allowable torque =166×0.8=133N・m

{16.9×0.8=13.2kgf・m}

Input shaft allowable O.H.L. =392×0.8=314N

{40×0.8=32kgf}

Output shaft allowable O.H.L. =3480×0.8=2784N

{355×0.8=284kgf}

Also, the output shaft allowable inertia moment I{GD2}

can be obtained by

0.003×(1800/2500)2×402≒2.5kg・m2

{0.012×(1800/2500)2×402≒10.0kgf・m2}

S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor)

All GTR gearmotors are equipped with our self-manufactured motors. If you wish to equip with other types of motor or special motors, such as an outdoor motor or increased safety explosion-proof motor, please use this S-type Reducer. This reducer can be attached if the motor attaching part conforms to JEM1401-1991, with the same dimension as that of the low pressure 3-phase basket-shape inductive motor with flange shape for general use.

Motor for the S-Type Reducer should be prepared and attached by customer. The color of the motor for the S-Type Reducer will be chosen by the motor manufacturer. In case of using a motor like servo motor which has special motor torque characteristics, care should be given to the selection of the reducer model. Please include Low Backlash Reducer A Series for servo motors for your consideration. Catalogs are available separately.

* * *

Motor Installing Procedure

Confirm if the key is precisely set in the input pinion. (equiv. 4P motor capacity: 0.1・0.2kW) Fit the key position to the flat part of the motor shaft or key groove and insert it. Confirm if the bore of the motor perfectly fit in, and then tighten with 4 bolts.

1

2

3

Be sure to read the cautions on page 156.(Note)

Detailed dimension of input pinion key groove4

Equiv. capacity 4P motor Standard Dimension Dimension Tolerance Standard Dimension Dimension Tolerance

For cautions when installing motor to the S-Type Reducer, refer to page 156.

(Note)

Page 147: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

145144

500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3600

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.1kW

0.2kW

0.4kW

0.75kW

1.5kW

2.2kW

5

5

5

6

8

8

13

13

16

21.5

27

31

+0.05 +0.01+0.05 +0.01+0.05 +0.01+0.05 +0.01+0.05 +0.01+0.05 +0.01

+0.1 0+0.1 0+0.2 0+0.2 0+0.2 0+0.2 0

W T

Attaching flange

bore

input pinion

Tap for tightening bolt (4 places)

W

T

45°

Technical Information

Technical InformationReducer (Input/Output Shaft)

Independent Reducer consists of the reducer part of GTR gearmotors. Use this reducer in the following cases:

123

When required reducer unit only. In case of driving reducer with special motor or with motors other than electric motor. In case input rotation speeds of reducer and motor are different.

Relation between the Input Rotation Speed and the Output Shaft Allowable Torque

The values of output shaft allowable torque in the performance table are the values when the input rotation speed is 1500rpm. In case of using the motor with the different rotation speed, the output allowable torque can be obtained by multiplying the torque correction coefficient in the diagram below

■Allowable Torque Coefficient by Reducer Input Rotation Speed

Allowable torque correction coefficient

Input rotation speed (rpm)

The allowable O.H.L. can also be obtained by the correction coefficient shown above. As for the allowable inertia moment I {allowable GD2}, in case of using with the input rotation speed of over 1800rpm, it can be obtained by multiplying (1800/input・rpm)_ to the allowable inertia moment in the Table-2 on page 115.

1) 2)

■Example

In case of using the model F3S-35-40-075 with the input rotation speed of 2500rpm, the output shaft allowable torque, input/output shaft allowable O.H.L., and output shaft allowable inertia moment {GD2} can be obtained as follows. From the above table, the correction coefficient at the input rotation speed of 2500rpm is 0.8, therefore values can be obtained as follows:

Output shaft allowable torque =166×0.8=133N・m

{16.9×0.8=13.2kgf・m}

Input shaft allowable O.H.L. =392×0.8=314N

{40×0.8=32kgf}

Output shaft allowable O.H.L. =3480×0.8=2784N

{355×0.8=284kgf}

Also, the output shaft allowable inertia moment I{GD2}

can be obtained by

0.003×(1800/2500)2×402≒2.5kg・m2

{0.012×(1800/2500)2×402≒10.0kgf・m2}

S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor)

All GTR gearmotors are equipped with our self-manufactured motors. If you wish to equip with other types of motor or special motors, such as an outdoor motor or increased safety explosion-proof motor, please use this S-type Reducer. This reducer can be attached if the motor attaching part conforms to JEM1401-1991, with the same dimension as that of the low pressure 3-phase basket-shape inductive motor with flange shape for general use.

Motor for the S-Type Reducer should be prepared and attached by customer. The color of the motor for the S-Type Reducer will be chosen by the motor manufacturer. In case of using a motor like servo motor which has special motor torque characteristics, care should be given to the selection of the reducer model. Please include Low Backlash Reducer A Series for servo motors for your consideration. Catalogs are available separately.

* * *

Motor Installing Procedure

Confirm if the key is precisely set in the input pinion. (equiv. 4P motor capacity: 0.1・0.2kW) Fit the key position to the flat part of the motor shaft or key groove and insert it. Confirm if the bore of the motor perfectly fit in, and then tighten with 4 bolts.

1

2

3

Be sure to read the cautions on page 156.(Note)

Detailed dimension of input pinion key groove4

Equiv. capacity 4P motor Standard Dimension Dimension Tolerance Standard Dimension Dimension Tolerance

For cautions when installing motor to the S-Type Reducer, refer to page 156.

(Note)

Page 148: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

147146

F3 Input/Output Shaft Type

F3 S-Type Reducer

010

020

040

075

150

220

28

28

32

37

42

48

10

10

10

17

21

26

22

22

26.5

25.5

42.5

41.5

40

40

46.5

52.5

74.5

80.5

114.5

114.5

127

142

165

165

8

8

10

10

11

13

80

80

92

105

129

130

43

43

48

62

74

90

12

12

15

20

25

30

25

25

30

35

40

45

4×4×22

4×4×22

5×5×27

6×6×32

8×7×35

8×7×40

A B C D E F G H I J

010

020

040

075

150

220

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

5

5.5

5.5

5.5

5.5

6.5

7

8.5

8.5

8.5

10

12.5

13

39

39

39

47

62

70

59

59

59

67

88

96

L1 L2 L3 D1 D2

D

φI h6φFφGφH

J

B

A

C

E

L1

L

LφD φD1 2 3

2

Technical Information

Technical Information

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Input Shaft

DimensionMotor Capacity Designation key

DimensionMotor Capacity Designation

Each dimension indicated shows standard value. It is recommended to have enough allowance especially for the L2, D1 and D2 parts for their rough surfaces.

(Note)

Page 149: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

147146

F3 Input/Output Shaft Type

F3 S-Type Reducer

010

020

040

075

150

220

28

28

32

37

42

48

10

10

10

17

21

26

22

22

26.5

25.5

42.5

41.5

40

40

46.5

52.5

74.5

80.5

114.5

114.5

127

142

165

165

8

8

10

10

11

13

80

80

92

105

129

130

43

43

48

62

74

90

12

12

15

20

25

30

25

25

30

35

40

45

4×4×22

4×4×22

5×5×27

6×6×32

8×7×35

8×7×40

A B C D E F G H I J

010

020

040

075

150

220

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

5

5.5

5.5

5.5

5.5

6.5

7

8.5

8.5

8.5

10

12.5

13

39

39

39

47

62

70

59

59

59

67

88

96

L1 L2 L3 D1 D2

D

φI h6φFφGφH

J

B

A

C

E

L1

L

LφD φD1 2 3

2

Technical Information

Technical Information

Detailed Dimension Diagram of Input Shaft

DimensionMotor Capacity Designation key

DimensionMotor Capacity Designation

Each dimension indicated shows standard value. It is recommended to have enough allowance especially for the L2, D1 and D2 parts for their rough surfaces.

(Note)

Page 150: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

149148

MK

18

22

28

32

40

27

35

40

50

60

30

40

45

55

65

S(h6)

18

22

28

32

40

 0 -0.011

 0 -0.013

 0 -0.016

P(h9)

6

8

10

12

 0 -0.030

 0 -0.030

 0 -0.090

 0 -0.036

 0 -0.043

T

6

7

Q

3.5 4 5

P φS

T

Q

MK

D1 W T L P C1 F GL1D (H8)

D2 (h7)

20

25

30

35

45

50

55

φ20

φ25

φ30

φ35

φ45

φ50

φ55

φ29

φ39

φ44

φ49

φ64

φ74

φ79

φ53

φ66

φ75

φ85

φ100

φ110

φ120

6

8

8

10

14

14

16

22.8

28.3

33.3

38.3

48.8

53.8

59.3

96

118

124

142

168

172

220

24

27

33

38

50

55

61

13

14

17

20

26

29

32

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

1.15

1.35

1.35

1.75

1.95

2.20

2.20

B D E F GA C

20

25

30

35

45

50

55

64

79

82

95

108

120

143

25.5

29.5

19.5

33.5

33.5

43

43

15.7

19.7

19.7

23.7

23.7

41

41

φ57

φ70

φ79

φ89

φ104

φ141

φ141

φ 40

φ 53

φ 62

φ 72

φ 87

φ127.5

φ127.5

φ 26

φ 37.5

φ 46.5

φ 55

φ 70

φ104

φ104

14

18

18

22

22

32

32

8

L

C1 C1

E

D1D1

D2D2

W

T

L1 L1

F

30°

G GP P

E

AB BC C

2 2

A

(F) (F)

(G) (G)

EED D

10° 10°

The shaded area represents empty space.

D D

Technical Information

Technical Information

Detailed Dimensions of Hollow Shaft/Solid Shaft

F3S Type

Flange Surface Flange Surface

Chase for retaining ring detail for inside of circleE

Detailed dimension table for the hollow shaft part

Frame Number

* Refer to the "Differences between F2 Sereis and F3 Series" in page 112.

F3F Type

Dimension

Frame Number

Key

Detailed Drawing of the Hollow Shaft Protective Cap

F3S Type

Frame Number

Page 151: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

149148

MK

18

22

28

32

40

27

35

40

50

60

30

40

45

55

65

S(h6)

18

22

28

32

40

 0 -0.011

 0 -0.013

 0 -0.016

P(h9)

6

8

10

12

 0 -0.030

 0 -0.030

 0 -0.090

 0 -0.036

 0 -0.043

T

6

7

Q

3.5 4 5

P φS

T

Q

MK

D1 W T L P C1 F GL1D (H8)

D2 (h7)

20

25

30

35

45

50

55

φ20

φ25

φ30

φ35

φ45

φ50

φ55

φ29

φ39

φ44

φ49

φ64

φ74

φ79

φ53

φ66

φ75

φ85

φ100

φ110

φ120

6

8

8

10

14

14

16

22.8

28.3

33.3

38.3

48.8

53.8

59.3

96

118

124

142

168

172

220

24

27

33

38

50

55

61

13

14

17

20

26

29

32

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

1.15

1.35

1.35

1.75

1.95

2.20

2.20

B D E F GA C

20

25

30

35

45

50

55

64

79

82

95

108

120

143

25.5

29.5

19.5

33.5

33.5

43

43

15.7

19.7

19.7

23.7

23.7

41

41

φ57

φ70

φ79

φ89

φ104

φ141

φ141

φ 40

φ 53

φ 62

φ 72

φ 87

φ127.5

φ127.5

φ 26

φ 37.5

φ 46.5

φ 55

φ 70

φ104

φ104

14

18

18

22

22

32

32

8

L

C1 C1

E

D1D1

D2D2

W

T

L1 L1

F

30°

G GP P

E

AB BC C

2 2

A

(F) (F)

(G) (G)

EED D

10° 10°

The shaded area represents empty space.

D D

Technical Information

Technical Information

Detailed Dimensions of Hollow Shaft/Solid Shaft

F3S Type

Flange Surface Flange Surface

Chase for retaining ring detail for inside of circleE

Detailed dimension table for the hollow shaft part

Frame Number

* Refer to the "Differences between F2 Sereis and F3 Series" in page 112.

F3F Type

Dimension

Frame Number

Key

Detailed Drawing of the Hollow Shaft Protective Cap

F3S Type

Frame Number

Page 152: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

151150

Technical Information

Technical Information

F3S Type Attachment and Detachment of Hollow Shaft

Attachment of Hollow Shaft and Driven Shaft of Reducer

Apply anti-seizing agent proper for the using circumstance such as molybdenum disulfide, on the surface of the driven shaft and the bore of the hollow shaft, and then insert the reducer in the driven shaft. In case impact does not affect in the uniform load, "H7" tolerance is recommended for the driven shaft. In case shock load is imposed or great radial load is observed, tighten the fittings. "H8" tolerance is recommended for the bore of the hollow shaft. If the fitting is too tight, tap the edge of the hollow drive shaft with the plastic hummer and fit together. In this case, never hit the casing. Smoother insert can be obtained if you prepare jigs shown in the figure below:

1

2

3

Driven shaft

Key materialTolerance of the bore Range of H8 Hollow shaft

Tolerance of the fixed side bore, range of H8

Spacer

Nut (Input shaft can be inserted by tightening the nut.)

Bolt

Bearing

Oil seal

Figure-1 Spacer, nuts, bolts, key materials and bearing parts should be prepared by customer.

The length of the driven shaft and the fixing key are recommended to be within the tolerance of H8 range of the fixed side bore. (The dimension of the bore H8 tolerance part can be seen as L1 in the "Detailed figure of the Hollow Shaft" on page 148.) It is recommended to supress the fluctuation at the edge of the driven shaft below 0.05. The greater fluctuation at operation may give harmful effect to the reducer.

4

5

Connecting Reducer with Driven Shaft

Driven shaft with shoulder1

Fixing the driven shaft between the pillows

Connecting machine

Stopper ringSpacer

Bolt

Figure-2 Fixing by spacer and stopper ring (The spacer, bolt and retaining ring parts should be prepared by customer.)

Excessive tightening of the bolt may cause deformation of the retaining ring, which carefully note.(Note)

Fixing the driven shaft between the pillows

End plate

Bolt

Connecting machine

Figure-3 Fixing by End plate (End plate, bolt parts should be prepared by customer.)

Driven shaft without shoulder2

Fixing the driven shaft between the pillows

Connecting machine

positioning spacer

Stopper ring

Spacer

Bolt

Figure-4 Fixing by spacer and stopper ring (Spacer, positioning spacer, bolt and stopper ring parts should be prepared by customer.)

Be sure to have space between the outer diameter of the spacer and the inner diameter of the hollow shaft. Excessive tightness of the fitting or inaccuracy of the spacer's diameter may cause greater fluctuation on the driven and hollow shafts. Positioning spacer is used when deciding the position of the reducer. In case the length of the driven shaft is clarified preliminarily, positioning spacer is not necessary. By having positioning spacer, smooth detachment from the hollow shaft can be obtained. (For the details of detachment from the hollow shaft, refer to Figure-5 on page 152.)

(Note)

Page 153: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

151150

Technical Information

Technical Information

F3S Type Attachment and Detachment of Hollow Shaft

Attachment of Hollow Shaft and Driven Shaft of Reducer

Apply anti-seizing agent proper for the using circumstance such as molybdenum disulfide, on the surface of the driven shaft and the bore of the hollow shaft, and then insert the reducer in the driven shaft. In case impact does not affect in the uniform load, "H7" tolerance is recommended for the driven shaft. In case shock load is imposed or great radial load is observed, tighten the fittings. "H8" tolerance is recommended for the bore of the hollow shaft. If the fitting is too tight, tap the edge of the hollow drive shaft with the plastic hummer and fit together. In this case, never hit the casing. Smoother insert can be obtained if you prepare jigs shown in the figure below:

1

2

3

Driven shaft

Key materialTolerance of the bore Range of H8 Hollow shaft

Tolerance of the fixed side bore, range of H8

Spacer

Nut (Input shaft can be inserted by tightening the nut.)

Bolt

Bearing

Oil seal

Figure-1 Spacer, nuts, bolts, key materials and bearing parts should be prepared by customer.

The length of the driven shaft and the fixing key are recommended to be within the tolerance of H8 range of the fixed side bore. (The dimension of the bore H8 tolerance part can be seen as L1 in the "Detailed figure of the Hollow Shaft" on page 148.) It is recommended to supress the fluctuation at the edge of the driven shaft below 0.05. The greater fluctuation at operation may give harmful effect to the reducer.

4

5

Connecting Reducer with Driven Shaft

Driven shaft with shoulder1

Fixing the driven shaft between the pillows

Connecting machine

Stopper ringSpacer

Bolt

Figure-2 Fixing by spacer and stopper ring (The spacer, bolt and retaining ring parts should be prepared by customer.)

Excessive tightening of the bolt may cause deformation of the retaining ring, which carefully note.(Note)

Fixing the driven shaft between the pillows

End plate

Bolt

Connecting machine

Figure-3 Fixing by End plate (End plate, bolt parts should be prepared by customer.)

Driven shaft without shoulder2

Fixing the driven shaft between the pillows

Connecting machine

positioning spacer

Stopper ring

Spacer

Bolt

Figure-4 Fixing by spacer and stopper ring (Spacer, positioning spacer, bolt and stopper ring parts should be prepared by customer.)

Be sure to have space between the outer diameter of the spacer and the inner diameter of the hollow shaft. Excessive tightness of the fitting or inaccuracy of the spacer's diameter may cause greater fluctuation on the driven and hollow shafts. Positioning spacer is used when deciding the position of the reducer. In case the length of the driven shaft is clarified preliminarily, positioning spacer is not necessary. By having positioning spacer, smooth detachment from the hollow shaft can be obtained. (For the details of detachment from the hollow shaft, refer to Figure-5 on page 152.)

(Note)

Page 154: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

153152

20

25

30

35

45

50

55

3

4

5

5

5

6

6

φ7

φ7

φ9

φ11

φ11

φ13

φ13

φ19.5

φ24.5

φ29.5

φ34.5

φ44.5

φ49.5

φ54.5

M6

M6

M8

M10

M10

M12

M12

F3S-20

F3S-25

F3S-30

F3S-35

F3S-45

F3S-50

F3S-55

φA

LL1 L1P P

Frame No. AShapeCapacity B C D E HF GReduction Ratio20(18)

25(22)

30(28)

35(32)

45(40)

30

35

45

50

55

1/ 5~1/ 60 1/ 5~1/ 60 1/ 80~1/ 240 1/ 5~1/ 60 1/ 80~1/ 240 1/ 300~1/ 375 1/ 5~1/ 60 1/ 80~1/ 240 1/ 300~1/ 375 1/ 450~1/ 750 1/ 5~1/ 60 1/ 5~1/ 30 1/ 80~1/ 240 1/ 300~1/ 375 1/ 450~1/ 750 1/ 900~1/1200 1/ 40~1/ 60 1/ 80~1/ 240 1/ 80~1/ 120 1/ 300 1/ 450~1/ 600 1/ 900~1/1200 1/1500

φ10.5 φ10.5 φ10.5 φ10.5

φ12.5

Figure1

Figure2

φ12.5

φ16.5

φ16.5

φ16.5

φ20.5

φ20.5

φ8.6 φ8.6 φ8.6 φ8.6

0.1 0.2 0.1 0.4 0.2 0.1 0.75 0.4 0.2 0.1 1.5 2.2 0.75 0.4 0.2 0.1 2.2 1.5 2.2 0.75 0.4 0.2 0.1

kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW

M10×P1.5 M10×P1.5 M10×P1.5 M10×P1.5

M12×P1.75

M12×P1.75

M16×P2

M16×P2

M16×P2

M20×P2.5

M20×P2.5

25 25 25 25

12 14.5 14.5 15.5

37 39.5 39.5 40.5

― ― ― ―

― ― ― ―

φ10.63015.5 45.5 ― ―

φ10.63018 48 ― ―

φ14 4018 58 ― ―

φ14 4023 63 ― ―

φ17.55023 73 ― ―

φ14 4019 59 19 40

φ17.55021.5 71.5 21.5 50

E

4-A

C D F

4-BFigure1

4-A

EC D H G

F

4-BFigure2

Technical Information

Technical Information

F3S Type Attachment and Detachment of Hollow Shaft

Recommended size for the driven shaft fixing part.

Bolt

SpacerC-type stopper ring

<Recommended sizes for the driven shaft fixing parts>

Bolt sizeSpacer measurements

Outer diameter Inner diameter Width

Nominal designation for C-type stopper ring

About the length of driven shaft

The driven shaft must be reached to the both side of the L1 part. (As shown on the right figure) However, be sure to have an allowance for the spacer's dimension necessary at the "detachment from the hollow shaft". For detailed dimensions of the hollow shaft / output shaft, please refer to page 148.

About the length of key for the driven shaft

The length of the key should be more than 1.5 times of the diameter of hollow shaft. Also, the key inserting position should be the place where more than 1/2 of the total key length can be reached to L1. (Refer to the figure on the right) For detailed dimensions of the hollow shaft / output shaft, please refer to page 148.

Detaching from the Hollow Shaft

Make sure to avoid excessive force between the casing and the hollow shaft. Smoother detachment can be obtained by using a jig as shown in the figure below:

Key material 1 Disk Stopper ring

Spacer (with tap) Bolt

(The convexity part is for the fixing point of the spacer.)

Key material 2

Cross section of the spacer

(By tightening bolt, the output shaft comes out.)

Flange surface Flange surface

Figure-5 (Parts such as spacer, disk, bolt, stopper ring, etc. should be prepared by customer.)

Attaching Reducer

Merits and demerits of flange mounted and torque arm mounted.

Flange Mounted・Direct attachment to the machine is possible. ・Space saving

・Alignment with the connecting machine is needed. ・Four(4) attaching taps are needed for connecting with other machine.

Torque Arm Mounted・Easy alignment with the connecting machine ・Only one fixing point is needed for fixing with other machine

・Torque arm is needed. ・Space for attaching torque arm is needed.

Merits Demerits

F3S Type Hollow Shaft・Flange Mounted

When the F3S Type unit is directly coupled with the flange face of the other machine, the alignment should be done precisely to avoid burnout of motor, damage to the bearings, etc. caused by misalignment. In the F3 Series, there is a bore for the attachment as shown in the diagram on the right. The dimension tolerance of the bore for the attachment φA is "h7". The fixing bolts are to be used as shown in the diagram on the right. Fix by 4 bolts.

F3S Type (Hollow Shaft) Flange face of the other machine

Driven shaft of the other machine

Bore for attachment

Fixing bolt (4 pcs.)

Detailed Drawing for the Tapped Hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification)

Common to Hollow Shaft/Solid Shaft

Values in the parenthesis in the "Frame Number" are that for F3F. The necessary holding part of the bolt are recommended to be twice as much as the nominal designation(bolt diameter) of the screw. (Example: In case of M10, over 20mm is recommended.)

Page 155: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

153152

20

25

30

35

45

50

55

3

4

5

5

5

6

6

φ7

φ7

φ9

φ11

φ11

φ13

φ13

φ19.5

φ24.5

φ29.5

φ34.5

φ44.5

φ49.5

φ54.5

M6

M6

M8

M10

M10

M12

M12

F3S-20

F3S-25

F3S-30

F3S-35

F3S-45

F3S-50

F3S-55

φA

LL1 L1P P

Frame No. AShapeCapacity B C D E HF GReduction Ratio20(18)

25(22)

30(28)

35(32)

45(40)

30

35

45

50

55

1/ 5~1/ 60 1/ 5~1/ 60 1/ 80~1/ 240 1/ 5~1/ 60 1/ 80~1/ 240 1/ 300~1/ 375 1/ 5~1/ 60 1/ 80~1/ 240 1/ 300~1/ 375 1/ 450~1/ 750 1/ 5~1/ 60 1/ 5~1/ 30 1/ 80~1/ 240 1/ 300~1/ 375 1/ 450~1/ 750 1/ 900~1/1200 1/ 40~1/ 60 1/ 80~1/ 240 1/ 80~1/ 120 1/ 300 1/ 450~1/ 600 1/ 900~1/1200 1/1500

φ10.5 φ10.5 φ10.5 φ10.5

φ12.5

Figure1

Figure2

φ12.5

φ16.5

φ16.5

φ16.5

φ20.5

φ20.5

φ8.6 φ8.6 φ8.6 φ8.6

0.1 0.2 0.1 0.4 0.2 0.1 0.75 0.4 0.2 0.1 1.5 2.2 0.75 0.4 0.2 0.1 2.2 1.5 2.2 0.75 0.4 0.2 0.1

kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW

M10×P1.5 M10×P1.5 M10×P1.5 M10×P1.5

M12×P1.75

M12×P1.75

M16×P2

M16×P2

M16×P2

M20×P2.5

M20×P2.5

25 25 25 25

12 14.5 14.5 15.5

37 39.5 39.5 40.5

― ― ― ―

― ― ― ―

φ10.63015.5 45.5 ― ―

φ10.63018 48 ― ―

φ14 4018 58 ― ―

φ14 4023 63 ― ―

φ17.55023 73 ― ―

φ14 4019 59 19 40

φ17.55021.5 71.5 21.5 50

E

4-A

C D F

4-BFigure1

4-A

EC D H G

F

4-BFigure2

Technical Information

Technical Information

F3S Type Attachment and Detachment of Hollow Shaft

Recommended size for the driven shaft fixing part.

Bolt

SpacerC-type stopper ring

<Recommended sizes for the driven shaft fixing parts>

Bolt sizeSpacer measurements

Outer diameter Inner diameter Width

Nominal designation for C-type stopper ring

About the length of driven shaft

The driven shaft must be reached to the both side of the L1 part. (As shown on the right figure) However, be sure to have an allowance for the spacer's dimension necessary at the "detachment from the hollow shaft". For detailed dimensions of the hollow shaft / output shaft, please refer to page 148.

About the length of key for the driven shaft

The length of the key should be more than 1.5 times of the diameter of hollow shaft. Also, the key inserting position should be the place where more than 1/2 of the total key length can be reached to L1. (Refer to the figure on the right) For detailed dimensions of the hollow shaft / output shaft, please refer to page 148.

Detaching from the Hollow Shaft

Make sure to avoid excessive force between the casing and the hollow shaft. Smoother detachment can be obtained by using a jig as shown in the figure below:

Key material 1 Disk Stopper ring

Spacer (with tap) Bolt

(The convexity part is for the fixing point of the spacer.)

Key material 2

Cross section of the spacer

(By tightening bolt, the output shaft comes out.)

Flange surface Flange surface

Figure-5 (Parts such as spacer, disk, bolt, stopper ring, etc. should be prepared by customer.)

Attaching Reducer

Merits and demerits of flange mounted and torque arm mounted.

Flange Mounted・Direct attachment to the machine is possible. ・Space saving

・Alignment with the connecting machine is needed. ・Four(4) attaching taps are needed for connecting with other machine.

Torque Arm Mounted・Easy alignment with the connecting machine ・Only one fixing point is needed for fixing with other machine

・Torque arm is needed. ・Space for attaching torque arm is needed.

Merits Demerits

F3S Type Hollow Shaft・Flange Mounted

When the F3S Type unit is directly coupled with the flange face of the other machine, the alignment should be done precisely to avoid burnout of motor, damage to the bearings, etc. caused by misalignment. In the F3 Series, there is a bore for the attachment as shown in the diagram on the right. The dimension tolerance of the bore for the attachment φA is "h7". The fixing bolts are to be used as shown in the diagram on the right. Fix by 4 bolts.

F3S Type (Hollow Shaft) Flange face of the other machine

Driven shaft of the other machine

Bore for attachment

Fixing bolt (4 pcs.)

Detailed Drawing for the Tapped Hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification)

Common to Hollow Shaft/Solid Shaft

Values in the parenthesis in the "Frame Number" are that for F3F. The necessary holding part of the bolt are recommended to be twice as much as the nominal designation(bolt diameter) of the screw. (Example: In case of M10, over 20mm is recommended.)

Page 156: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

155154

M5

M6

M8

M10

M12

M14

M16

M20

2.9{ 0.3}

4.9{ 0.5}

13 { 1.3}

25 { 2.6}

44 { 4.5}

69 { 7.0}

108 {11 }

294 {30 }

Specificaiton

ACapacity B C D E F G H JI KName of product Reduction Ratio T

20

25

30

35

45

50

55

0.1

0.2

0.1

0.4

0.1

0.2

0.75

0.1

0.2

0.4

1.5

2.2

0.1

0.2

0.4

0.75

2.2

0.1

0.2

0.4

0.75

1.5

2.2

TAF3S-20-2

TAF3S-25-2

TAF3S-25-3

TAF3S-30-2

TAF3S-30-3

TAF3S-35-2

TAF3S-35-3

TAF3S-45-2

TAF3S-45-3

TAF3S-50-2

TAF3S-55-3

1/ 5~1/ 60

1/ 5~1/ 60

1/ 80~1/ 240

1/ 5~1/ 60

1/ 300~1/ 375

1/ 80~1/ 240

1/ 5~1/ 80

1/ 450~1/ 750

1/ 300~1/ 375

1/ 80~1/ 240

1/ 5~1/ 60

1/ 5~1/ 30

1/ 900~1/1200

1/ 450~1/ 750

1/ 300~1/ 375

1/ 80~1/2400

1/ 40~1/ 60

1/1500

1/ 900~1/1200

1/ 450~1/ 600

1/ 300

1/ 80~1/ 240

1/ 80~1/ 120

53.5

60

69.5

69.5

78

80.5

97

103.5

118

136

146

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

23.5

27

17.5

26.5

14

10.5

10.5

10.5

10.5

12

52

61

61

70

70

16.5

26

21.5

32

43.5

43.5

48

46

φ 9

φ 9

φ11

φ11

φ13.5

R37

R37

R41.5

R41.5

R10.5

R10.5

R10.5

R10.5

R12

φ11

φ11

φ11

φ11

φ13.5

R11

R15

R 6.5

R15

R16.5

3.2

3.2

4.5

4.5

0.1

0.2

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.6

1.2

1.4

1.7

2.1

3.6

6

31.5 1294 24.5 56 φ13.5R46.5 R12 φ13.5R18 6

11 1594 43 54 φ17.5R46.5 R15 φ17.5R22.5 9

42.5 15110 ― ― φ17.5― R15 φ17.5R20 9

20 18.5110 49 69 φ22R54 R18.5 φ22R28.5 9

44 15140 ― ― φ17.5― R15 φ17.5R20 9

70 18.5160 ― ― φ20.5― R18.5 φ20.5R28.5 12

Please provide clearance.

KI

T

E

GH H

D

3-J

B

F

C

A A

SS400 uni-chrome coating

white

Material Surface Treatment Color

Technical Information

Technical InformationF3S-Type Torque Arm

Fixing a Reducer and a Torque Arm

Torque arms are subjected to rotation reaction torque, therefore, they must be strong by using materials of enough thickness and bolts to endure the shock load on starting/braking. Choosing our optional torque arms is the most appropriate solution. (Refer to page 143.) When installing a reducer with a torque arm, be sure to tighten the bolt using helical spring lock washers and plain washers. For proper tightening torque, refer to the table shown on the right.

1

2

Bolt Size and Respective Tightening Torque

Bolt Size Tightening Torque N・m{kgf・m}

How to fix the Torque Arm Fixing Part

In case of Normal/Reverse Operation Firmly fix the fixing part of the torque arm. Make sure that there is no radial load (suspending load) imposed between the driven shaft and the hollow shaft of the reducer, caused by poor alignment between the hole of fixing part and the connecting machine. (Refer to the Figure-6)

1

torque armplain washer

bolt

connecting machinehelical spring lock washer

nut

Figure-6 Attaching the fixing partBad example

Excess force arisen in the driven shaft and the hollow shaft may cause failure of the machine.

hole of the connecting machine side

hole of the torque arm side

When a backlash in the attaching part arose by normal/reverse operations or by high frequency of starting/stopping, the intense impact given to the torque arm in each starting may cause the failures such as loosening of the tightening bolt.

(Note)

In case of One-Direction Operation If the frequent staring torque like in the normal/reverse operation, is not observed, operation with the released fixing part of torque arm is possible. However, it is necessary to fix the driven shaft and the hollow shaft. (Refer to page 150~151, Figure -2~Figure-4) In this case, be sure to secure enough space both for radial direction and for thrust direction in the alignment between the connecting machine and the fixing part. (Refer to the Figure-7)

2

Figure-7 Example of using pin with shoulder

torque armpin with shoulder

connecting machine

hole of the torque arm

pin with shoulder

Secure space to avoid the radial load.

F3S Type (Hollow Shaft)・Torque Arm (Option)

Frame Number

Round Weight (kg)

Page 157: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

155154

M5

M6

M8

M10

M12

M14

M16

M20

2.9{ 0.3}

4.9{ 0.5}

13 { 1.3}

25 { 2.6}

44 { 4.5}

69 { 7.0}

108 {11 }

294 {30 }

Specificaiton

ACapacity B C D E F G H JI KName of product Reduction Ratio T

20

25

30

35

45

50

55

0.1

0.2

0.1

0.4

0.1

0.2

0.75

0.1

0.2

0.4

1.5

2.2

0.1

0.2

0.4

0.75

2.2

0.1

0.2

0.4

0.75

1.5

2.2

TAF3S-20-2

TAF3S-25-2

TAF3S-25-3

TAF3S-30-2

TAF3S-30-3

TAF3S-35-2

TAF3S-35-3

TAF3S-45-2

TAF3S-45-3

TAF3S-50-2

TAF3S-55-3

1/ 5~1/ 60

1/ 5~1/ 60

1/ 80~1/ 240

1/ 5~1/ 60

1/ 300~1/ 375

1/ 80~1/ 240

1/ 5~1/ 80

1/ 450~1/ 750

1/ 300~1/ 375

1/ 80~1/ 240

1/ 5~1/ 60

1/ 5~1/ 30

1/ 900~1/1200

1/ 450~1/ 750

1/ 300~1/ 375

1/ 80~1/2400

1/ 40~1/ 60

1/1500

1/ 900~1/1200

1/ 450~1/ 600

1/ 300

1/ 80~1/ 240

1/ 80~1/ 120

53.5

60

69.5

69.5

78

80.5

97

103.5

118

136

146

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

kW

23.5

27

17.5

26.5

14

10.5

10.5

10.5

10.5

12

52

61

61

70

70

16.5

26

21.5

32

43.5

43.5

48

46

φ 9

φ 9

φ11

φ11

φ13.5

R37

R37

R41.5

R41.5

R10.5

R10.5

R10.5

R10.5

R12

φ11

φ11

φ11

φ11

φ13.5

R11

R15

R 6.5

R15

R16.5

3.2

3.2

4.5

4.5

0.1

0.2

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.6

1.2

1.4

1.7

2.1

3.6

6

31.5 1294 24.5 56 φ13.5R46.5 R12 φ13.5R18 6

11 1594 43 54 φ17.5R46.5 R15 φ17.5R22.5 9

42.5 15110 ― ― φ17.5― R15 φ17.5R20 9

20 18.5110 49 69 φ22R54 R18.5 φ22R28.5 9

44 15140 ― ― φ17.5― R15 φ17.5R20 9

70 18.5160 ― ― φ20.5― R18.5 φ20.5R28.5 12

Please provide clearance.

KI

T

E

GH H

D

3-J

B

F

C

A A

SS400 uni-chrome coating

white

Material Surface Treatment Color

Technical Information

Technical InformationF3S-Type Torque Arm

Fixing a Reducer and a Torque Arm

Torque arms are subjected to rotation reaction torque, therefore, they must be strong by using materials of enough thickness and bolts to endure the shock load on starting/braking. Choosing our optional torque arms is the most appropriate solution. (Refer to page 143.) When installing a reducer with a torque arm, be sure to tighten the bolt using helical spring lock washers and plain washers. For proper tightening torque, refer to the table shown on the right.

1

2

Bolt Size and Respective Tightening Torque

Bolt Size Tightening Torque N・m{kgf・m}

How to fix the Torque Arm Fixing Part

In case of Normal/Reverse Operation Firmly fix the fixing part of the torque arm. Make sure that there is no radial load (suspending load) imposed between the driven shaft and the hollow shaft of the reducer, caused by poor alignment between the hole of fixing part and the connecting machine. (Refer to the Figure-6)

1

torque armplain washer

bolt

connecting machinehelical spring lock washer

nut

Figure-6 Attaching the fixing partBad example

Excess force arisen in the driven shaft and the hollow shaft may cause failure of the machine.

hole of the connecting machine side

hole of the torque arm side

When a backlash in the attaching part arose by normal/reverse operations or by high frequency of starting/stopping, the intense impact given to the torque arm in each starting may cause the failures such as loosening of the tightening bolt.

(Note)

In case of One-Direction Operation If the frequent staring torque like in the normal/reverse operation, is not observed, operation with the released fixing part of torque arm is possible. However, it is necessary to fix the driven shaft and the hollow shaft. (Refer to page 150~151, Figure -2~Figure-4) In this case, be sure to secure enough space both for radial direction and for thrust direction in the alignment between the connecting machine and the fixing part. (Refer to the Figure-7)

2

Figure-7 Example of using pin with shoulder

torque armpin with shoulder

connecting machine

hole of the torque arm

pin with shoulder

Secure space to avoid the radial load.

F3S Type (Hollow Shaft)・Torque Arm (Option)

Frame Number

Round Weight (kg)

Page 158: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

Install the products with four bolts on a flat and machined surface free from vibration. For the shaft mount of the hollow shaft type, refer to page 150~153.

157

Equivalent Capacity 4P motor ×M { ×W}

0.1、0.2kW

0.4kW

0.75kW

1.5kW

2.2kW

27N・m {2.8k f・m} and below

31N・m {3.2k f・m} and below

34N・m {3.5k f・m} and below

83N・m {8.5k f・m} and below

93N・m {9.5k f・m} and below

156

The rated current values listed in the motor specification on page 118 to 119 are for motors only. For brake gearmotors and those with clutch/brake, please also consider the current value that flows along the brake, if necessary. For more details, please contact us.

M{W}

Ambient Temperature

Ambient Humidity

Altitude

Installation Location

Installation place

-10℃~40℃

85% max.(Non-condensing)

1,000m max.

-10℃~40℃

100% max.(Non-condensing)

1,000m max.

Indoors Indoors/Outdoors

Indoor specification Waterproof specification

Well ventilated place free from corrosive gas, explosive gas, vapor and/or dust

Free from corrosive gas, explosive gas, and/or vapor, etc. Our products should not be used in the water or under high water pressure.

Technical Information

Technical InformationCaution for Safe Operation

Installation Location

Installation Surface

Mounting PositionAll products can be mounted in any direction due to a grease lubrication system.

Connecting with Other Equipment"H7" fit is recommended for the hole for couplings, sprockets, pulleys, gears etc., when attaching to the reducer. In case of direct connection, connect a reducer shaft and a shaft of the connecting machine precisely, so that the center of the shaft of both machines will be fully aligned. In case of using chains, belts gears, etc. connect the units precisely, so that the shaft of the reducer and that of the other machine are parallel. Also, be sure that the centerline of the sprockets and pulleys must be perpendicular to the shaft. When attaching couplings or connecting equipment to the output shaft, be sure not to give any strong impact by hammer, etc. Failure to observe this warning may cause damage to the bearings, which may lead to noise, vibration or failure.

1

2

3

4

Cautions for OperationLoad torque, load inertia moment I (GD2)・O.H.L. should always be kept within the allowable value in operation. When reversing the motor, be sure to confirm if the motor is completely stopped. Failure to observe this warning may cause serious damage to gearmotors and the connecting machine by plugging. When reversing a 1-phase motor, be sure to start reversing after confirming complete stop of the motor. Failure to observe this warning may cause the motor run out of control in the same direction. Do not stop the motor forcibly. Failure to observe this warning may cause the motor run out of control by an unexpected reversing. Be sure that the temperature of the reducer surface should never exceed 80℃.

1

2

3

4

5

About Rated Current

LubricationAll the F3 Series models are employed a grease lubrication system and filled with high-grade grease before shipment from our factories. The grease contains the additive agent of extreme-pressure, which is equivalent to NLGI-00 or NLGI-0.

In case of changing speed of GTR Gearmotors by using inverter (device for converting frequency) When using a gearmotor in combination with inverter, take care that the abnormal temperature rise (over 80℃ at the motor surface) may occur in the low speed rotation. Also, in case of brake motor, brake failure may happen caused by the fluctuation of the voltage. In order to avoid these failures, be sure to bypass the inverter when wiring the brake. For more details, refer to page 142, "On combination of gearmotor and inverter".

Cautions on attaching motors to S Type ReducerWipe off the rust, dust and the anticorrosive agent on the motor shaft. When attaching motor, do not hit the motor part or reducer part, also do not insert these parts forcibly, taking advantage of the tightening torque of the bolt. Failure to observe this warning may cause damage to the bearings and abnormal noise caused by the key running on the key groove of the motor. Since there is no key material of the input pinion attached in the S Type reducer, use the key material of the motor side. In the motors with the capacity of 0.1kW・0.2kW, key material is attached. When the weight of S Type motor become greater, excessive load will be imposed to the attaching flange and this may cause a serious trouble. Refer to the Table-8 as a guideline.

1

2

3

4

Attaching heavier motor than the designated weight limit may result in the damage to the casing and/or motor falling down. Damages caused by attaching the over weighted motor are not in the scope of warranty.

(Note 1)

(2)

  : Center of gravity of the motor M: Mass of the motor {W: Weight of the motor}

〈Table-8〉

Page 159: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

Install the products with four bolts on a flat and machined surface free from vibration. For the shaft mount of the hollow shaft type, refer to page 150~153.

157

Equivalent Capacity 4P motor ×M { ×W}

0.1、0.2kW

0.4kW

0.75kW

1.5kW

2.2kW

27N・m {2.8k f・m} and below

31N・m {3.2k f・m} and below

34N・m {3.5k f・m} and below

83N・m {8.5k f・m} and below

93N・m {9.5k f・m} and below

156

The rated current values listed in the motor specification on page 118 to 119 are for motors only. For brake gearmotors and those with clutch/brake, please also consider the current value that flows along the brake, if necessary. For more details, please contact us.

M{W}

Ambient Temperature

Ambient Humidity

Altitude

Installation Location

Installation place

-10℃~40℃

85% max.(Non-condensing)

1,000m max.

-10℃~40℃

100% max.(Non-condensing)

1,000m max.

Indoors Indoors/Outdoors

Indoor specification Waterproof specification

Well ventilated place free from corrosive gas, explosive gas, vapor and/or dust

Free from corrosive gas, explosive gas, and/or vapor, etc. Our products should not be used in the water or under high water pressure.

Technical Information

Technical InformationCaution for Safe Operation

Installation Location

Installation Surface

Mounting PositionAll products can be mounted in any direction due to a grease lubrication system.

Connecting with Other Equipment"H7" fit is recommended for the hole for couplings, sprockets, pulleys, gears etc., when attaching to the reducer. In case of direct connection, connect a reducer shaft and a shaft of the connecting machine precisely, so that the center of the shaft of both machines will be fully aligned. In case of using chains, belts gears, etc. connect the units precisely, so that the shaft of the reducer and that of the other machine are parallel. Also, be sure that the centerline of the sprockets and pulleys must be perpendicular to the shaft. When attaching couplings or connecting equipment to the output shaft, be sure not to give any strong impact by hammer, etc. Failure to observe this warning may cause damage to the bearings, which may lead to noise, vibration or failure.

1

2

3

4

Cautions for OperationLoad torque, load inertia moment I (GD2)・O.H.L. should always be kept within the allowable value in operation. When reversing the motor, be sure to confirm if the motor is completely stopped. Failure to observe this warning may cause serious damage to gearmotors and the connecting machine by plugging. When reversing a 1-phase motor, be sure to start reversing after confirming complete stop of the motor. Failure to observe this warning may cause the motor run out of control in the same direction. Do not stop the motor forcibly. Failure to observe this warning may cause the motor run out of control by an unexpected reversing. Be sure that the temperature of the reducer surface should never exceed 80℃.

1

2

3

4

5

About Rated Current

LubricationAll the F3 Series models are employed a grease lubrication system and filled with high-grade grease before shipment from our factories. The grease contains the additive agent of extreme-pressure, which is equivalent to NLGI-00 or NLGI-0.

In case of changing speed of GTR Gearmotors by using inverter (device for converting frequency) When using a gearmotor in combination with inverter, take care that the abnormal temperature rise (over 80℃ at the motor surface) may occur in the low speed rotation. Also, in case of brake motor, brake failure may happen caused by the fluctuation of the voltage. In order to avoid these failures, be sure to bypass the inverter when wiring the brake. For more details, refer to page 142, "On combination of gearmotor and inverter".

Cautions on attaching motors to S Type ReducerWipe off the rust, dust and the anticorrosive agent on the motor shaft. When attaching motor, do not hit the motor part or reducer part, also do not insert these parts forcibly, taking advantage of the tightening torque of the bolt. Failure to observe this warning may cause damage to the bearings and abnormal noise caused by the key running on the key groove of the motor. Since there is no key material of the input pinion attached in the S Type reducer, use the key material of the motor side. In the motors with the capacity of 0.1kW・0.2kW, key material is attached. When the weight of S Type motor become greater, excessive load will be imposed to the attaching flange and this may cause a serious trouble. Refer to the Table-8 as a guideline.

1

2

3

4

Attaching heavier motor than the designated weight limit may result in the damage to the casing and/or motor falling down. Damages caused by attaching the over weighted motor are not in the scope of warranty.

(Note 1)

(2)

  : Center of gravity of the motor M: Mass of the motor {W: Weight of the motor}

〈Table-8〉

Page 160: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

159158

Shaft Dia. (Frame Number)

18

22、28

32、40

M 6×1.0 ×15 

M 8×1.25×20 

M10×1.5 ×25  

Size×Pitch×Effective DepthF3 Series F3F Type (Solid Shaft)

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft For more details, refer to <P.141>.

For indoor spec., refer to page 130, for water-resistant, outdoor spec., refer to page 141.

For details of torque arms, please refer to page 155.

max14

7.5±1 3.9±1

φ0.8

max7.5

max17

30

●Appropriate for cutting off the sparks of a brake switch  for AC line switching.

●At Operation

(A view from the terminal box side)

●At Brake Released

3-Phase T020・T020W 3-Phase T040・T040W

A

B

C

156

83

8

156

83

0

156

83

0

180

102

2

212

124

6

CBrake Lead Wire

Manual Release Lever

Terminal Box

B

A

Detailed dimension diagram of hallow shaft area

D1 WFrame Number

Bore Size T L P C1 F GL1D

(H8) D2

(h7)

20

25

30

35

45

50

55

φ17

φ20

φ20

φ25

φ25

φ30

φ30

φ35

φ40

φ40

φ45

φ40

φ45

φ50

φ17

φ20

φ20

φ25

φ25

φ30

φ30

φ35

φ40

φ40

φ45

φ40

φ45

φ50

φ29

φ39

φ44

φ44

φ49

φ49

φ64

φ64

φ64

φ74

φ74

φ79

φ79

φ79

φ53

φ66

φ75

φ75

φ85

φ85

φ100

φ100

φ100

φ110

φ110

φ120

φ120

φ120

5

6

6

8

8

8

8

10

12

12

14

12

14

14

19.3

22.8

22.8

28.3

28.3

33.3

33.3

38.3

43.3

43.3

48.8

43.3

48.8

53.8

96

118

124

124

142

142

168

168

168

172

172

220

220

220

24

27

33

33

38

38

50

50

50

55

55

61

61

61

13

14

17

17

20

20

26

26

26

29

29

32

32

32

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

1.15

1.15

1.15

1.35

1.35

1.35

1.35

1.75

1.95

1.95

1.95

1.95

1.95

2.20

L

C1 C1

Flange SurfaceFlange Surface

E

D1D1

D2D2

W

T

L1 L1

F

30°

G GP P

E

E

D D

Option

Option

Option

F3S Type (Hollow Shaft)Torque Arm

F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)・Additional specification for output shaft hole diameter

■In the F3S Type (hollow shaft), output shafts with the bore sizes listed below are also available. Instruct us your required shaft diameter when ordering. *Water-resistant type (SUS420J2) is also available. *Need investigation about the strength of inserting shaft. *For more details such as delivery and price, etc., ask our local office.

Chase for retaining ring detail for inside of circle

F3F Type(Solid Shaft)Tapped Hole in Output ShaftOutput shafts with the tapped hole are available in the dimensions as seen below. Therefore when designing, direct us with these dimensions as much as possible. Since there is no tapped hole in the standard model, specify " with standard tapped hole" when ordering.

"●" mark in the list indicates "standard stock". "▲" mark indicate " more than 10 days required for the lead-time" Nonstandard tap size are regarded as a special order specification. For details such as delivery or price, ask our local sales office.

* *

Brake Manual Release Device

If requested, the brake manual release device can be attached. The terminal box and the manual release lever are basically in the same positioning.The manual release device cannot be attached to the water-resistant, outdoor specs. gearmotors.*

(Maximum)

Dimensions by Motor Capacity

Motor Capacity Designation

3-Phase T010・T010W 1-Phase S100・S100W

3-Phase 075・075W 1-Phase 400・400W

3-Phase 150 3-Phase 150W

The terminal box and the manual release lever are basically in the same positioning. When built in rectifier terminal box with manual release needs to change position, some direction is impossible as for technical reason. please ask us about detail. In case the position of terminal box has been changed, the positioning with the flat surface of the fan cover can be referred in page 140~141.

(Note 1) (2)

(3)

Surge Suppressor for Brake Wiring/OP-ENC471D-10A

Positioning between the Lead Wire and the Terminal Box

Rectifier Built-in Brake Gearmotors

Page 161: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

159158

Shaft Dia. (Frame Number)

18

22、28

32、40

M 6×1.0 ×15 

M 8×1.25×20 

M10×1.5 ×25  

Size×Pitch×Effective DepthF3 Series F3F Type (Solid Shaft)

L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft For more details, refer to <P.141>.

For indoor spec., refer to page 130, for water-resistant, outdoor spec., refer to page 141.

For details of torque arms, please refer to page 155.

max14

7.5±1 3.9±1

φ0.8

max7.5

max17

30

●Appropriate for cutting off the sparks of a brake switch  for AC line switching.

●At Operation

(A view from the terminal box side)

●At Brake Released

3-Phase T020・T020W 3-Phase T040・T040W

A

B

C

156

83

8

156

83

0

156

83

0

180

102

2

212

124

6

CBrake Lead Wire

Manual Release Lever

Terminal Box

B

A

Detailed dimension diagram of hallow shaft area

D1 WFrame Number

Bore Size T L P C1 F GL1D

(H8) D2

(h7)

20

25

30

35

45

50

55

φ17

φ20

φ20

φ25

φ25

φ30

φ30

φ35

φ40

φ40

φ45

φ40

φ45

φ50

φ17

φ20

φ20

φ25

φ25

φ30

φ30

φ35

φ40

φ40

φ45

φ40

φ45

φ50

φ29

φ39

φ44

φ44

φ49

φ49

φ64

φ64

φ64

φ74

φ74

φ79

φ79

φ79

φ53

φ66

φ75

φ75

φ85

φ85

φ100

φ100

φ100

φ110

φ110

φ120

φ120

φ120

5

6

6

8

8

8

8

10

12

12

14

12

14

14

19.3

22.8

22.8

28.3

28.3

33.3

33.3

38.3

43.3

43.3

48.8

43.3

48.8

53.8

96

118

124

124

142

142

168

168

168

172

172

220

220

220

24

27

33

33

38

38

50

50

50

55

55

61

61

61

13

14

17

17

20

20

26

26

26

29

29

32

32

32

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

1.15

1.15

1.15

1.35

1.35

1.35

1.35

1.75

1.95

1.95

1.95

1.95

1.95

2.20

L

C1 C1

Flange SurfaceFlange Surface

E

D1D1

D2D2

W

T

L1 L1

F

30°

G GP P

E

E

D D

Option

Option

Option

F3S Type (Hollow Shaft)Torque Arm

F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)・Additional specification for output shaft hole diameter

■In the F3S Type (hollow shaft), output shafts with the bore sizes listed below are also available. Instruct us your required shaft diameter when ordering. *Water-resistant type (SUS420J2) is also available. *Need investigation about the strength of inserting shaft. *For more details such as delivery and price, etc., ask our local office.

Chase for retaining ring detail for inside of circle

F3F Type(Solid Shaft)Tapped Hole in Output ShaftOutput shafts with the tapped hole are available in the dimensions as seen below. Therefore when designing, direct us with these dimensions as much as possible. Since there is no tapped hole in the standard model, specify " with standard tapped hole" when ordering.

"●" mark in the list indicates "standard stock". "▲" mark indicate " more than 10 days required for the lead-time" Nonstandard tap size are regarded as a special order specification. For details such as delivery or price, ask our local sales office.

* *

Brake Manual Release Device

If requested, the brake manual release device can be attached. The terminal box and the manual release lever are basically in the same positioning.The manual release device cannot be attached to the water-resistant, outdoor specs. gearmotors.*

(Maximum)

Dimensions by Motor Capacity

Motor Capacity Designation

3-Phase T010・T010W 1-Phase S100・S100W

3-Phase 075・075W 1-Phase 400・400W

3-Phase 150 3-Phase 150W

The terminal box and the manual release lever are basically in the same positioning. When built in rectifier terminal box with manual release needs to change position, some direction is impossible as for technical reason. please ask us about detail. In case the position of terminal box has been changed, the positioning with the flat surface of the fan cover can be referred in page 140~141.

(Note 1) (2)

(3)

Surge Suppressor for Brake Wiring/OP-ENC471D-10A

Positioning between the Lead Wire and the Terminal Box

Rectifier Built-in Brake Gearmotors

Page 162: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

161160

Option

Option

Page 163: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

161160

Option

Option

Page 164: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

163162

UL

F3 SERIES(3-phase 0.1kW~2.2kW)

F3 SERIES(1-phase 100W)

1-phase 100W

Phase Capacity

3-phase0.1kW

2.2kW

200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz、220V/60Hz 208V/60Hz、230V/60Hz 380V/50Hz、400V/50Hz、400V/60Hz、440V/60Hz 415V/50Hz、460V/60Hz 420V/50Hz、440V/50Hz、480V/60Hz 575V/60Hz

100V/50Hz、100V/60Hz 115V/60Hz 120V/60Hz 200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz 220V/60Hz 230V/60Hz

Voltage/Frequency (V)  (Hz)

●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)

CCC

Phase

3-phase0.1kW

0.75kW

200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz、220V/60Hz 220V/50Hz、230V/50Hz 380V/50Hz、400V/50Hz、400V/60Hz、440V/60Hz

●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~0.75kW)

CE

1-phase 100W

Phase

3-phase0.1kW

2.2kW

200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz、220V/60Hz 220V/50Hz、230V/50Hz 380V/50Hz、400V/50Hz、400V/60Hz、440V/60Hz 415V/50Hz 420V/50Hz、440V/50Hz

100V/50Hz、100V/60Hz 200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz 220V/50Hz 230V/50Hz

Voltage/Frequency (V)  (Hz)

●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)

F3 Series UL CE CCC

Gearmotor

Brake Gearmotor

Gearmotor with Brake Manual Release Device

Water-resistant Gearmotor

Water-resistant Brake Gearmotor

F3 Series UL CE CCC

Gearmotor

Brake Gearmotor

Gearmotor with Brake Manual Release Device

×

×

×

Overseas standard product Gearmotor(0.1kW~2.2kW)

Instruction for terminal box lead wire position.

① ②

Type

25F3S

N 020 A

X T9HZ④

015

⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩ ⑪ ⑫ ⑬

40

M

TF3F 150 W

NS060

U

YTT B

( Note1)

F3 SERIES Overseas standard product gearmotor (0.1kW~2.2kW) are classified by codes as shown below, Specify these codes in your induiry and order.

①Type

②Frame NO, and Diameter of Output Shaft

③Shaft Arrangement

④Reduction Ratio

⑥Standards

⑦Phase

⑧Classification by Motor Type

⑨Capacity

⑩Voltage/Frequency

⑬Specification Code

⑫Auxiliary Code

⑪Terminal Box

F3S

F3F

Output Shaft Diameter (Hollow Shaft type is the bore and other type is the outside diameter)

U

Y

C

T

S

005 : 1/5 ~ 15X : 1/1500 (10→010、1200→12X)

: F3 Series (Concentric Hollow Shaft)

: F3 Series (Concentric Solid Shaft)

: UL Standards(UL、cUL)

: CE Marking Products

: Praducts Certified by CCC.(1.5kW, and 2.2kW are expect from CCC regulation)

: 3-phase

: 1-phase

M

B

J

WM

WB

: With Motor

: With Brake Motor

: With Brake Manual Release Device

: With Water-resistant Motor (IP65)

: With Water-resistant Brake Motor (IP65)

010

020

040

075

150

220

: 3-phase 0.1kW 100 : 1-phase 100W

: 3-phase 0.2kW

: 3-phase 0.4kW

: 3-phase 0.75kW

: 3-phase 1.5kW

: 3-phase 2.2kW

N : Standard Voltage

A

Z

S

E

Blank

X

: A type Terminal Box for 0.1kW~0.4kW

: Z type Terminal Box (Rectifier built-in Terminal Box) for 0.1kW~0.4kW brake motor.

: S type Terminal Box for 0.75kW~2.2kW (The same spec for dometic spec " T type Terminal Box")

: E type Terminal Box for water resistant (IP65) exclusive use.

: Standard Specs

: Mark for Additional Specs

W : High Voltage

F3F only, other than thoseabove type is "N"

(Reduction Ratio is all triple digits dicplay.)

(Note1)NO 1-phase of CCC certitiation

3-phase : 200V/50Hz, 200V/60Hz, 220V/60Hz 1-phase : 100V/50Hz, 100V/60Hz

3-phase : 380V/50Hz, 400V/50Hz, 400V/60Hz, 440V/60Hz 1-phase : 200V/50Hz, 200V/60Hz

F3 SERIES

Model and Type DesignationF3 SERIES

Frame Number

Shaft Arrangenent

Reduction Ratio Stardards Phase Classification

by Motor TypeMotor Capacity

Voltage Frequency

Terminal Box

Auxiliary Mark

Specification Code

Gearhead

Motor

Output shaft on the left viewing from lnput shaft side.

L: Output shaft on the right viewing from lnput shaft side.

R: Output shaft on both side

T:

(Note2) The spec is different each Standards, Pleace make sure to read "The spec of overseas standard product" and confirm.

(Note3) Spec Code does not appear on the product type designation in the nameplate. It is indicated on the additional number column in the nameplate.

We provide gearmotors that meet the global directive, standards, institutions.

(Note)1. 2.Water-resistant Brake Gearmotor is under 0.75kW only. Motor capacity above 1.5kW gearmotor is not included in CCC standards.

We have motor type and brake type. Brake Manual Release is available. For 3-phase, dual motor (specification) is available. Gray ink voltage/freauency indicates " X " on the tail. Please contact us about the other voltage.

Capacity

We have motor type and brake type. Brake Manual Release is available. Gray ink voltage/freauency indicates " X " on the tail. Please contact us about the other voltage.

Capacity Voltage/Frequency (V)  (Hz)

1.5kW and 2.2kW is out of control subject. We have motor type and brake type. Brake Manual Release is available. Gray ink voltage/freauency indicates " X " on the tail. Please contact us about the other voltage. 220V/50Hz or 380V/50Hz is usually standard voltage in China.

Overseas stand

ards

Overseas stand

ards

Page 165: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

163162

UL

F3 SERIES(3-phase 0.1kW~2.2kW)

F3 SERIES(1-phase 100W)

1-phase 100W

Phase Capacity

3-phase0.1kW

2.2kW

200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz、220V/60Hz 208V/60Hz、230V/60Hz 380V/50Hz、400V/50Hz、400V/60Hz、440V/60Hz 415V/50Hz、460V/60Hz 420V/50Hz、440V/50Hz、480V/60Hz 575V/60Hz

100V/50Hz、100V/60Hz 115V/60Hz 120V/60Hz 200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz 220V/60Hz 230V/60Hz

Voltage/Frequency (V)  (Hz)

●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)

CCC

Phase

3-phase0.1kW

0.75kW

200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz、220V/60Hz 220V/50Hz、230V/50Hz 380V/50Hz、400V/50Hz、400V/60Hz、440V/60Hz

●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~0.75kW)

CE

1-phase 100W

Phase

3-phase0.1kW

2.2kW

200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz、220V/60Hz 220V/50Hz、230V/50Hz 380V/50Hz、400V/50Hz、400V/60Hz、440V/60Hz 415V/50Hz 420V/50Hz、440V/50Hz

100V/50Hz、100V/60Hz 200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz 220V/50Hz 230V/50Hz

Voltage/Frequency (V)  (Hz)

●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)

F3 Series UL CE CCC

Gearmotor

Brake Gearmotor

Gearmotor with Brake Manual Release Device

Water-resistant Gearmotor

Water-resistant Brake Gearmotor

F3 Series UL CE CCC

Gearmotor

Brake Gearmotor

Gearmotor with Brake Manual Release Device

×

×

×

Overseas standard product Gearmotor(0.1kW~2.2kW)

Instruction for terminal box lead wire position.

① ②

Type

25F3S

N 020 A

X T9HZ④

015

⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩ ⑪ ⑫ ⑬

40

M

TF3F 150 W

NS060

U

YTT B

( Note1)

F3 SERIES Overseas standard product gearmotor (0.1kW~2.2kW) are classified by codes as shown below, Specify these codes in your induiry and order.

①Type

②Frame NO, and Diameter of Output Shaft

③Shaft Arrangement

④Reduction Ratio

⑥Standards

⑦Phase

⑧Classification by Motor Type

⑨Capacity

⑩Voltage/Frequency

⑬Specification Code

⑫Auxiliary Code

⑪Terminal Box

F3S

F3F

Output Shaft Diameter (Hollow Shaft type is the bore and other type is the outside diameter)

U

Y

C

T

S

005 : 1/5 ~ 15X : 1/1500 (10→010、1200→12X)

: F3 Series (Concentric Hollow Shaft)

: F3 Series (Concentric Solid Shaft)

: UL Standards(UL、cUL)

: CE Marking Products

: Praducts Certified by CCC.(1.5kW, and 2.2kW are expect from CCC regulation)

: 3-phase

: 1-phase

M

B

J

WM

WB

: With Motor

: With Brake Motor

: With Brake Manual Release Device

: With Water-resistant Motor (IP65)

: With Water-resistant Brake Motor (IP65)

010

020

040

075

150

220

: 3-phase 0.1kW 100 : 1-phase 100W

: 3-phase 0.2kW

: 3-phase 0.4kW

: 3-phase 0.75kW

: 3-phase 1.5kW

: 3-phase 2.2kW

N : Standard Voltage

A

Z

S

E

Blank

X

: A type Terminal Box for 0.1kW~0.4kW

: Z type Terminal Box (Rectifier built-in Terminal Box) for 0.1kW~0.4kW brake motor.

: S type Terminal Box for 0.75kW~2.2kW (The same spec for dometic spec " T type Terminal Box")

: E type Terminal Box for water resistant (IP65) exclusive use.

: Standard Specs

: Mark for Additional Specs

W : High Voltage

F3F only, other than thoseabove type is "N"

(Reduction Ratio is all triple digits dicplay.)

(Note1)NO 1-phase of CCC certitiation

3-phase : 200V/50Hz, 200V/60Hz, 220V/60Hz 1-phase : 100V/50Hz, 100V/60Hz

3-phase : 380V/50Hz, 400V/50Hz, 400V/60Hz, 440V/60Hz 1-phase : 200V/50Hz, 200V/60Hz

F3 SERIES

Model and Type DesignationF3 SERIES

Frame Number

Shaft Arrangenent

Reduction Ratio Stardards Phase Classification

by Motor TypeMotor Capacity

Voltage Frequency

Terminal Box

Auxiliary Mark

Specification Code

Gearhead

Motor

Output shaft on the left viewing from lnput shaft side.

L: Output shaft on the right viewing from lnput shaft side.

R: Output shaft on both side

T:

(Note2) The spec is different each Standards, Pleace make sure to read "The spec of overseas standard product" and confirm.

(Note3) Spec Code does not appear on the product type designation in the nameplate. It is indicated on the additional number column in the nameplate.

We provide gearmotors that meet the global directive, standards, institutions.

(Note)1. 2.Water-resistant Brake Gearmotor is under 0.75kW only. Motor capacity above 1.5kW gearmotor is not included in CCC standards.

We have motor type and brake type. Brake Manual Release is available. For 3-phase, dual motor (specification) is available. Gray ink voltage/freauency indicates " X " on the tail. Please contact us about the other voltage.

Capacity

We have motor type and brake type. Brake Manual Release is available. Gray ink voltage/freauency indicates " X " on the tail. Please contact us about the other voltage.

Capacity Voltage/Frequency (V)  (Hz)

1.5kW and 2.2kW is out of control subject. We have motor type and brake type. Brake Manual Release is available. Gray ink voltage/freauency indicates " X " on the tail. Please contact us about the other voltage. 220V/50Hz or 380V/50Hz is usually standard voltage in China.

Overseas stand

ards

Overseas stand

ards

Page 166: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

165164

Specifications of Overseas standard MotorF3 SERIES

●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)

Terminal Box for UL standard

●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)Water-resistant(IP65)

Earth terminal

B2B1

VU WCapacity Specification

without brake

with brake(~0.75kW)

E-BOX

○ 0.1kW~2.2kW

Terminal Box for CCC standard

●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)

Capacity Specification

without brake

with brake

without brake

with brake

A-Box Z-Box S-Box

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

Terminal Box Type

0.1kW~0.4kW

0.75kW~2.2kW

●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)water-resistant(IP65)

Capacity Specification

without brake

with brake

E-Box

○ 0.1kW~2.2kW

Terminal Box type and specification is following chart, please confirm and issue all necessary instructions

UL

CE CCC

Capacity Specification

without brake

with brake

without brake

with brake

A-BOX S-BOX

×

×

×

×

Terminal Box Type

0.1kW~0.4kW

0.75kW~2.2kW

(Note)1. 2. 3.

A-box is without terminal.For with brake, break lead wires are employed terminal. S-box is with terminal. For with brake, break lead wires are taken terminal as flying lead. For more than 230V, 200V terminal is taken separately. Red is for 0.1kW~0.4kW, and black is for 0.75kW~2.2kW.

3-phase 0.1kW~0.4kW 1-phase 100W ● A type Terminal Box

3-phase 0.75kW~2.2kW● S type Terminal Box

Lead wire U・V・W

Break lead wires(only for with brake)

Break lead wires (only for with brake)

(Note)1. 2.E-Box is with terminal. For with brake, break lead wires are employed terminal. For more than 230V, 200V terminal is taken separately. Red is for 0.1kW~0.4kW, and Black is for 0.75kW~2.2kW.

Break lead wires(only for with brake)

(Note)1. 2. 3.

Same as Japanese domestic standard. For more details, refer to <P.123,P.129~131>. For more than 230V, 200V terminal is taken separately. Red is for 0.1kW~0.4kW, and black is for 0.75kW~2.2kW. Voltage 400V class is not available for flying lead. Please choose with terminal box .

(Note)1. 2.Same as Japanese domestic standard.For more details, refer to <P.134,P.136~137>. For more than, 230V,200V terminal is taken separately. red is for 0.1kW~0.4kW and Black is for 0.75kW to 2.2kW

Overseas stand

ards

Overseas stand

ards

Page 167: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

165164

Specifications of Overseas standard MotorF3 SERIES

●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)

Terminal Box for UL standard

●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)Water-resistant(IP65)

Earth terminal

B2B1

VU WCapacity Specification

without brake

with brake(~0.75kW)

E-BOX

○ 0.1kW~2.2kW

Terminal Box for CCC standard

●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)

Capacity Specification

without brake

with brake

without brake

with brake

A-Box Z-Box S-Box

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

Terminal Box Type

0.1kW~0.4kW

0.75kW~2.2kW

●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)water-resistant(IP65)

Capacity Specification

without brake

with brake

E-Box

○ 0.1kW~2.2kW

Terminal Box type and specification is following chart, please confirm and issue all necessary instructions

UL

CE CCC

Capacity Specification

without brake

with brake

without brake

with brake

A-BOX S-BOX

×

×

×

×

Terminal Box Type

0.1kW~0.4kW

0.75kW~2.2kW

(Note)1. 2. 3.

A-box is without terminal.For with brake, break lead wires are employed terminal. S-box is with terminal. For with brake, break lead wires are taken terminal as flying lead. For more than 230V, 200V terminal is taken separately. Red is for 0.1kW~0.4kW, and black is for 0.75kW~2.2kW.

3-phase 0.1kW~0.4kW 1-phase 100W ● A type Terminal Box

3-phase 0.75kW~2.2kW● S type Terminal Box

Lead wire U・V・W

Break lead wires(only for with brake)

Break lead wires (only for with brake)

(Note)1. 2.E-Box is with terminal. For with brake, break lead wires are employed terminal. For more than 230V, 200V terminal is taken separately. Red is for 0.1kW~0.4kW, and Black is for 0.75kW~2.2kW.

Break lead wires(only for with brake)

(Note)1. 2. 3.

Same as Japanese domestic standard. For more details, refer to <P.123,P.129~131>. For more than 230V, 200V terminal is taken separately. Red is for 0.1kW~0.4kW, and black is for 0.75kW~2.2kW. Voltage 400V class is not available for flying lead. Please choose with terminal box .

(Note)1. 2.Same as Japanese domestic standard.For more details, refer to <P.134,P.136~137>. For more than, 230V,200V terminal is taken separately. red is for 0.1kW~0.4kW and Black is for 0.75kW to 2.2kW

Overseas stand

ards

Overseas stand

ards

Page 168: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

166

Guidance to NISSEI's Website

"The following items are available on NISSEI's website."

Visit NISSEI's Website and Register Yourself

■GTR model selection and product details ■Request for catalogs ■Downloadable drawings of external dimensions ■Downloadable CAD data ■PDF date on a variety of catalogs and operation manuals ■Information on new products ■Registration for the information dispatch system

http://www.nissei-gtr.co.jp/

Make full use of NISSEI's website.

For details, contact your NISSEI representative or NISSEI sales staffs.

■Overseas Sales Section

TEL : +81-566-92-5312(Main switchboard) FAX :+81-566-92-7002 E-mail : [email protected]

■Tokyo Branch Office 2-8-9 Iwamoto-cho, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo 101-0032 Japan

TEL:+81-3-3865-7681 FAX:+81-3-5820-7693 E-mail : [email protected]

■Osaka Branch Office 1-18 Ikutamamaemachi, Tennoji-ku, Osaka 543-0072 Japan

TEL:+81-6-6772-1900 FAX:+81-6-6772-0406 E-mail :[email protected]

■Headquarters 1-1 Inoue, Izumi-cho, Anjo-shi, Aichi 444-1297 Japan

TEL:+81-566-92-7410 FAX:+81-566-92-7418 E-mail :[email protected]

167

Page 169: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

166

Guidance to NISSEI's Website

"The following items are available on NISSEI's website."

Visit NISSEI's Website and Register Yourself

■GTR model selection and product details ■Request for catalogs ■Downloadable drawings of external dimensions ■Downloadable CAD data ■PDF date on a variety of catalogs and operation manuals ■Information on new products ■Registration for the information dispatch system

http://www.nissei-gtr.co.jp/

Make full use of NISSEI's website.

For details, contact your NISSEI representative or NISSEI sales staffs.

■Overseas Sales Section

TEL : +81-566-92-5312(Main switchboard) FAX :+81-566-92-7002 E-mail : [email protected]

■Tokyo Branch Office 2-8-9 Iwamoto-cho, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo 101-0032 Japan

TEL:+81-3-3865-7681 FAX:+81-3-5820-7693 E-mail : [email protected]

■Osaka Branch Office 1-18 Ikutamamaemachi, Tennoji-ku, Osaka 543-0072 Japan

TEL:+81-6-6772-1900 FAX:+81-6-6772-0406 E-mail :[email protected]

■Headquarters 1-1 Inoue, Izumi-cho, Anjo-shi, Aichi 444-1297 Japan

TEL:+81-566-92-7410 FAX:+81-566-92-7418 E-mail :[email protected]

167

Page 170: Catalog | GTR F3 SERIES - TJ Solution GTR... · 3.7kW). Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.) Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low

168